B.Tech ECE 2023 24

GANDHI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (GITAM)
(Deemed to be University)
VISAKHAPATNAM * HYDERABAD * BENGALURU
Accredited by NAAC with A++ Grade
GITAM School of Technology
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS
4 Year Undergraduate Programme

UEECE01: B.Tech. Electronics and
Communication Engineering
w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

st
(Updated on 1 December 2023)
GITAM (Deemed to be University) GITAM School of Technology
Vision
To become a global leader in higher education.
Mission
To impart futuristic and comprehensive education of global standards with a high sense of discipline
and social relevance in a serene and invigorating environment.
Quality Policy
To achieve global standards and excellence in teaching, research, and consultancy by creating an
environment in which the faculty and students share a passion for creating, sharing and applying
knowledge to continuously improve the quality of education.
B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

VISION AND MISSION OF THE SCHOOL
VISION
To become a global leader in holistic engineering education and research
MISSION
1. To impart a strong academic foundation and practical education through a flexible curriculum,
state-of-the-art infrastructure, and best learning resources
2. To actively pursue academic and collaborative research with industries and research
institutions, both in India and abroad
3. To build a congenial and innovative eco system by enabling the latest technologies, thus helping
the students, to solve the challenges of societal importance
4. To provide our students with the appropriate leadership, management, communication skills
and professional ethics for career success and to continuously impact the global lives

UEECE01: B.Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering

(w.e.f. academic year 2023-24 admitted batch)
PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO 1 To impart knowledge of mathematics and science concepts as tools to device and
deliver efficient solutions to problems of Electronics & Communication Engineering
PEO 2 To inculcate analytical ability in the students to keep pace with changing technologies
and to imbibe skill and research culture to meet the industrial and societal needs
PEO 3 To provide a platform for the graduate to be successful in technical and professional
careers or develop as an entrepreneur
PEO 4 To instill teamwork, leadership, and communication skills in the student with
professional, ethical, and human values to be responsible citizen of the society
Mapping of the Mission of the School with the PEOs
PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4
M1 H M L L
M2 L H M L
M3 M L M L
M4 L L H H
H – High, M – Medium, L – Low

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES(POS) AND PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES(PSOS):
At the end of the Programme the students would be able to:
PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of,
and need for sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO9 Individual and teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and
give and receive clear instructions.
PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage
in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PSO1 Design and develop electronic, communication and signal processing systems for
engineering applications in the fields of consumer electronics, embedded, wireless
communication, networking, and allied interdisciplinary areas.
PSO2 Demonstrate the use of modern tools and techniques for solving contemporary real-
world problems in electronics and communication systems
PSO3 Research and devise appropriate technologies for implementation of the electronics and
telecommunication systems as an entrepreneur/researcher with professional ethics &
concern for societal wellbeing

Curriculum Structure
(Flexible Credit System)

UNIVERSITY CORE (UC)
Course code Level Course title L T P S J C

CSEN1001 1 IT Productivity Tools^ 0 0 2 0 0 1*
CLAD1001 1 Emotional Intelligence & Reasoning Skills (Soft Skills 1) 0 0 2 0 0 1
CLAD1011 1 Leadership Skills & Quantitative Aptitude (Soft Skills 2) 0 0 2 0 0 1
CLAD1021 1 Verbal Ability & Quantitative Ability (Soft Skills 3) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Practicing Verbal Ability & Quantitative Aptitude (Soft
CLAD1031 1 0 0 2 0 0 1
Skills 4)
CLAD20XX 2 Soft skills 5A/5B/5C 0 0 2 0 0 1
CLAD20XX 2 Soft skills 6A/6B/6C 0 0 2 0 0 1
DOSP10XX 1 Sports 1# 0 0 0 2 0 2*
DOSL10XX 1 Club Activity# 0 0 0 2 0 2*
DOSL10XX 1 Community Service# 0 0 0 0 2 2*
ENVS1001 1 Environmental Studies^ 3 0 0 0 0 3*
FINA3001 3 Personal Financial Planning# 0 0 2 0 0 1*
LANG1012 1 Communication Skills In English – Intermediate 0 0 4 0 0 2
LANG1022 1 Communication Skills In English – Advanced 0 0 4 0 0 2
MFST1001 1 Health and Wellbeing# 0 0 2 0 0 1*
POLS1001 1 Indian Constitution and History 2 0 0 0 0 2*
PHPY1001 1 Gandhi for the 21st Century 2 0 0 0 0 2*
VEDC1001 1 Venture Development 0 0 0 2 0 2
* Pass/Fail courses
# Opt any two courses among the five
^ Online/Swayam/NPTEL Courses

Soft skills courses 5 and 6

CLAD2001 2 Preparation for Campus Placement-1 (Soft skills 5A) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Preparation for Higher Education (GRE/ GMAT)-1 (Soft
CLAD2011 2 0 0 2 0 0 1
skills 5B)
CLAD2021 2 Preparation for CAT/ MAT – 1 (Soft skills 5C) 0 0 2 0 0 1
CLAD2031 2 Preparation for Campus Placement-2 (Soft skills 6A) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Preparation for Higher Education (GRE/ GMAT)-2 (Soft
CLAD2041 2 0 0 2 0 0 1
skills 6B)
CLAD2051 2 Preparation for CAT/ MAT – 2 (Soft skills 6C) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Sports Courses
DOSP1001 1 Badminton 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1011 1 Chess 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1021 1 Carrom 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1031 1 Football 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1041 1 Volleyball 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1051 1 Kabaddi 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1061 1 Kho Kho 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1071 1 Table Tennis 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1081 1 Handball 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1091 1 Basketball 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1101 1 Tennis 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSP1111 1 Throwball 0 0 0 2 0 2
Club Activity Courses

DOSL1001 1 Club Activity (Participant) 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSL1011 1 Club Activity (Member of the Club) 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSL1021 1 Club Activity (Leader of the Club) 0 0 0 2 0 2
DOSL1031 1 Club Activity (Competitor) 0 0 0 2 0 2

Community Service courses

DOSL1041 1 Community Services – Volunteer 0 0 0 0 2 2
DOSL1051 1 Community Services – Mobilizer 0 0 0 0 2 2
FACULTY CORE (FC)

CHEM1001 1 Chemistry 2 1 2 0 0 4
CSEN1011 1 Problem Solving and Programming with C 0 0 6 0 0 3
CSEN1021 1 Programming with Python 0 0 6 0 0 3
CSEN1031 1 Artificial Intelligence Applications 0 0 2 0 0 1
EECE1001 1 Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 2 1 2 0 0 4
HSMCH102 1 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 0 0 3
INTN2333 2 Internship 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
INTN3444 3 Internship 2 0 0 0 0 1 3
MATHXXXX X Mathematics Basket 1 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2361 2 Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 0 0 3
Engineering Visualization and Product
1
MECH1011 Realization 0 0 4 0 0 2
MECH1041 1 Technology Exploration & Product Engineering 0 0 4 0 0 2
MECH1001 1 Design Thinking 0 0 2 0 0 1
PHYS1001 1 Physics 2 1 2 0 0 4
PHYSXXXX 1 Physics Basket 3 1 0 0 0 4
PROJ2999 2 Capstone Project – Introduction 0 0 0 0 2 2
PROJ3999 3 Capstone Project – Final 0 0 0 0 6 6
PROJ2888 2 Project Exhibition 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
PROJ3888 3 Project Exhibition 2 0 0 0 0 1 1
VIVA3555 3 Comprehensive Examination 1 0 0 0 0 1
XXXXXXXX X Management Basket 3 0 0 0 0 3
BTEN1001 1 Introduction to Biotechnology-I 2 0 0 0 0 2
BTEN1021 1 Introduction to Biotechnology-II 2 0 0 0 0 2

Mathematics Basket
MATH1001 1 Single Variable Calculus 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1011 1 Several Variable Calculus 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2371 2 Difference Equations 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1031 1 Differential Equations 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2281 2 Numerical techniques 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1021 1 Transform Techniques 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2381 2 Operations Research 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2301 2 Complex Variables 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1041 1 Discrete Mathematics 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1051 1 Graph Theory 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2311 2 Number Theory 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2291 2 Linear Algebra 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2341 2 Probability Theory and Random Variables 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2321 2 Random Processes 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2351 2 Optimization Methods 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2331 2 Computational Methods 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1061 1 Introduction to Mathematics – I 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH1071 1 Introduction to Mathematics – II 2 0 0 0 0 2
MATH2361 2 Probability and Statistics 3 0 0 0 0 3
Physics Basket
PHYS1001 1 Physics 2 1 2 0 0 4
PHYS1011 1 Mechanics and Properties of Matter 3 1 0 0 0 4
PHYS1021 1 Principles of Quantum Mechanics 3 1 0 0 0 4
PHYS1241 1 Physics of Optoelectronic devices 3 1 0 0 0 4
PHYS1041 1 Mechanics and Modern Physics 3 1 0 0 0 4
Management Basket
FINA1031 1 Principles and Practice of Banking 3 0 0 0 0 3
HRMG1021 1 Human Resource Management 3 0 0 0 0 3
MKTG3011 3 Sales and Distribution Management 3 0 0 0 0 3
MKTG1001 1 Marketing Management 3 0 0 0 0 3
OPTS2001 2 Operations Management 3 0 0 0 0 3
HRMG2001 2 Organizational Behavior 3 0 0 0 0 3
HRMG1001 1 Principles and Practice of Management 3 0 0 0 0 3

Programme Core (PC)

Course code Level Course Title L T P S J C
EECE1011 1 Electronics Workshop 0 0 2 0 0 1
EECE1021 1 Signals and Systems 2 1 0 0 0 3
EECE1031 1 Network Theory and Analysis 2 1 0 0 0 3
EECE1041 1 Electronic Devices and Amplifier Circuits 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE2001 2 Random Signal and Noise 2 0 0 0 0 2
EECE2011 2 Analog Communications 2 0 0 0 0 2
EECE2021 2 Digital Logic Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE2031 2 Analog Circuits 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE2041 2 Control Systems 2 1 0 0 0 3
EECE2051 2 Electromagnetic Waves 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3001 3 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3011 3 Digital Communications 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3022 3 Antenna Analysis and Design 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3031 3 Communication Networks 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3041 3 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3051 3 VLSI Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
Programme Elective (PE)

Course code Level Course Title L T P S J C
EECE1071 1 Battery Technologies 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE2091 2 Embedded Sensors and Motors-1 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE2101 2 Optical Engineering 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE2141 2 Telecommunications for Society 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE2151 2 Electronic Appliances 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE2161 2 Practical Electronics 2 1 0 0 0 3
EECE2171 2 Arduino for Beginners 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE2181 2 Raspberry Pi for Beginners 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3121 3 Information Theory and Error Control Coding 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3131 3 Wireless Communications 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3141 3 Fiber Optic Communications 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3151 3 Satellite Communications 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE4001 4 Wireless Networks 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3161 3 Global Positioning Systems 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE4011 4 Software Defined Networks 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3171 3 Transmission Lines and Waveguides 3 0 0 0 0 3

EECE3181 3 EMI - EMC Systems 3 0 0 0 0 3

EECE3191 3 Radar Systems 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3201 3 Microwave Engineering 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3212 3 ARM System Development 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3221 3 Internet of Things 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3231 3 IoT Architecture and Protocols 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3241 3 IoT Applications 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3242 3 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3251 3 Sensors and Signal Conditioning 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE4031 4 IoT Security 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE4032 4 Cloud based IoT 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3261 3 Real Time Signal Processing 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3271 3 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3281 3 DSP Processors 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3291 3 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3301 3 Speech Processing 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3311 3 Digital Signal Compression 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3322 3 Computer Organization and Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE3332 3 Hardware Modeling with HDLs 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3341 3 FPGA System Design 2 0 2 0 0 3
EECE3351 3 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3361 3 Digital System Design 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3372 3 Data Structures with Python 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE4022 4 RF Circuit Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE4042 4 VLSI Design Automation 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE4052 4 Analog IC Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE4061 4 Modern VLSI Devices 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE4072 4 C-Based VLSI Design 3 0 2 0 0 4
EECE4081 4 Machine Learning for speech, Audio, and 3 0 0 0 0 3
video Analysis
EECE4091 4 Machine Learning for Antenna Array 3 0 0 0 0 3
Applications
EECE4082 4 Big Data Analytics 3 0 0 0 0 3
EECE3661 3 Neural Networks 3 0 0 0 0 3
CSEN3011 3 Artificial Neural Networks 3 0 2 0 0 4
CSEN3081 3 Deep Learning 2 1 0 0 0 3
CSEN3261 3 Machine Learning and its Applications 3 0 2 0 0 4
# opt eligible PC/PE courses from other programmes as an open elective course and earn 24 credits

Students who enrolled for BTech programme with specialized subjects in AIML, VLSI Design, IOT should
enroll for only program elective courses related to their specialization

PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
BTech Programme consists of courses which could be grouped under University Core (UC), Faculty Core
(FC), Major/Programme Core (PC), Major/Programme Electives (PE) and Open Electives (OE) as the below
breakup.
Category Credits % of Program (in credits)

University Core (UC) 12 8%
Faculty Core (FC) 57 35%
Programme Core (PC) 52 33%
Programme Electives (PE) 15 9%
Open Electives (OE) 24 15%
Total 160
Courses offered under University Core are common to all undergraduate level programmes offered by
GITAM. Courses offered under Faculty core are common to all BTech programmes offered by GITAM and
are meant to acquaint the student with general engineering principles in all disciplines of engineering.
Based on the chosen BTech Programme, the student shall complete courses under Programme Core
(specific to be chosen branch of engineering).
Each course is assigned a certain number of credits depending upon the number of contact hours
(lectures/tutorials/practical) per week. In general,
• Theory: A student attending classroom lecture/ tutorial/ skill development activity of 50

minutes’ duration per week, spread over the entire semester is awarded one credit.
• Practical: A student attending a minimum of 100 minutes per week of laboratory session/
practical is awarded - one credit.
• Project Work: A student working for 50 minutes of project work per week with 3 hours of
work performed independent of the instructor during the entire semester is awarded - one
credit
• Internship: 8 hours in a day for four weeks is required for earning internship credits

Course PO Mapping
Course Code Course Name PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
EECE1011 Electronics Workshop H H L M
EECE1021 Signals and Systems H M L L
EECE1031 Network Theory and H M L L
Analysis
EECE1041 Electronic Devices and H M L L
Amplifier Circuits
EECE2001 Random Signals and L H M M
Noise
EECE2011 Analog L H M M
Communications
EECE2021 Digital Logic Design L H M L
EECE2031 Analog Circuits M H L L
EECE2041 Control Systems M H L L
EECE2051 Electromagnetic H L M L L
Waves
EECE3001 Digital Signal H L L M L
Processing
EECE3011 Digital H M L M L
Communications
EECE3022 Antenna Analysis and H M M L M L
Design
EECE3031 Communication L H M M
Networks
EECE3041 Microprocessors and L M L M
Microcontrollers
EECE3051 VLSI Design L M M H
EECE3121 Information Theory M L H M L
and Error Control
Coding
EECE3131 Wireless L M M H
Communications
EECE3141 Fiber Optic L M M H
Communications
EECE3151 Satellite M M L H L
Communications
EECE4001 Wireless Networks L H H M
EECE3161 Global Positioning M M L H M
Systems
EECE4011 Software Defined M L M L M H M
Networks

EECE3171 Transmission Lines L M L H M
and Waveguides
EECE3181 EMI - EMC Systems M M L M H
EECE3191 Radar Systems L H M
EECE3201 Microwave M L H L
Engineering
EECE4022 RF Circuit Design H L M L H M
EECE3212 ARM System L H M L
Development
EECE3221 Internet of Things L H M L M H L
EECE3231 IoT Architecture and L H M L M
Protocols
EECE3241 IoT Applications L M M L M
EECE3242 Wireless Sensor L M H L M L
Networks
EECE3251 Sensors and Signal L M H M L M H L
Conditioning
EECE4031 IoT Security M M L L M H L
EECE4032 Cloud based IoT M M L M M H M
EECE3261 Real Time Signal M L L M H
Processing
EECE3271 Digital Image M L M H
Processing
EECE3281 DSP Processors L M H
EECE3291 Biomedical Signal H H M L M H
Processing
EECE3301 Speech Processing L M M H
EECE3311 Digital Signal L M H
Compression
EECE3322 Computer M L L M L
Organization and
Design
EECE3332 Hardware Modeling L M L L M H L
with HDLs
EECE3341 FPGA System Design M L H M L
EECE4042 VLSI Design M L H M L
Automation
EECE4052 Analog IC Design L M H M L
EECE3351 Linear Integrated L M H L H M
Circuits
EECE4061 Modern VLSI Devices L M H H M
EECE4072 C-Based VLSI Design M H H M L
EECE3361 Digital System Design L H M L
EECE3372 Data Structures with L H L M H M L
Python

EECE3661 Neural Networks L L M M L M M H L
EECE3381 Machine Learning L L M M L M H M
Techniques
EECE3382 Deep Learning L L M M L M H M
Techniques
EECE4081 Machine Learning for L L M L M M H L
Speech, Audio and
Video Analysis
EECE4091 Machine Learning for L L M L L M H L
Antenna Array
Applications
EECE4082 Big Data Analytics H M L H M

Syllabus

University Core

L T P S J C
CSEN1001 IT Productivity Tools
0 0 2 0 0 1*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable Familiarity with Computer system and its operation.
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces all software tools that improve the productivity of a student in
enhancing his learning experience with all the activities taken up as part of his coursework.
Course Educational Objectives:
• To enable the learner, the skill in preparing technical documents of professional

quality using docs, sheets and forms.
• To involve the student in designing and creating of websites and acquaint the student
with the skill of processing audio, images, documents etc.
• To create awareness in analyzing data using pivot tables, query manager etc.
• To create awareness in composing emails, mail merge, e-mail merge etc.
• To provide the exposure to work with collaborative tools.
List of Experiments:
1. Create a typical document consisting of text, tables, pictures, multiple columns, with
different page orientations.
2. Create a technical paper / technical report consisting of table of contents, table of
figures,table of tables, bibliography, index, etc.
3. Compose and send customized mail / e-mail using mail-merge.
4. Create / modify a power point presentation with text, multimedia using templates
withanimation.
5. Create spreadsheet with basic calculations with relative reference, absolute
reference, andmixed reference methods.
6. Simple report preparation using filtering tool / advanced filtering commands / pivot
tables in spreadsheet application.
7. Analyse the results of a examination student wise, teacher wise, course wise, institute-
wise.
8. Collecting and consolidating data using collaborative tools like google docs, sheets,
forms.
9. Create charts / pictures using online tools like: www.draw.io or smart draw
10. Create a website of his interest.

Textbooks:
1. Katherin Murray, 'Microsoft Office 365 Connect and collaborate virtually anywhere,
anytime', Microsoft Press, ISBN: 978-0-7356-5694-9
2. EXCEL 2021 The Comprehensive Beginners to Advanced Users Guide to Master
Microsoft Excel 2021. Learn the Essential Functions, New Features, Formulas, Tips and
Tricks, and Many More
3. https://drawio-app.com/tutorials/video-tutorials/
4. Learning Web Design: A Beginner's Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and WebGraphics
Fourth Edition ISBN-13: 978-1449319274
References/Online Resources:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-computers-and-office-productivity-
software
2. https://www.coursera.org/projects/analyze-data-pivot-tables-crosstabs-google-
sheets
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/excel-advanced#syllabus
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/how-to-create-a-website
5. https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office
6. https://www.diagrams.net/
7. https://edu.google.com/
Course Outcomes:
1. Create / alter documents / Technical Paper / Project report with text, pictures, graphs
ofdifferent styles.
2. Create / modify power point presentations with text, multimedia and to add
animationusing / creating templates.
3. Perform basic calculations / retrieve data / createpivot tables / chart using a
spreadsheetapplication.
4. Create simple diagrams / charts using online tools like: www.draw.io .
5. Manage documents, presentations, spreadsheets and websites in collaborative mode.

CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 PO1 PS12 PSO PSO PSO
0 1 1 2 3
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1
CO5 2 3 3
Note: 1 - Low Correlation 2 - Medium Correlation 3 - High Correlation
APPROVED IN:
BOS : September 6, 2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 21st AC(September 17,
2021
SDG No. & Statement: 4 Quality Education

Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for
all.
SDG Justification:
The students can perform simple document preparation to complex calculations in isolated mode
and collaborative mode that are useful throughout their career.

L T P S J C
CLAD1001 EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE &
REASONING SKILLS (SOFT SKILLS 1) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Emotional intelligence is a set of skills that are thought to contribute to the appraisal of
emotions in oneself and others. It can also help contribute to the effective regulation of
emotions as well as feelings (Salovey & Mayer, 1990). In terms of emotional intelligence, self-
awareness and self- management have to do with our ability to relate to ourselves. Social
awareness and relationship management have to do with our ability to relate to others.
Similarly, the ability to solve questions on Analytical Reasoning and Data Sufficiency is a critical
area tested in almost all competitive examinations and admission tests. Upon completion,
students should be able (1) to deal with theirown emotions as well as the emotions of others
and relate better with both. Using better knowledgeof EI, students will also be able to set
more meaningful goals for themselves, choose suitable time management techniques that
work best for them and work in teams more effectively. (2) to apply different concepts, ideas,
and methods to solve questions in reasoning and data sufficiency
• Use EI to relate more effectively to themselves, their colleagues and to others. Apply
self-awareness and self-assessment (SWOT) to better understand and manage their
own emotions. Apply social awareness to empathize with others and build stronger
relationships with others.
• Set meaningful goals based on their strengths and weaknesses and apply time
management techniques, such as Q4 organizing to put first things first.
• Manage conflicts and work in teams in an emotionally intelligent manner.
• Solve questions on non-verbal and analytical reasoning, data sufficiency and puzzles
List of Activities & Tasks for Assessment:
Unit Topics Hours
1 Self-Awareness & Self-Regulation: Introduction to Emotional Intelligence,
Self-Awareness: Self-Motivation, Accurate Self-Assessment (SWOT 3
Analysis),Self-Regulation: Self Control, Trustworthiness & Adaptability
2 Importance, Practising Social Awareness, Building Relationships, Healthy 3
andUnhealthy Relationships, Relationship Management Competencies-
Influence, Empathy, Communication, Types of Conflicts, Causes, Conflict
Management

3 Social Media: Creating a blog, use of messaging applications, creating 2

awebsite to showcase individual talent, creation of a LinkedIn Profile
4 Goal Setting & Time Management: Setting SMART Goals, Time Wasters, 3
Prioritization, Urgent Vs Important, Q2 Organization
5 Teamwork: Team Spirit, Difference Between Effective and Ineffective 4
Teams, Characteristics of High Performance Teams, Team Bonding,
Persuasion, Team Culture, Building Trust, Emotional Bank Account
6 Verbal Reasoning: Introduction, Coding-decoding, Blood relations, 6
Ranking Directions, Group Reasoning
7 Analytical Reasoning: Cubes and Dices, Counting of Geometrical figures 3
8 Logical Deduction: Venn diagrams, Syllogisms, Data Sufficiency, Binary 4
logic
9 Spatial Reasoning: Shapes, Paper Cutting/Folding, Mirror images, Water 2
images and Rotation of figures
References:
1. Verbal Ability & Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma and Meenakshi Upadhyay
2. Study material for CAT, SAT, GRE, GMAT by TIME, Career Launcher and IMS etc.
3. Quantitative Aptitude by R S Agarwal S Chand Publications
4. Quantitative Aptitude by Pearson Publications
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will be able to relate more effectively to themselves, their colleagues and to
others
2. Students will be able to set their short term and long term goals and better manage
their time
3. Students will be able to manage conflicts in an emotionally intelligent manner and
work inteams effectively
4. Students will be able to solve questions based on non-verbal and analytical reasoning,
datasufficiency and puzzle

CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 3 1 2 3
CO5
APPROVED IN:
BOS :17-09-2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL:17-09-201
SDG No. & Statement:4

all.
SDG Justification:
Emotional Intelligence and reasoning skills are essential for achieving inclusive and equitable
education and lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.

LEADERSHIP SKILLS & QUANTITATIVE L T P S J C

CLAD1011 APTITUDE (SOFT SKILLS 2) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Communication Skills is having the ability to convey information to others so that messages
are understood, and outcomes delivered. Some essential qualities of Communication Skills
include understanding the needs of others, clearly communicating messages, adapting the
communication style, and using a range of communication methods. Presentation Skills is
having the ability to confidently deliver an engaging message to a group of people which
achieves the objectives. Some essential qualities of Presentation Skills include a thorough
preparation of content, structuring content logically, managing nerves, engaging your
audience, delivering presentation objectives, positively influencing the audience, and
responding to audience needs.Tackling questions based on numbers, arithmetic, data
interpretation and puzzles requires the application of different rules and concepts of
numerical computation, numerical estimation, and data estimation.
• Learn and apply, through different individual and group activities, different ideas,
and skills tocommunicate in a positive and impressive manner.
• Apply the goal setting process (based on SWOT) and Q2 organizing for effective time
management.
• Apply different concepts in numbers, numerical computation, and numerical
estimation to solvequestions that often appear in various competitive examinations
and admission tests.
• Apply different concepts for tackling questions based on data interpretation,
progression and series thatare frequently given in various competitive examinations
and admission tests.
Unit Topics Hours
1 Communication Skills: The Communication Process, Elements of
Interpersonal Communication, Non-Verbal Communication: Body 5
Language, Posture, Eye Contact, Smile, Tone of Voice, Barriers to
Communication. Effective Listening Skills: Active Listening, Passive

Listening, Asking Questions, Empathizing, Being Non-Judgmental, Being

Open Minded, Mass Communication: Design of Posters, Advertisements,
notices, writing formal and informal invitations
2 Focus on Audience Needs, focus on the Core Message, Use Body 3
Language andVoice, Start Strongly, Organizing Ideas & Using Visual Aids:
SPAM Model, EffectiveOpening and Closing Techniques, Guy Kawasaki's
Rule (10-20-30 Rule), Overcoming Stage Fear, Story Telling
3 Problem Solving & Decision Making: Difference Between the Two, Steps in 3
RationalApproach to Problem Solving: Defining the Problem, Identifying
the Root Causes, Generating Alternative Solutions, Evaluating and
Selecting Solutions, Implementingand Following-Up, Case Studies
4 Group Discussion: Understanding GD, Evaluation Criteria, Nine Essential 4
Qualities for Success, Positive and Negative Roles, Mind Mapping,
structuring a Response, Methods of Generating Fresh Ideas
5 Number Theory: Number System, Divisibility rules, Remainders and LCM 3
& HCF
6 Numerical Computation and Estimation - I: Chain Rule, Ratio 6
Proportions, Partnerships & Averages, Percentages, Profit-Loss &
Discounts, Mixtures, Problem on Numbers & ages
7 Data Interpretation: Interpretation and analysis of data in Tables, 3
Caselets, Line- graphs, Pie-graphs, Boxplots, Scatterplots and Data
Sufficiency
8 Mental Ability: Series (Number, Letter and Alphanumeric), Analogy 3
(Number, Letter and Alphanumeric) and Classifications
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. Students will be able to communicate 'one-on-one' and 'one-on-many' confidently
using both verbal and non-verbal messages and deliver impressive talks/
presentations to a group both with and without the use of PPTs and create posters,
advertisements, etc.
2. Students will be able to apply the rational model of problem solving and decision
makingin their problem solving and decision-making efforts.

3. Students will be able to solve questions based on numbers and arithmetic given in
various competitive examinations
4. Students will be able to solve questions based on data interpretation, progressions,
and series.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2 2
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
Leadership and quantitative aptitude skills are essential skills for achieving inclusive and
equitable education and lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.
VERBAL ABILITY & QUANTITATIVE L T P S J C

CLAD1021 ABILITY 0 0 2 0 0 1
(SOFT SKILLS 3)
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Vocabulary is an important part of verbal ability. An understanding of word formation,
prefixes, suffixes, and roots is necessary to remember and use a vast repository of words.
Approaching words through word families and other ways of groupings is an effective way of
gaining mastery over vocabulary. Understanding and getting acquainted with the different
rules and exceptions in the use of grammar and structure, especially from the relevant
examination point of view, is crucial to cracking questions given in many competitive tests.
Similarly, improving reading comprehension skills and test taking abilities in this area takes
time and effort, especially given the fact that most students do not possess strong reading
habits. In so far as quantitative aptitude is concerned, students need to develop a strong
foundation on the basic mathematical concepts of numerical estimation, geometry,
mensuration, data sufficiency, etc. to be able to crack different round 1 tests of major
recruiters and admission tests of top Indian and foreign universities.
• List and discuss the different word formation methods, word denotation, connotation,
collocation, etc. and introduce selected high frequency words, their antonyms,
synonyms, etc.
• Apply different advanced reading skills to solve questions based on author's tone,
main ideas and sub-ideas, inferences, Para jumbles, etc. that are frequently asked in
various competitive exams and admission tests.
• Solve different types of questions based on vocabulary, such as word analogy;
structure, grammar, and verbal reasoning; introduce common errors and their
detection and correction.
• Solve questions on numerical estimation, mensuration, data sufficiency based on
quantitative aptitude. This includes questions on time and work, time and distance,
pipes and cisterns, lines and angles, triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons and circles, 2-
& 3-dimensional mensuration.
1. Vocabulary Builder: Understanding Word Formation, Prefixes, Suffixes and Roots,
Etymology, Word Denotation, Connotation and Collocation, Synonyms and Antonyms
2. Reading Comprehension: Advanced Reading Comprehension: Types of RC passages,

Types of Text Structures, Types of RC Questions: Distinguishing Between Major Ideas

and Sub Ideas, Identifying the Tone and Purpose of the Author, Reading Between the
Lines and Beyond the Lines, Techniques for Answering Different Types of Questions
3. Para Jumbles: Coherence and Cohesion, Idea Organization Styles, Concept of
Mandatory Pairs and Its Application: Transitional Words, Antecedent-Pronoun
Reference, Article Reference, Cause and Effect, Chronological Order, General to
Specify, Specify to General, Idea-Example, Idea-Explanation, Etc.
4. Grammar Usage: Rules Governing the Usage of Nouns, Pronouns, Adjectives, Adverbs,
Conjunctions, Prepositions and Articles
5. Numerical Computation and Estimation - II: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns, Time
and Distance, Problems on Trains, Boats and Streams, Races and Games of Skill,
Simple Interest& Compound Interest
6. Geometry: Lines and Angles, Triangles, Quadrilaterals & Polygons, and Circles
7. Mensuration: 2-Dimensional Mensuration (Triangles, Quadrilaterals and Circles), 3-
Dimensional Mensuration (Cubes, Cuboids, Cylinder, Cone, Sphere)
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. List and discuss word formation methods, selected high frequency words, their
antonyms, synonyms, etc.
2. Analyze reading passages and quickly find out the correct responses to questions
asked, including para jumbles, by using reading skills like skimming, scanning, reading
between the lines, etc.
3. Solve different types of questions based on vocabulary, structure, grammar and verbal
reasoning
4. Solve questions on numerical estimation, mensuration, data sufficiency based on
quantitative aptitude

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 3
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 2 1
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
English language and quantitative aptitude skills are essential skills for achieving inclusive and

L T P S J C
CLAD1031 PRACTICING VERBAL ABILITY & QUANTITATIVE
APTITUDE (SOFT SKILLS 4) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
A sound knowledge of the rules of English grammar, structure and style and its application in
detecting errors in writing are important areas of Verbal Ability frequently tested as a part of
the written test in many competitive examinations and admission tests of major recruiters
and universities respectively. This module focuses on all important areas of grammar and
structure commonly asked in major tests, such as GMAT, CAT, XLRI, CRT, etc. Similarly, in the
area of Quantitative Aptitude, different kinds of questions are asked from Combinatorics
(Permutations & Combinations, Probability], Cryptarithmetic & Modular Arithmetic
(Cryptarithmetic, Application of base system (7, 24), Clocks (Base 24), Calendars (Base 7), and
Mental Ability (Number series, Letter series & Alpha numeric series, Analogies ( Numbers,
letters), Classifications, Algebra (Exponents, Logarithms, Problems related to Equations,
Special Equations, and Statistics) . This module focuses on all these areas by building on what
the students already learnt in their earlier studies.
• Apply the rules of grammar to solve questions in Error Detection, Sentence Correction
and Sentence Improvement.
• Apply the rules of structure to solve questions in Error Detection, Sentence Correction
and Sentence Improvement, Fill-in-blanks and Cloze Passages.
• Explain methods of solving problems in Combinatorics (Permutations &
Combinations, Probability], Cryptarithmetic & Modular Arithmetic (Cryptarithmetic,
Application of basesystem (7, 24), Clocks (Base 24), Calendars (Base 7)]
• Explain how to solve questions in Mental Ability (Number series, Letter series & Alpha
numeric series, Analogies, Numbers, letters, Classifications] and Algebra
(Exponents, Logarithms, Problems related to Equations, Special Equations, Statistics)
1. Error Detection: Pronouns, Conjunctions, Prepositions and Articles
2. Error Detection: Tenses and their Uses
3. Sentence Correction: Subject-Verb Agreement, Antecedent-Pronoun Agreement,
Conditional Clauses
4. Sentence Correction: Modifiers (Misplaced and Dangling) & Determiners, Parallelism
& WordOrder, and Degrees of Comparison
5. Combinatorics: Permutations & Combinations, Probability

6. Crypt arithmetic & Modular Arithmetic: Crypt arithmetic, Application of Base

System (7, 24),Clocks (Base 24), Calendars (Base 7)
7. Algebra: Exponents, Logarithms, Word-problems related to equations, Special
Equations,Progressions, Statistics
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify and correct errors in English grammar and sentence construction
2. Identify and correct errors in Structure, Style and Composition
3. Solve problems in Combinatorics, Cryptarithmetic, and Modular Arithmetic
4. Solve problems in Mental Ability and Algebra
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 1
CO2 1 3 1
CO3 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2
CO5

APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
English language and quantitative aptitude skills are essential skills for achieving inclusive and

CLAD2001 PREPARATION FOR CAMPUS PLACMENT L T P S J C

-1 (SOFT SKILLS 5A) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course addresses all relevant areas related to campus placements and readies them to ace
their upcoming/ ongoing recruitment drives. Specifically, it focuses on students’ career
preparedness, interview skills, test preparedness, etc.

Prepare the students for their upcoming/ ongoing campus recruitment drives.

1. Career Preparedness: Resume & Cover Letter Writing, Interview Skills: Elevator Pitch,
Making the First Impression, Being Other-Oriented, Being Positive and Curious,
communicating with Confidence and Poise, Frequently Asked Questions & How to
Answer Them, Pitfalls to Avoid, Etc. Etiquette: Hygiene, Courtesy, Culture differences,
Workplace, use of cell phone, Profanity, Slang, Protocol.
2. Verbal Ability: Practicing Reading Comprehension, Error Detection, Sentence
Completion, MCQs, FIBs, Para jumbles, Cloze Test, Critical Reasoning.
3. Quantitative Aptitude: Number Systems, Algebra, Geometry, Data Handling, Data
Sufficiency, Word Problems
4. Reasoning: Logical and Verbal Reasoning
References:
1. Verbal Ability & Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma and MeenakshiUpadhyay
2. Study material for CAT, SAT, GRE, GMAT by TIME, CareerLauncher and IMSetc.

Course Outcomes:
1. Write a power resume and covering letter
2. Answer interview questions with confidence and poise
3. Exhibit appropriate social mannerisms in interviews
4. Solve placement test questions on verbal ability, quantitative aptitude and reasoning
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 2 1 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 1 3
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
Quantitative aptitude, reasoning, verbal and language skills practiced during the preparation for
campus placement tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education
and lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.

CLAD2011 PREPARATION FOR HIGHER EDUCATION (GRE/ L T P S J C

GMAT)-1 (SOFT SKILLS 5B)
0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course offers a special track for students who aspire to go abroad in pursuit of their higher
education for which a GRE/ GMAT score is a prerequisite. It covers all four topical areas of
these tests and includes fully solved mock tests as well.

• Prepare the students to solve questions from all four broad areas of GRE/ GMAT
• Orient the students for GRE/ GMAT through mock tests

1. Verbal Reasoning: Reading Comprehension, Sentence Equivalence, TextCompletion,
Sentence Correction, Critical Reasoning
2. Quantitative Reasoning: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Data Analysis
3. Analytical Writing Assessment: Issue/ Argument
4. Integrated Reasoning
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve questions from all four broad areas of GRE/ GMAT
2. Practice answering several mock tests

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 3 3
CO3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
GRE/GMAT tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education and
lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.

L T P S J C
CLAD2021 PREPARATION FOR CAT/ MAT – 1
(SOFT SKILLS 5C) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course offers a special track for UG students who aspire to go for higher education in
business management in India for which cracking CAT/ MAT/ other related test is mandatory.
It covers all four topical areas of these tests and includes fully solved mock testsas well.
• Prepare the students to solve questions from all four relevant areas of CAT/ XAT/MAT,
etc.
• Orient the students for CAT/ XAT, etc. through mock tests

1. Quantitative Ability: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Mensuration, Calculus,
Trigonometry
2. Data Interpretation: Data Interpretation and Data Sufficiency
3. Logical Reasoning: Data Management, Deductions, Verbal Reasoning and Non-Verbal
Reasoning
4. Verbal Ability: Critical Reasoning, Sentence Correction, Para Completion, Para
Jumbles, Reading Comprehension
References:
2. Study material for CAT, SAT, GRE, GMAT by TIME, Career Launcher andIMS etc.
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve questions from all four relevant areas of CAT/ MAT as listed above
2. Practice test-cracking techniques through relevant mock tests

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3
CO3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
CAT/ MAT tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education and lifelong
learning opportunities for oneself and others.

PREPARATION FOR CAMPUS L T P S J C

CLAD2031 PLACEMENT-2 0 0 2 0 0 1
(SOFT SKILLS 6A)
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course builds on the previous course and focuses on all four major areas of campus
placements, including career preparedness, mock interviews, verbal ability, quantitative
aptitude, and logical reasoning.
• To comprehensively prepare all eligible and aspiring students for landing their dream
jobs.
• To sharpen the test-taking skills in all four major areas of all campus drives

1. Career Preparedness II: Mock Interviews, Feedback and Placement Readiness
2. Verbal Ability II: Practising Reading Comprehension, Error Detection, Sentence
Completion, MCQs, FIBs, Para jumbles, Cloze Test, Critical Reasoning
3. Quantitative Aptitude II: Number Systems, Algebra, Geometry, Data Handling,Data
Sufficiency, Word Problems
4. Reasoning II: Logical and Verbal Reasoning
References:
1. Verbal Ability & Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma and Meenakshi
Upadhyay
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate career preparedness and confidence in tackling campus interviews
2. Solve placement test questions of a higher difficulty level in verbal ability, quantitative
aptitude and logical reasoning.
3. Practice test-taking skills by solving relevant questions accurately and within time.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
campus placement tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education
and lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.

L T P S J C
CLAD2041 PREPARATION FOR HIGHER EDUCATION
(GRE/GMAT)-2 (SOFT SKILLS 6B) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course offers a special track for students who aspire to go abroad in pursuit of theirhigher
education for which a GRE/ GMAT score is a prerequisite. It covers all four topical areas of
these tests at a higher difficulty-level and includes fully solved mock tests as well.
• Prepare the students to solve higher level questions from all four broad areas of GRE/
GMAT
• Orient the students for GRE/ GMAT through mock tests

1. Verbal Reasoning II: Reading Comprehension, Sentence Equivalence, Text
Completion, Sentence Correction, Critical Reasoning
2. Quantitative Reasoning II: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Data Analysis
3. Analytical Writing Assessment II: Issue/ Argument
4. Integrated Reasoning II
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve higher level questions from all four broad areas of GRE/ GMAT
2. Practice answering several mock tests

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
GRE/GMAT tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education and
lifelong learning opportunities for oneself and others.

L T P S J C
CLAD2051 PREPARATION FOR CAT/ MAT – 2
(SOFT SKILLS 6C) 0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course offers a special track for UG students who aspire to go for higher education in
business management in India for which cracking CAT/ MAT/ other related test is mandatory.
It covers all four topical areas of these tests at a higher level of difficulty and includes fully
solved mock tests as well.
• Prepare the students to solve all types of questions from all four relevant areas of
CAT/ XAT/ MAT, etc.

1. Quantitative Ability II: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Mensuration, Calculus,
Trigonometry
2. Data Interpretation II: Data Interpretation and Data Sufficiency
3. Logical Reasoning II: Data Management, Deductions, Verbal Reasoning and Non-Verbal
Reasoning
4. Verbal Ability II: Critical Reasoning, Sentence Correction, Para Completion, Para
Jumbles, Reading Comprehension
References:
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve higher difficulty level questions from all four relevant areas of CAT/ MAT aslisted
above
2. Practice test-cracking techniques through relevant mock tests

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 3 3 3 2
CO2 1 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
CAT/ MAT tests provide essential skills for achieving inclusive and equitable education and lifelong
learning opportunities for oneself and others.

L T P S J C
DOSL1001 CLUB ACTIVITY – PARTICIPANT 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course recognizes student participation in multiple activities organized by various student
organizations that pursue specific co-curricular and extra-curricular interests. These activities
allow students to engage in and identify and pursue their personal interests and hobbies.

• Create opportunities for students to participate in a variety of non-academic
experiences
• Interact with and learn from peers in a setting without an external performance
pressure
• Allow exploration of interesting activities and reflection about these experiences
• Learn to manage time effectively
List of Student Club Activities:
1. Music (vocals, instruments, technical, recording, mixing, production, management)
2. Dance (Indian classical, western, jazz, latin, contemporary, folk, production, event
management)
3. Theatre (classical, experimental, one-act, street, production, direction, casting, etc.)
4. Arts (fine arts, painting, calligraphy, sketching, caricaturing, etc)
5. Craft (origami, model making, sculpture, pottery, etc)
6. Cooking (home-style, baking, confectionery, Indian, intercontinental, etc.)
7. Graffiti (street, mural, collage, multi media, etc)
8. Workshops, quizzes, debates, elocution, etc
9. Filmmaking (adventure, drama, film appreciation, documentary, etc)
10. Photography (conventional, immersive (360), landscape, portrait, technical, editing,
etc.)
11. College Fests
12. Designing (graphic design, landscape, interior, etc)
13. Competitive coding
14. Recreational sports activities
15. Other club activities organized by student clubs

List of Activities:
1. Participation in various club-based activities
2. Weekly reflection paper
3. Portfolio (on social media using an Instagram account)
4. Two learning papers (one per semester)
Textbooks:
1. Small move: big Change (Caroline Arnold)
2. How to Win at College: Surprising Secrets for Success from the Country's Top Students
(Cal Newport)
References:
1. Making the most of college: Students speak their minds (author - Richard Light)
2. Failing Forward: Turning Mistakes into Stepping Stones for Success (John C Maxwell)
3. The Last Lecture (Randy Pausch)
4. Lean in (Sheryl Sandberg)
5. YouTube- Introduction to various club activities
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Identify personal interest areas
2. Learn from diverse perspectives and experiences
3. Gain exposure to various activities and opportunities for extra-curicular activities
4. Learn to manage time effectively
5. gain confidence
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2

APPROVED IN:
SDG No. & Statement:

SDG 4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning
opportunities for all.
SDG Justification:
This course recognizes student participation in non-academic events and activities which
focus on inclusive partnerships and collaborations with all stakeholders by using all
sustainable means to promote lifelong learning.

L T P S J C
DOSL1011 CLUB ACTIVITY – MEMBER OF THE CLUB 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course encourages and acknowledges student members' work in organizing events and
activities organized by various student organizations that pursue specific co-curricular and
extra- curricular interests. These activities allow students to actively learn from the process of
conceptualizing and organizing such activities as part of a team.
• Create opportunities for students to learn from organizing club activities
• Learn teamwork, leadership, planning and management of events and activities
• Learn to appreciate multiple perspectives, cultures, and individual capabilities
management)
7. Graffiti (street, mural, collage, multi media, etc)
etc.)
11. College Fests

List of Activities:
1. Be a member of a club and organize activities in that particular interest area
3. Learn to design and execute extra-curricular activities
4. Develop management skills through hands on experience
5. Explore different managerial roles and develop competencies
Textbooks:
(Cal Newport)
References:
5. Youtube- Introduction to various club activities
Course Outcomes:
• Be a member of a club and organize activities in that particular interest area
• Learn from diverse perspectives and experiences
• Learn to design and execute extra-curricular activities
• Develop management skills through hands on experience
• Explore different managerial roles and develop competencies
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3

APPROVED IN:

SDG 16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to
justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
SDG17 : Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for
sustainable development
SDG Justification:
This course recognizes student participation in community service endeavours focussing
on sustainable development, service to communities. This allows students to develop
empathy, citizenship behaviour and inclusive community values.

L T P S J C
DOSL1021 CLUB ACTIVITY – LEADER OF THE CLUB 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course encourages and recognizes student members' work in leading the student
organizationsthrough various leadership roles. As leaders they work not just to organize events
and activities in specific co-curricular and extra-curricular interests, but also lead the teams
that form the core members of the clubs. These activities allow students to learn and practice
leadership and management skills through real world experience.


management)
7. Graffiti (street, mural, collage, multimedia, etc)
etc.)
11. College Fests

List of Activities:
1. Be the leader of the club and implement the charter, vision and mission of the club
3. Learn to lead the team, design and execute extra-curricular activities
Textbooks:
2. How to Win at College: Surprising Secrets for Success from the Country's
Top Students(Cal Newport)
References:
Course Outcomes:
• Be the leader of the club and implement the charter, vision and mission of the club
• Learn from diverse perspectives and experiences
• Learn to lead the team, design and execute extra-curricular activities
• Develop management skills through hands on experience
• Explore different managerial roles and develop competencies
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3

APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSL1031 CLUB ACTIVITY – COMPETITOR 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course encourages and recognizes student members' work in leading the student
organizationsthrough various leadership roles. As leaders they work not just to organize events
and activities in specific co-curricular and extra-curricular interests, but also lead the teams
that form the core members of the clubs. These activities allow students to learn and practice
leadership and management skills through real world experience.

management)
7. Graffiti (street, mural, collage, multimedia, etc)
etc.)
11. College Fests

List of Activities:
3. Learn to lead the team, design and execute extra-curicular activities
Textbooks:
(Cal Newport)
References:
Course Outcomes:
3. Learn to lead the team, design and execute extra-curricular activities
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3

APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSL1041 COMMUNITY SERVICES - VOLUNTEER 0 0 0 0 2 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course recognizes student participation in Community service activities organized by

various student organizations and other Government and non-government organizations that
exist for providing service to communities. These activities allow students to develop empathy,
citizenship behavior and community values.
• To help students develop empathy and citizenship behavior
• Enable students to develop an altruistic attitude and community development
sensibility
• Allow exploration of community service activities and reflect about these experiences
• Learn to work in small and large teams for achieving community objectives
List of Community Service Activities:

1. Community Health Services
2. Swachh Bharat Abhiyan and other Cleanliness drives
3. Tree Plantation and similar environmental conservation initiatives
4. Rain water harvesting awareness and implementation
5. Fundraising and visits to Orphanages, Old-age homes, etc.
6. Health and disease awareness programs
7. Working with NGOs
8. Disaster mitigation and management training and relief work
9. Rural Upliftment projects
10. Campus awareness and action projects (cleanliness, anti-ragging, blood donation,
etc)
11. Community investigations and surveys for development research
12. Educational support for underprivileged (remedial classes, coaching, training, etc)
13. Service camps
14. Advocacy and information literacy initiatives
15. Other activities serving local communities
List of Activities:

1. Participation in various community service activities

2. Weekly reflection paper
3. Portfolio (on social media using an instagram account)
Text Books:
1. Soul of a citizen: living with conviction in Challenging times (author: Paul Rogat Loeb)
2. Community Services intervention: Vera Lloyd
References:
1. A path appears: Transforming lives, creating opportunities (Nicholas Kristof and
SherylWuDunn)
2. The story of My Experiments with Truth (author: M. K. Gandhi)
Course Outcomes:
1. Experience of volunteering in a variety of Community service activities
2. Gaining empathy for lesser privileged sections of society by experience
3. Understanding the process of generating community awareness
4. Understanding Disaster management and relief through training and experience
5. Developing environmental and sustainability awareness
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3

APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSL1051 COMMUNITY SERVICES - MOBILIZER 0 0 0 0 2 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course recognizes student leadership in mobilizing community service activities as

members of various student organizations or other Government and non-government
organizations that existfor providing service to communities. These activities allow students
to develop leadership, management skills, empathy, citizenship behavior and community
values.

• To help students understand leadership in a community environment
• Enable students to develop an altruistic attitude and community development
sensibility
• Allow deep understanding of community service through practical experience
• Learn to lead small and large teams for achieving community objectives
List of Community Service Activities:

1. Community Health Services
2. Swachh Bharat Abhiyan and other Cleanliness drives
3. Tree Plantation and similar environmental conservation initiatives
4. Rain water harvesting awareness and implementation
5. Fundraising and visits to Orphanages, Old-age homes, etc.
6. Health and disease awareness programs
7. Working with NGOs
8. Disaster mitigation and management training and relief work
9. Rural Upliftment projects
10. Campus awareness and action projects (cleanliness, anti-ragging, blood donation,
etc)
11. Community investigations and surveys for development research
12. Educational support for underprivileged (remedial classes, coaching, training, etc)
13. Service camps
14. Advocacy and information literacy initiatives
15. Other activities serving local communities
List of Activities:
1. Organizing and leading teams in various community service activities
2. Fortnightly reflection paper

3. Portfolio (on social media using an instagram account)

Textbooks:
1. Soul of a citizen: living with conviction in Challenging times (author: Paul Rogat Loeb)
2. Community Services intervention: Vera Lloyd
References:
1. A path appears: Transforming lives, creating opportunities (Nicholas Kristof and
SherylWuDunn)
2. The story of My Experiments with Truth (author: M. K. Gandhi)
3. List of student run and other Government and non- government community service
organizations
Course Outcomes:
1. Experience of mobilizing and executing Community service activities
2. Providing opportunities for community service volunteering for other fellowstudents
3. Understanding the process of mobilizing cash, kind and volunteer support
4. Building leadership and management skills
5. Building empathy and citizenship behavior
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3

APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1001 BADMINTON 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course provides instruction and the opportunity for participation in sports and physical
fitness activities. Skills, strategies, rules, and personal wellness goals are included as
appropriate. This course will provide students with an understanding of the fundamental
concepts of the physiological functions and training principles associated with the chosen
sport.
• Understand training principles used in the sport
• Demonstrate knowledge of the game in a recreational /competitive play setting
• Organize an event around the sport
• Demonstrate concepts of warm up, game conditioning, training plans
List of Activities:
1. Watch a sport documentary / training video / game history
2. On field coaching and demonstration session
3. Guided practice and play
4. Event management & game officiating
5. Friendly competitions and structured matches
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Badminton - History and development
2. Rules of the Game, Play Area & dimensions
3. Fundamental Skills - Badminton: Grips - Racket, shuttle
4. Sports Specific fitness and warmup drills
5. Stances and footwork
6. Badminton Gameplay: Service, Forehand, Backhand
7. Preparatory Drills and Fun Games
8. Game Variations: Singles/ Doubles/ Mixed
References:
1. Handbook of the Badminton World Federation (BWF)

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Badminton
2. Understanding of the fundamental concepts such as rules of play, game variations
3. Understanding of the governing structure and administration of the sport
4. Understand the event management of the sport
5. Apply sport concepts into an active physical lifestyle
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

Good Health and Well-being: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all
ages.
SDG Justification:
The nature of the course facilitates students to engage in various forms of fitness activities and
sports-related movements that work on their overall health and wellness. The course focuses on
inculcating active living as a lifestyle by making sports fun, engaging and meaningful.

L T P S J C
DOSP1011 CHESS 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Chess - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Chess: Pieces & functions, basic play
4. Chess board moves & terminology
5. Chess Gameplay: Openings, castling, strategies & tactics
7. Game Variations & Officiating
References:
1. International Chess Federation (FIDE) Handbook

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Chess
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1021 CARROM 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Carrom - History and development
2. Rules of the Game, Board components & dimensions
3. Fundamental Skills - Carrom: - Striking
4. Gameplay – General
References:
1. Indian Carrom Federation Handbook - Laws
Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Carrom


CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1031 FOOTBALL 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Football - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Kicking, heading, ball control, Keeping
4. Movement, throwins, tackling, defense, scoring, defense
5. Gameplay- Formations, passing, FKs, CKs, PK, tactics
7. Game Variations: Small sided games, 7v7, 11v11
References:
1. FIFA Laws of the Game

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Football
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

DOSP1041 VOLLEYBALL L T P S J C
0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Volley - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Striking, Ball control, Lifting
7. Gameplay: Jumps, strikes, layoffs, attack, defense
References:
1. FIVB - Official Volleyball Rules

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Volleyball
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1051 KABADDI 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Kabaddi - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Raiding, catching
7. Gameplay: Chain system movement
References:
1. Amateur Kabaddi Federation of India (AKFI) - Official Rules

2. Rules of Kabaddi - International Kabaddi Federation

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Kabaddi
CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3 PSO4
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

DOSP1061 KHO KHO L T P S J C

0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Kho Kho - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills: Sitting, giving Kho, Pole dive
5. Stances and footwork: Running, sitting
6. Gameplay: Running strategies, ring method, chain method
References:
1. Khelo India Official Rulebook of Kho Kho

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Kho Kho
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1071 TABLE TENNIS 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Table Tennis - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - TT: Grips - Racket, ball
5. TT Gameplay- Forehand, Backhand, Side Spin, High Toss. Strokes-Push, Chop, Drive,
Half Volley, Smash, Drop-shot, Balloon, Flick, Loop Drive.
References:
1. Handbook of the International Table Tennis Federation (ITTF)

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Table Tennis
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1081 HANDBALL 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.

List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Handball - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Handball: Throwing, Ball control, Movement
5. Stances and footwork: Jumps, dribbles, catching, throws
6. Gameplay: Shots, throws, movements, attack, defense
References:
1. International Handball Federation - Rules of the Game & Regulations

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Handball
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1091 BASKETBALL 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Basketball - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Passing, Receiving, Dribbling
5. Stances and footwork: Jumps, dribbles, catching, throws
7. Gameplay: Shots, throws, movements, attack, defense
References:
1. FIBA Basketball Official Rules

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Basketball
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1101 TENNIS 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Tennis - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Tennis: Grips - Racket, ball
5. Gameplay- Forehand, Backhand, Service, volley, smash
References:
1. Handbook of the International Tennis Federation (ITF)

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Tennis
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
DOSP1111 THROWBALL 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
sport.
List of Activities:
Instructional Plan:
1. Introduction to Throwball - History and development
3. Fundamental Skills - Throwing, Receiving
7. Gameplay: Shots, throws, movements, control
References:
1. World Throwball Federation - Rules of the Game

Course Outcomes:
1. Learn to play Throwball
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

ages.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
ENVS1001 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 3 0 0 0 0 3*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course enables the students to adapt eco-centric thinking and actions rather than human-
centric thinking on natural resources, their utilization and conservation. The course also
focuses on the importance of ecosystems, biodiversity and their degradation led to pollution.
This course helps in finding solutions through application of control measures to combat
pollution and legal measures to achieve sustainable development.
• To impart knowledge on natural resources and its associated problems.
• To familiarize learners about ecosystem, biodiversity, and their conservation.
• To introduce learners about environment pollution.
• To acquaint learners on different social issues such as conservation of water, green
buildingconcept.
• To make learners understand about the present population scenario, its impacts
and role ofinformational technology on environment and human health.
• To make learners understand about the importance of field visit.
UNIT 1 Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies & Natural 10 hours

Resources
Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition, scope and importance. Need
for public awareness. Natural resources and associated problems. Uses and over
exploitation of Forest resources, Water resources, Mineral resources, Food resources,
Energy resources. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Activity:
1. Planting tree saplings

2. Identification of water leakage in house and institute-Rectify or report
3. Observing any one day of a week as Car/bike/vehicle free day.

UNIT 2 Ecosystem and biodiversity 10 hours

Ecosystem: Structure components of ecosystem: Biotic and Abiotic components. Functional
components of an ecosystem: Food chains, Food webs, Ecological pyramids, Energy flow in
the ecosystem (10% law), Ecological succession.
Biodiversity: Definition, Biogeographical classification of India, Values of biodiversity:

consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic. Hot-spots of biodiversity.
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching, man wildlife conflicts. Conservation of
biodiversity: In – situ and Ex-situ
Activity:
1. Visit to Zoological Park-Noting different ecosystem

2. Biodiversity register- Flora and fauna in the campus
UNIT 3 Environmental Pollution 10 hours

Definition Causes, effects, and control measures of: -Air pollution. Water pollution. Soil
pollution. Marine pollution. Noise pollution. Nuclear hazards. Solid waste Management:
Causes, effects, and control measures. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Pollution case studies.
Activity:
1. Visit to treatment plant and documentation.

2. Documentation of segregation of solid waste-Dry and Wet
UNIT 4 Social Issues and the Environment 10 hours

From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems related to energy. Water
conservation, rainwater harvesting, watershed management. Environmental ethics: Issues
and possible solutions. Green building concept.
Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and
holocaust. Case Studies.
Activity:
1. Observing zero hour at individual level-documentation.

2. Eco friendly idols.
3. Rainwater harvesting-creating storage pits in nearby area.

UNIT 5 Human Population and the Environment and Environment 10 hours

Protection Act and Field work
Population growth, variation among nations. Environment and human health. HIV/AIDS,
Human rights. Value Education. Women and Child Welfare. Role of Information Technology
in Environment and human health. Environment Legislation. Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. Wildlife Protection Act.
Environmental Protection Act, Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Activity:
1. Visit to a local polluted site-industry/agriculture

2. Identifying diseases due to inappropriate environmental conditions
Text Book(s):
1. Erach Bharucha. Textbook of environmental studies for undergraduates courses-
Universities Press, India Private Limited. 2019.
2. Kaushik A and Kaushik C.P. Perspectives in Environmental Studies. New Age
International Publishers Edition-VI. 2018.
3. Dave D Katewa S.S. Textbook of Environmental Studies, 2nd Edition. Cengage Learning
India. 2012.
Additional Reading:
1. Benny Joseph. Textbook of Environmental Studies 3rd edition, McGraw Hill Publishing
company limited. 2017.
Reference Book(s):
1. McKinney M.L., Schoch R.M., Yonavjak L. Mincy G. Environmental Science: Systems
and Solutions. Jones and Bartlett Publishers. 6th Edition. 2017.
2. Botkin D.B. Environmental Science: Earth as a Living Planet. John Wiley and Sons. 5th
edition. 2005.
Journal(s):
1. https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/genv20
2. https://library.lclark.edu/envs/corejournals
Website(s):
https://www.ugc.ac.in/oldpdf/modelcurriculum/env.pdf From Climate Science to Action |
Coursera
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course student will be able to
1. List different natural resources and their uses
2. Summarize the structure and function of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.
3. Identify causes, effects, and control measures of pollution (air, water & soil).

4. Function of green building concept.

5. Adapt value education
CO-PO Mapping:
Programme Objectives (POs) PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 1 1 1
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 1 1
CO6 2 1 1
APPROVED IN: BOS

BOS: 04-07-22 ACADEMIC COUNCIL:14-07-22
1.SDG-6-Clean water and Sanitation
2. SDG-7-Affordable and clean energy
3. SDG-13 - Climate change
4. SDG-14 - Life below water
5. SDG-15 - Life on Land
SDG Justification:
1. The learner will understand the importance of clean water and sanitation through this
course and apply in their daily activities – SDG-6
2. The learner will make use of renewable resources to reduce pollution achieves SDG-7
3. The learner will understand present situation in climate change and takes appropriate
steps to combat climate change – SDG-13
4. The learner will understand the existence of life below water – SDG-14
5. The learner will understand to promote sustainable terrestrial ecosystem – SDG15

L T P S J C
FINA3001 PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 0 0 2 0 0 1*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable Risk Management in Personal financing
exposure Fundamentals of Investing
Saving Money for the future
Personal and Family Financial Planning
Introduction to Personal Finance
Course Description:
Personal Financial Planning is one of the most significant factors in our lives. It is essential that funds
are available as and when required at various stages of life. Unavailability of funds at critical stages
of our life leads to financial distress and leads to many medical and non- medical problems. There
are certain planned and unplanned events in our life. On the one hand,education of our children, their
marriage, our retirement etc. are some of the planned events ofour life, but at the same time, some
medical urgency, accident or death of an earning member might be some unplanned events. Many
of these events are beyond our control, but the availability of funds can be planned to avoid any
financial distress. In other words, we cannot stop the rain but can plan for an umbrella.
This course looks at the many challenges an individual faces in a complex financial environment and
the rising uncertainties of one's life. It focuses on achieving long-term financial comfort of individual
and family through goal setting, developing financial and life strategies, acquiring personal financial
planning knowledge and managing risk throughout one's life.

• To build students' ability to plan for long-term financial comfort of individual andfamily
through goal setting, developing financial and life strategies.
• To provide students with knowledge on terms, techniques to evaluate investment
avenues.
• To build the skill set of the student to enable them to file their tax returns.
UNIT 1 Basics of Financial Planning

Financial Planning Meaning, Need, Objectives, Financial Planning Process, Time Value of
Money and its application using excel (NP)
UNIT 2 Risk and Insurance Management

Need for insurance, Requirement of insurance interest, Role of insurance in personal
finance, Steps in insurance planning, Life and Non-life insurance products, Life insurance

needs analysis (NP)
UNIT 3 Investment Products and Measuring Investment Returns

Investment Products: Small Saving Instruments, Fixed Income Instruments, Alternate
Investments, Direct Equity
Measuring Investment Returns: Understanding Return and its concept, Compounding
concept, Real vs Nominal Rate of Return, Tax Adjusted Return, Risk-Adjusted Return (NP)
UNIT 4 Retirement Planning

Introduction to the retirement planning process, estimating retirement corpus, Determining
the retirement corpus, Retirement Products (NP)
UNIT 5 Tax Planning

Income Tax: Income tax principles: Heads of Incomes, Exemptions and Deductions, Types
of Assesses, Rates of Taxation, Obligations for Filing and Reporting, Tax aspects of
Investment Products, Wealth Tax
Textbooks:
1. National Institute of Securities Management (NISM) Module 1 & XA
2. Madhu Sinha, Financial Planning, 2 Edition, McGraw Hill India
3. Simplified Financial Management by Vinay Bhagwat, The Times Group
References:
1. Personal Financial Planning (Wealth Management) by S Murali and K R Subbakrishna,
Himalaya Publishing House.
2. Mishra K.C., Doss S, (2009). Basics of Personal Financial Planning 1e. NationalInsurance
Academy, New Delhi: Cengage Learning.
3. Risk Analysis, Insurance and Retirement Planning by Indian Institute of Banking andFinance.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the financial planning process and application of time value of money
2. Application of life and non-life insurance products in financial planning
3. Understand the investment avenues and analysis of investment returns
4. Understand the retirement planning and its application
5. Describe and analysis the Tax Planning

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 3 1 1 3
CO2 2 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 3 1 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 2 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 0 1 1 1 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 3
APPROVED IN:
BOS : 01-02-2022 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 01-04-2022
Goal 4: Quality education
Goal 12: Responsible consumption and Production
SDG Justification:
Goal 4: This course enables the students to attain their financial literacy that builds in the
discipline of saving and improves their lifelong learnings.
Goal 12: This course ensures sustainable consumption and helps in providing them their life
long financial requirements .

COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH – L T P S J C

LANG1012
INTERMEDIATE 0 0 4 0 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description
Communication Skills in English (Intermediate) is the second of the three-level
graded courses for the developmental enhancement of communication skills in
English. Based on the learning outcomes set in the beginner-level syllabus, this
course focuses on giving learners more exposure to the use of language for
communicative purposes and equipping them with next level skills (ref. Bloom's
taxonomy) and practice in complexity and cognitive engagement. This course also
includes the inferential level of comprehension (listening and reading) that involves
analysis and application of language skills and decision-making skills while
speaking/writing with an awareness of social and personality-based communication
variations. This course emphasizesguided writing through adequate pre- and post-
context building tasks. The focus is on the stimulation and application of critical
thinking in addition to schematic review for communication in real-life situations.
Course Educational Objectives

• Train learners to listen to short audio texts with familiar content actively;
guided activity like question-making and responding to others' questions
based on the audio text would help learners engage in transactional
dialogue; extended activities like extrapolating/critiquing the responses
would help learners enhance their schematic thinking. (Bloom's Taxonomy
Level/s: 2 & 4)
• Equip learners with strategies to read actively and critically and understand
the writers’ viewpoints and attitude by providing reading comprehension
tasks using authentic texts such as op-ed articles from newspapers, and
reports on contemporary problems. (Bloom'sTaxonomy Level/s: 4 & 5)
• Help learners understand various aspects and techniques of effective
presentations (group/individual) through demonstration and modelling,
enabling them to develop their presentation skills by providing training in
using the tips and strategies. Learners would be encouraged to observe and
express opinion on teacher-modelling. Reflection on issues like anxiety,
stage-fear, confidence, and levels of familiarity with topic and audience
would be addressed. Practice would be given on tone, pitch, clarity and other
speech aspects. Detailed peer feedback and instructor's feedback would
cover all the significant aspects. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2 & 4)
• Enable learners to become aware of the structure and conventions of
academic writing through reading, demonstration, scaffolding activities, and

discussion. Corrective individual feedback would be given to the learners on

their writing. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2 & 3)
List of Tasks and Activities

S. No. Tasks Activities
1 Listening to subject related short Pre-reading group discussion, Silent
discussions/explanations/ speech for reading (Note-making), Modelling
comprehension (questioning), Post-reading reflection
/Presentation
2 Asking for information: asking questions Group role-play in a context (i.e. Identifying
related tothe content, context maintaining the situation and different roles and enacting
theirroles)
modalities
3 Information transfer: Visual to verbal Pre-reading game/modelling, discussion in
(unfamiliarcontext); demonstration by teacher, smallgroups, individual writing, and feedback
learners' task(guided with scaffolding),
learners' task (free), presentation and
feedback
4 Introducing officials to peers and vice versa - AV support, noticing, individual
Formal context performance (3-4), pair work (in context),
teacher modelling, group work for
Introducing self and others in a
formal context
5 Vocabulary in context: Find clues in a text and Comprehending verbal communication:
usethem to guess the meaning of Identifying the contextual clues in oral and
words/phrases. written texts; guessing the meaning of
words/phrases in context while reading texts
Apply the newly learnt vocabulary in andlistening to discussions/talks
communication (speaking and writing).
6 Follow the essentials of lectures, talks, Making power point presentation aided with
discussions, reports and other forms of images, audio, video, etc. with a small group
bylistening to academic lectures/talks/
academicpresentations and mark individual discussions,etc.
and group presentations aided with images,
audio, video, tabular data, etc.
7 Collaborative work (speaking and writing) in Pre-task modelling (peer/teacher), general
small groups of 3 or 4 learners: discussing a discussion on structure, group work
(collaboration), feedback
general/discipline-specific topic: creating
outline,assigning specific roles to members of
the group;and group presentation followed by
peer and
instructor feedback
8 Independent reading of different text types Brain-storming, mapping of key terms
using appropriate reference sources by (content specific), reading and note-making
(individual),oral questioning, discussion
adapting suitable reading styles and speed.
Focus on active reading for vocabulary: low-
frequency collocations and
idiomatic expressions.

9 Role-play (specific social and academic Peer discussion for outline, A-V support,
situations): planning (making notes), observing (teacher modelling), role play
understanding nuances of speaking in (guided), role-play (free), feedback
context,coordinating with situational clues
and fellow speakers/participants
10 Writing a short reflective report of an event - Writing a report on
incident/meeting/celebration meetings/celebrations/events etc. by
actively involved in such events and giving a
short oral presentation.
11 Formal Group Discussion on topics of current Noticing strategies from AV modelling,
interest and relevance; focus on effective teacher scaffolding thoughopen-house
participation, reflection on control over discussion, Note-making(Group work),
argument/counter argument, and adherence Group Discussion (free), post-performance
tothe conventions of formal GD discussion,Feedback
12 Speaking spontaneously on topics of interest Reading for task preparation, note-making,
and writing short structured essays on the reflection and corrective peer andteacher
same topicsadopting appropriate academic feedback. Practice paragraph and essay
writing in groups; maintain rubrics of writing
conventions and grammatical accuracy. Make
sure to write accurate paragraph and essay by
following: cohesion and coherence, topic
sentence, introduction and conclusion
Reference Books
1. P. Kiranmayi Dutt, Geetha Rajeevan. (2007). Basic Communication Skills.
FoundationBooks. CUP
2. Harmer, J. (1998). How to teach English. Longman
3. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata. (2018). Communication Skills: A Workbook. OUP.
4. Cambridge IGCSE: English as a Second Language Teacher’s Book Fourth
Edition.By Peter Lucantoni. CUP (2014).
5. Cambrdige Academic English: An Integrated Skills Course for EAP (Upper
Intermediate)By Martin Hewings, CUP (2012)
6. Richards, J.C. and Bohlke, D. (2012). Four Corners-3. Cambridge: CUP.
7. Headway Academic Skills: Reading, Writing, and Study Skills Student's Book,
Level-2 bySarah Philpot. OUP
8. Latham-Koenig, C. & Oxenden, C. (2014). American English File. Oxfor: OUP.
9. McCarthy, M. & O' Dell. F. (2016). Academic Vocabulary in Use. Cambridge:
CUP
Online Resources
1. https://www.grammarly.com/blog/
2. https://www.nationalgeographic.org/education/
3. https://www.bbc.co.uk/teach/skillswise/english/zjg4scw
4. https://www.englishclub.com/
5. https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/
6. https://dictionary.cambridge.org/
7. learnenglishteens.britishcouncil.org
8. https://freerice.com/categories/english-vocabulary

9. http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
10. https://breakingnewsenglish.com/
11. https://www.digitalbook.io/
12. https://librivox.org/
Course Outcomes
• Understand the speaker's point of view in fairly extended talks on general or
discipline-specifictopics, and follow simple lines of argument in discussions on
familiar contemporary issues. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 3)
• "Read and demonstrate understanding of articles and reports on limited range of

contemporaryissues in which the writers adopt particular stances. Also provide
samples of written communication containing fairly complex information and
reasons for choices/opinions/stances. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2 & 3)"
• Make short presentations on a limited range of general topics using slides, and
engage in small group discussions sharing experiences/views on familiar
contemporary issues and give reasons for choices/opinions/plans. (Bloom's
Taxonomy Level/s: 3 & 4)
• Write clear, fairly detailed text (a short essay) on a limited range of general topics,
and subjects of interest, and communicate clearly through email/letter to
seek/pass on information or give reasons for choices/opinions/plans/actions.
(Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 3)
• Reflect on others' performance, give peer feedback on fellow learners'

presentations, responsesto writing tasks and reading comprehension questions.
(Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 5)
CO-PO Mapping:
PO PO PO3 PO PO PO6 PO PO8 PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO3 PSO4
1 2 4 5 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1
CO2 2 2 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 1
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 1
APPROVED IN:
BOS : ACADEMIC COUNCIL:

SDG 16 Peace and Justice Strong Institutions. Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for
sustainable development, provide
access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
SDG Justification: By relating to people with empathy, employing creative problem-solving
strategies and engaging meaningfully in a diverse world will create inclusive societies for
sustainable development.

COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH – L T P S J C

LANG1022
ADVANCED 0 0 4 0 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description
Communication Skills in English (Advanced) is the third of the three-level graded courses for the
developmental enhancement of communication skills in English. Based on the learning
outcomes set in the upper-intermediate syllabus, this course focuses on giving learners
exposure to higher levels of skills/input processing (ref. Bloom's taxonomy) and practice in
terms of complexity and cognitive engagement. This course includes an advanced level of
comprehension i.e. anaytical, evaluative, and extrapolative processing (listening and reading).
It involves problem-solving, logical reasoning, and decision-making skills in terms of the
application of the learning (speaking/writing) with an awareness of social and personality-
based variations in communication. This course provides opportunities for activity-based
practice of advanced oraland written communicative skills besides building awareness of the
finer nuances of language usefor various purposes. This course emhasizes free writing through
meaningfully engaging pre- and post-context-building tasks. There is ample scope for applying
critical thinking through simulated activities for effective communication in real-life situations.
Course Objectives
1. Enable learners to listen actively, become aware of tone and attitude in speech, and
demonstrate their comprehension of fairly complex lines of argument presented by a
variety of speakers in talks/presentations/discussions. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2 & 4)
2. Enable learners to become aware of tone and attitude in written texts, and demonstrate
theircomprehension of fairly complex lines of argument and points of view presented in
a variety of texts by equipping them with upper intermediate to advanced level reading
skillsand strategies.
3. Make effective presentations, engage in formal group discussions, and write structured
essays/ short reports to highlight the significance of actions/decisions/experiences, and
sustain views by providing relevant evidence and argument.
4. Equip learners with the skills and strategies to communicate effectively in speech and
writing using the language with a degree of fluency, accuracy and spontaneity, and fairly
good grammatical control adopting a level of formality appropriate to the context.
Encourage learners to apply their knowledge of language and their communication skills
in real life situations.

List of Activities & Tasks for Assessment
S.No. Tasks Activities CO

1 Evaluative and extrapolative reading of a Pre-reading group discussion, 3
longtext/short text on a current topic silent reading (Note-making),
related to technology and society, modelling (questioning), post-
identifying and questioning the author's reading reflectionand brief
intention, post- reading discussion in presentation of
small groups, maintaining group thoughts/ideas/opinions on the
dynamics, arriving at aconsensus. themeof the text
Understanging and inferring the
meaning.
2 Debate in pairs based on listening to Pre-recorded audio/video for 1
two recorded contemporary listening,student checklist for
speeches by well-known leaders in noticing keywords/concepts, pre-
different fields. Peer feedback and task orientation (by teacher), pair
instructor feedback. work, feedback
3 Information transfer: Visual to verbal Pre-reading game/modelling, 4
(unfamiliar context); demonstration discussion in small groups,
by teacher, learners' task (guided independent writing and
with scaffolding), learners' task (free), feedback
presentation, question-answer
(among students), modification,
editing, proofreading,and feedback
before the final version is done
4 Expressing opinion on a short Listening to group 3
argumentative text (e.g. a journal article discussions/debates,reading news-
or a newspaper editorial) and justifying paper articles on current issues and
one's opinion/stance; focus on the use of expressing opinions in favour or
appropriate conventions offormal and against the topic (in GDs, debates or
polite speech, and managing bias writing argumentative
essays).
5 Collaborative writing in groups of 3 -4 Pre-task modelling (peer), 5
on topics that would require data general discussion on structure,
collection andreading followed by group work(collaboration),
recorded peer-reflectionand peer- presentation, peer feedback,
feedback, group presentation and Open-class discussion
feedback
6 Writing a statement of purpose Reading & discussion of sample 2
statement of purposes. Discuss
Discuss all details about the student the content in groups and know
whether all mentioned details
academic and professional background, are present. Do practice writing
highlighting the student accomplishments, after lecture and discussion.

goals, and how a student fit to the Make sure to adopt a proper
education applied to. writing style.
7 Mind-mapping for advanced reading, Reading texts on abstract topics and 3

making correlations across texts, extending comprehending the author's
the author'spoint of view perspectiveby inferring the
unknown words' meaning in the
context and making notes using
mind-map strategy and
presenting it orally.
8 Handling question and answer sessions Listening to some lectures, talks, and 1
after presentations: justifying arguments, presentations in the academic
taking counter-arguments, agreeing and seminarsand adapting some
disagreeingwith rationale
strategies to handlethe Q&A
sessions using polite and formal
expressions to agree or disagree
with the statements.
9 Learn resume and cover letter format & Pre-task activity for 2
introduce different interview modes. orientation/strategies
Modelling an interview: with a panel of (controlled/guided), Model
fourjudges (peers) interview (AV support), Group work
(role play), Interview in pair (one-to-
one), Interview in group (many -to-
one), oral
corrective feedback (peer/teacher)
10 Speaking on abstract and complex topics Reading texts on abstract topics and 3
beyond his/her own area of comprehending the author's
interest/field ofstudy, using the perspectives. Similarly, listening
language flexibly and effectively. to talks and discussions on an
abstract topic of other discipline
and making
short oral presentation by
sharingviews and opinions.
11 Self-reflection on own speech in Listening to selected general 1
context(recorded): tone, pitch, discussions (audios and videos) and
relevance, content; extending the observing the language production.
reflections/ideas toothers Recording own speech on some
generaltopic and providing a critical
review (self-reflection) on it by
focusing on
the tone, expressions and
relevance ofthe content, etc.

12 Collaborative and individual tasks: Pre-task modelling (peer/teacher), 5

planning, preparing (preparing an outline, general discussion on structure,
structure, setting objectives, and groupwork (collaboration), oral
presenting the plan of action) and
executing a mini-project, and submitting a correction, task distribution,
brief report on the same peer and presentation, feedback
instructor feedback after the planning
stage and on completion of the mini
project
Reference Books
1. Latham-Koenig, C. & Oxenden, C. (2014). American English File-5. Oxford:
OUPRichards,
2. J.C. and Bohlke, D. (2012). Four Corners-4. Cambridge: CUP.
3. Cambrdige Academic English: An Integrated Skills Course for EAP (Advanced) By Martin
Hewings and Craig Thaine, CUP (2012)
4. Berlin, A. (2016). 50 Conversation Classes: 50 Sets of Conversation Cards With an
Accompanying Activity Sheet Containing Vocabulary, Idioms and Grammar. Poland:
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform
5. Zemach, D. E., Islam, C. (2011). Writing Paragraphs: From Sentence to Paragraph.
Germany: Macmillan Education.
6. Stewart, J. P., Fulop, D. (2019). Mastering the Art of Oral Presentations: Winning
Orals, Speeches, and Stand-Up Presentations. United Kingdom: Wiley.
7. Kroehnert, Gary. (2010). Basic Presentation Skills. Sidney: McGraw Hill.
8. Cunninghum, S. & Moor, P. (nd). Cutting Edge (Advanced) With Phrase Builder.
Longman Publishers. CUP
9. McCarthy, M & O'Dell, F. (2017). English Idioms in Use (Advanced). Cambridge: CUP.
Online
Resources
1. https://www.grammarly.com/blog/
2. https://www.nationalgeographic.org/education/
3. https://www.bbc.co.uk/teach/skillswise/english/zjg4scw
4. https://www.englishclub.com/
5. https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/
6. https://dictionary.cambridge.org/
7. learnenglishteens.britishcouncil.org
8. https://freerice.com/categories/english-vocabulary
9. http://www.5minuteenglish.com/
10. https://breakingnewsenglish.com/
11. https://www.digitalbook.io/

12. https://librivox.org/
Course Outcomes
• Listen to extended lectures, presentations, and discussions on a wide range of

contemporary issues and demonstrate understanding of relatively complex lines of
argument. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2)
• Make presentations using suitable AV aids and engage in formal group discussions
on a wide range of topics of contemporary interest, demonstrating awareness of
standard/widely accepted conventions. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 3)
• Read and demonstrate understanding of the writer's stance/viewpoint in articles and
reports on a wide range of contemporary issues and discipline-specific subjects.
(Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 2 & 4)
• Write analytical essays on a wide range of general topics/subjects of interest, and
engage in written communication (emails/concise reports) to exchange relatively
complex information, giving reasons in support of or against a particular stance/point
of view. (Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 3 & 4)
• Complete a mini project that necessitates the use of fairly advanced communication
skills to accomplish a variety of tasks and submit a report in the given format.
(Bloom's Taxonomy Level/s: 4 & 5
CO-PO Mapping:
P P PO P P PO P PO P P P P P P P P PS PS PSO PSO
O O 3 O O 6 O 8 O O O O O O O O O1 O2 3 4
1 2 4 5 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
CO 2 3 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 1
3 2
1
CO 2 3 2 3 1 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 1
3 3 3 2
2
CO 2 3 1 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 1
3 1 2 2
3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 1
3 1 2
4
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 3 3 2 1
2 2
5

APPROVED IN:
SDG 16 Peace and Justice Strong Institutions. Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for
sustainable development, provide
access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all
levels.
SDG Justification: By relating to people with empathy, employing creative problem-solving

strategies and engaging meaningfully in a diverse world will create inclusive societies for

MFST1001 L T P S J C
HEALTH & WELLBEING
0 0 2 0 0 1*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course provides the students a better understanding of the role of a proper diet in
maintenance of human health. This course emphasizes the composition of the food, and will
help to understand how toexercise, the role of sports and physical fitness in development of a
good health. The course also focuses on the importance of emotional well-being and
mindfulness. This course helps in teaching the role of yoga in maintenance of physical balance.

• To provide an understanding of the relationship between food and nutrition
• To emphasize the role of exercise, sports and physical fitness in obtaining a good
health
• To explain about the mindfulness and emotional well being
• To teach the role of yoga and meditation in maintaining the body balance
UNIT 1
Understand the relationship between Food and Nutrition and how food composition affects
nutritional characteristics. Knowledge about regulatory principles in determining diets and
recommended daily allowances. Understand how to create personalised diet/nutrition
plans.
UNIT 2
Understand how exercise, activity and sports helps in developing good health. Experiential
exposure to the role of proper, specific nutritional interventions along with structured
activities on developing proper physical health. Practical exercises and assignments in
sports and exercise regimes.
UNIT 3
Introduction to emotional wellbeing and mindfulness. Teaching of mindfulness practices to
reduce stress, increase relaxation and improve mental wellbeing.
UNIT 4
Introduction to Yoga theory and how Yoga helps in maintaining balance in the body. Practice
of Yoga and meditation to improve overall emotional and physical balance. Practical yoga
exercises and meditation techniques
Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, student will

1. Learn the role of nutrition and diet in maintaining a good health
2. understand how the exercise, sports and physical activities will improve health
3. learn mindfulness practices for reducing stress
4. know the importance of yoga and meditation
APPROVED IN:
BOS :01-02-2022 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 01-04-2022
SDG Justification:

PHPY1001 GANDHI FOR THE 21ST CENTURY L T P S J C

2 0 0 0 0 2*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course provides the students with basic knowledge on Gandhi's early life, transformations
in South Africa and his entry into India's national movement. While going through the social-
political, economic, and educational philosophies of Gandhi, the course analyses how his
ideologies are relevant even in the 21st century.
The objectives of the course are;
• To provide the students with the basic knowledge on Gandhi’s life and his
philosophies
• To understand the early influences and transformations in Gandhi
• To analyse the role of Gandhi in India’s national movement
• To apply Gandhian Ethics while analysing the contemporary social/political issues
• To appreciate the conflict resolution techniques put forward by Gandhi and its
significance in thecurrent scenario.
UNIT 1 MK Gandhi: Childhood and Education
M K Gandhi, Formative Years (1869-1893): Early childhood - study in England - Indian

influences, early Western influences.
UNIT 2 From Mohan to Mahatma-South African Experiences
Gandhi in South Africa (1893-1914): South African Experiences - civil right movements in
South Africa - invention of Satyagraha - Phoenix settlement- Tolstoy Farm - experiments in
Sarvodaya, education, and sustainable livelihood.
UNIT 3 Gandhi and Indian National Movement
Gandhi and Indian National Movement (1915-1947): Introduction of Satyagraha in Indian

soil -non- cooperation movement - call for women’s participation - social boycott - Quit-
India movement - fighting against un-touchability - Partition of India- independence.

UNIT 4 Gandhi and Sustainable Development
Gandhian Constructive Programs-Eleven Vows-Sarvodaya-Seven Social Sins-Gandhian

Economics and Sustainable Development
UNIT 5 Gandhi and Contemporary Issues
Conflict Resolution Techniques of Gandhi-Ecological Challenges and Gandhian solutions-

Gandhian Ethics-An Analysis
References:
1. Gandhi, M K. (1941). Constructive Programme. Ahmadabad: Navjivan Publishing
House
2. Gandhi, M. K. (1948). The Story of My Experiments with Truth.
Ahmadabad: Navjivan PublishingHouse
3. Gandhi, M K. (1968). Satyagraha in South Africa. Ahmadabad: Navjivan
Publishing House.
4. Khoshoo, T N (1995). Mahatma Gandhi: An Apostle of Applied Human Ecology.
New Delhi:TERI
5. Kripalani, J.B. (1970). Gandhi: His Life and Thought. New Delhi: Publications
Division.
6. Narayan, Rajdeva (2011). Ecological Perceptions in Gandhism and
Marxism. Muzaffarpur:NISLS
7. Pandey, J. (1998). Gandhi and 21st Century. New Delhi: Concept.
8. Weber, Thomas (2007).Gandhi as Disciple and Mentor. New Delhi: CUP
Course Outcomes:
After the successful completion of the course the students will be able to;
1. Understand the life of Gandhi
2. Appreciate the role of Gandhian non-violence and Satyagraha in India’s
freedom struggle.
3. Critically examine the philosophy of Gandhi on Education, Sarvodaya, and
Satyagraha
4. Analyse the contemporary significance of Gandhian constructive programmes
and eleven vows
5. Examine the possible solutions for some of the contemporary challenges like
environmentalissues, moral degradation and ethical dilemmas.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:

SDG-4: Ensure Inclusive And Equitable Quality Education And Promote Lifelong Learning
Opportunities For All.
Sdg-8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive And Sustainable Economic Growth, Full And
Productive Employment And Decent Work For All
SDG Justification:
Statement: This course promotes the education for all the people without considering
their religion, caste, gender and regional differences.
Statement: This course deals with the basic concepts of national income and employment
to understand the national level scenario of how an economy is growing and providing
employment.

POLS1001 Indian Constitution and History L T P S J C

2 0 0 0 0 2*
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course analyzes the basic structure and operative dimensions of the Indian Constitution.
It explores various aspects of the Indian political and legal system from a historical perspective
highlighting the various events that led to the making of the Indian Constitution. The course
also deals with various challenges faced by the constitution and its coping mechanisms.
Broadly, the students would understand and explain the working of different institutions and
political debates ensuing from the operation of the Indian constitution in action.

• To introduce constitutional history of India.
• To explain the process of making Indian constitution
• To analyze Fundamental of Rights, Duties and other principles in constitution
• To create familiarity with political developments which shaped the constitution.
UNIT 1 India as a Nation 6 hours

Khilani, S. (2004). Introduction, The Idea of India, Chapter 1. New Delhi: Penguin Books, pp. 1-
15.
Rowat, D. (1950). ‘India: The Making of a Nation’, International Journal, 5(2), 95-108.
doi:10.2307/40194264
Brass, P. (2018). ‘Continuities and Discontinuities between pre- and post-Independence India’,
Chapter 1.
The Politics of Idea since independence, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press. pp. 1-30.
UNIT 2 Understanding the Constitution 6 hours

Mehta, U.S. (2011). ‘Constitutionalism’ in The Oxford Companion to Politics in India, (ed) by
Nirja Gopal Jayal, and Pratap Bhanu Mehta, New Delhi: Oxford University Press. pp. 15-27.
Austin, G. (2016), ‘The Constituent Assembly: Microcosm in Action’ in The Indian
Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-25.
Beteille, Andre (2008): “Constitutional Morality,” Economic and Political Weekly, Vol
43, Issue No 40

Prahladan, Vivek (2012): “Emergence of the Indian Constitution,” Economic and

Political Weekly, Vol 47, Issue No 07.
UNIT 3 The Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of 6 hours

State Policy
Bhakshi, P.M. (2011). ‘Preamble’ in The Constitution of India, New Delhi: Universal Law. Pp.
1-5. Laxmikanth, M. (2017). ‘Chapter IV: Preamble of the Constitution’ in Indian Polity,
Chennai: McGraw Hills.
Kumar, Virendra (2007): “Basic Structure of The Indian Constitution: Doctrine of

Constitutionally Controlled Governance [From Kesavananda Bharati to I.R. Coelho]” Journal
of the Indian Law Institute, Vol 49, No 3, pp 365-398.
Austin, G (2016), ‘ ’ in The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp.63-105.
Reddy, S (1980). Fundamental Ness of Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles in the
Indian Constitution. Journal of the Indian Law Institute, 22(3), pp. 399-407.
Bhatia, Gautam (2017): “The Supreme Court’s Right to Privacy Judgement,” Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol 52, Issue No 44
UNIT 4 Citizenship 6 hours

Jayal, N.G. (2019). ‘Reconfiguring citizenship in contemporary India’ in South Asia Journal
of SouthAsian Studies, pp.33-58.
Roy, Anupama. (2010). ‘Chapter I: Enframing the citizen in contemporary times’ in Mapping
Citizenship in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Das, Veena (2010): “State, Citizenship and the Urban Poor,” Citizenship Studies, Vol 15,
pp 319-333.Valerian Rodrigue
UNIT 5 Separation and Distribution of Powers 6 hours

Pal, Ruma. (2016). ‘Separation of Powers’ in The Oxford Handbook of the Indian
Constitution, (ed) by Sujit Choudhry, Madhav Khosla, and Pratap Bhanu Mehta, Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
Bakshi, P. (1956). ‘Comparative Law: Separation of Powers in India’. American Bar Association
Journal, 42(6), 553-595.

Rao, P. (2005). ‘Separation of Powers in a Democracy: The Indian Experience’. Peace Research,
37(1),113-122.
Kumar, Ashwani (2019): “Constitutional Rights, Judicial Review and Parliamentary

Democracy,”
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol 51, Issue 15
Tillin, Louise. (2015). ‘Introduction’ in Indian Federalism. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press. pp.1-30.
Chakrabarty, Bidyut and Rajendra Kumar Pandey. (2008). Federalism’ in Indian

Government andPolitics, New Delhi: Sage Publications. pp. 35-53.
Arora, B. and Kailash, K. K. (2018). ‘Beyond Quasi Federalism: Change and Continuity in
IndianFederalism’, in Studies in Indian Politics, pp. 1-7.
Agrawal, Pankhuri (2020): “COVID-19 and dwindling Indian Federalism,” Economic and
PoliticalWeekly, Vol 55, Issue No 26
Recommended Readings:
De, Rohit. (2018). A People’s Constitution – The Everyday Life of Law in the Indian Republic,
USA:Princeton University Press.
Granville Austin, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 1966.
Lahoti, R.C. (2004). Preamble: The Spirit and Backbone of the Constitution of India. Delhi:
EasternBook Company.
Rajeev Bhargava (ed), Ethics and Politics of the Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press,
NewDelhi, 2008.
Subhash C. Kashyap, Our Constitution, National Book Trust, New Delhi, 2011.Tillin, Louise.
(2015). Indian Federalism. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Zoya Hassan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds), India’s Living Constitution: Ideas,
Practices,Controversies, Permanent Black, New Delhi, 2002.
Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course students would be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the Constitution of India and how
constitutional governance iscarried out in India
2. Interpret knowledge of the Fundamental Rights and Duties of the Citizens as
well as theObligation of the state towards its citizens
3. Correlate familiarity with key political developments that have shaped the

Constitution andamended it from time to time.

4. Equip themselves to take up other courses in law after having done a foundation
course on IndianConstitution
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2
CO2 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
CO4 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO5 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 2
APPROVED IN:

SDG-16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to
justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels.
SDG Justification:
The course primarily talks about evolution of the constitutional institutions. Since the SDG-16
talks about the quality of the institutions, it is applicable here.

L T P S J C
VEDC1001 VENTURE DEVELOPMENT 0 0 0 2 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
India as part of its “Make in India” initiative has been focusing on creating incubation centers
within educational institutions, with an aim to generate successful start-ups. These start-ups
will become employment creators than employment seekers, which is the need of the hour for
our country. This common course (university core) for all the disciplines is a foundation on
venture development. It is an experiential course that starts with students discovering their
deeper self in terms of how they might contribute to society by creating exciting new products
and services that can become the basis of real businesses. The students learn about the
emerging areas of knowledge that are the foundations of any successful company. They will
learn how to develop insight into the problems and desires of different types of target
customers, and from this, to identify the design drivers for a specific innovation. Students will
learn specific design methods for new products and services. The students will learn that as
important as the product or service itself, is a strategy for monetizing the innovation – for
generating revenue, structuring the operating costs, and creating the operating profit needed
to support the business, hire new employees, and expand forward. This course is aimed to be
the beginning of what might be the most important journey of personal and career discovery
so far in a student’s life, one with lasting impact. This is not just a course, but potentially, an
important milestone in life that a student remembers warmly in the years to come.
Students have the opportunity to:
• Discover who they are – Values, Skills, and Contribution to Society

• Understand how creativity works and permeates the innovation process
• Learn the basic processes and frameworks for successful innovation.
• Gain experience in going through the innovation process.
• Conduct field research to test or validate innovation concepts with target customers.
UNIT 1 PERSONAL DISCOVERY 4 hours

Personal Values, Excite & Excel, Build a Team, Define Purpose, Mission Statement

UNIT 2 IDEATION 10 hours

Ideation & Impact, User Insights - Frameworks, Customer Interviews, Interpreting Results
UNIT 3 SOLUTION DISCOVERY 8 hours

Concept Design, Competitive Analysis, Product Line Strategy, Prototyping Solutions,
Reality Check
UNIT 4 BUSINESS MODEL DISCOVERY 4 hours

Understand the Industry, Types of Business Model, Define Revenue Models, Define
Operating Models, Define Customer Journey, Validate Business Model
UNIT 5 DISCOVERY INTEGRATION

Define Company Impact, Create Value, Tell Your Story
L – 15; Total Hours – 30
Textbooks:
1. Meyer and Lee, “Personal Discovery through Entrepreneurship”, The Institute for
Enterprise Growth, LLC. Boston, MA., USA.
References:
1. Adi Ignatius (Editor-in-Chief), “Harvard Business Review”, Harvard Business Publishing,
Brighton, Massachusetts,2021
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify one’s values, strengths and weaknesses and their will to contribute to the
society
2. Formulate an idea and validate it with customers
3. Demonstrate prototyping and analyse the competition for the product
4. Create business models for revenue generation and sustainability of their business
5. Come up with a pitch that can used as the basis for actually starting a company based
on an impactful innovation and societal impact

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 1 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 1 3 2 1 3 3 1 3
CO3 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3
CO4 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3
APPROVED IN:
BOS :<< date >> ACADEMIC COUNCIL: <<date>>

4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning
opportunities for all.
17. Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for
SDG Justification:
4. The course involves identifying one’s personal values and working on real-life
problems, thus forming the base to work on their passions even past the collegiate life.
17. The course is developed in collaboration with North-eastern University, USA and the
training for the champions is being by North-eastern University.

Faculty Core

L T P S J C
CHEM1001 CHEMISTRY
2 1 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
This course enables the students to gain knowledge on various aspects of Water and its
treatment, electrochemical energy systems, Construction of batteries, renewable energy
sources, Semiconductors, Steel, Cement and Polymers, Corrosion and its control,
nanomaterials, Analytical instruments, and applications. The knowledge gained in this course
can be applied to the latest developments in technology.
1. To impart knowledge on various aspects of water and its treatment.
2. To study about electrochemical energy systems, renewable energy sources, solar cells,
and their applications.
3. To gain knowledge on materials such as steel, cement, and polymers
4. To create awareness on corrosion and its control.
5. To introduce different types of nanomaterials.
6. To expose the students to latest instrumental techniques such as scanning electronic
microscope (SEM) & transmission electron microscope (TEM).
UNIT 1 Water and its treatment 9 Hours

Water and its treatment: Introduction – hardness of water – Causes of hardness - Types of
hardness: temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness. Estimation of
hardness of water by complexometric method. Potable water and its specifications. Steps
involved in treatment of water – Disinfection of water by chlorination and ozonization-
industrial water treatment- Boiler feed water and its treatment -internal conditioning–
Calgon and Phosphate conditioning. External treatment of water – Ion exchange process.
Desalination of water – Reverse osmosis.
UNIT 2 Electrochemical Energy Systems 9 Hours

Battery Technology: Basic concepts, battery characteristics, classification of batteries,
Important applications of batteries, Classical batteries-dry/Leclanche cell, Modern
batteries-zinc air, Lead-acid storage battery, lithium cells- Lithium-ion cell, Li MnO2 cell. Fuel
cells- Introduction - classification of fuel cells – hydrogen and oxygen fuel cell, propane, and
oxygen fuel cell- Merits of fuel cell. Renewable energy sources – Types of renewable energy
sources. Semiconductors: Definition, types of semiconductors: doping- n type and p – type
semiconductors and applications. - Solar cells: Introduction, harnessing solar energy,
Photovoltaic cell, solar water heaters.

UNIT 3 Engineering materials and Polymer Chemistry 8 Hours

Steel – Types of Steel, chemical composition – applications of alloy steels
Cement: Portland cement, constituents, Manufacture of Portland Cement, chemistry of
setting and hardening of cement (hydration, hydrolysis, equations).
Polymer Chemistry: Concept of polymerization – Types of Polymerizations, Chain growth
polymerization – mechanisms of free radical and cationic polymerizations, Thermoplastic
resins and Thermosetting resins: examples- Polyethylene, Styrene, Nylon 6,6 and Bakelite.
and applications, Conducting polymers:– Examples – and applications.
UNIT 4 Corrosion and its control 8 Hours

Corrosion and Its Prevention: Electrochemical theory of corrosion, Corrosion due to
dissimilar metal cells (galvanic cells), Corrosion due to differential aeration cells, Uniform
corrosion, pitting corrosion and stress corrosion cracking, Effect of pH, temperature and
dissolved oxygen on corrosion rate. Corrosion prevention and control by cathodic
protection- protective coatings- paints.
UNIT 5 Nanomaterials and Analytical Instrumental Techniques 8 Hours

Nanomaterials: Introduction to nanomaterial: nanoparticles, nanocluster, carbon nanotube
(CNT) and nanowires. Chemical synthesis of nanomaterials: sol-gel method.
Characterization: Principle and applications of scanning electron microscope (SEM) and
transmission electron microscope (TEM)
Analytical Instrumental Techniques
Review of electromagnetic spectrum, Quantization of energy. Absorption of radiation: Beer-
Lambert’s law. Principle and applications of pH metry, potentiometry, conductometry, IR
and UV-spectroscopy with examples.
Text Books:
1. P.C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 15/e, Dhanapat Rai & Sons, Delhi (2014).
2. B.K. Sharma, Engineering Chemistry, Krishna Prakashan, Meerut.
3. O G Palanna, Engineering Chemistry, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited,
(2009).
References:
1. Sashi chawla, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanapath Rai and sons, (2003)
2. B.S Murthy and P. Shankar, A Text Book of NanoScience and NanoTechnology,
University Press (2013).
3. S.S. Dara, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, S.Chand & Co, (2010)
4. N.Krishna Murthy and Anuradha, A text book of Engineering Chemistry, Murthy
Publications (2014).
5. K. Sesha Maheshwaramma and Mridula Chugh, Engineering Chemistry, Pearson India
Edn services, (2016).
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. List the important purification methods of water.
2. Illustrate the principles and applications of batteries, solar energy.
3. Explain the importance of materials such as steel, cement, and polymers

4. Identify different protective coatings.

5. Analyze the importance of nano materials and the principles of SEM and TEM.
CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
1. Determination of Mohr’s salt by potentiometric method
2. Determination of strength of an acid by pH metric method
3. Determination of conductance by conductometric method
4. Determination of viscosity of a liquid
5. Determination of surface tension of a liquid
6. Determination of sulphuric acid in lead-acid storage cell
7. Determination of chromium (VI) in potassium dichromate
8. Determination of copper in a copper ore
9. Determination of Zinc by EDTA method.
10. Estimation of active chlorine content in Bleaching powder
11. Preparation of Phenol-Formaldehyde resin
12. Preparation of Urea-Formaldehyde resin
13. Thin layer chromatography
14. Preparation of TiO2/ZnO nano particles
15. SEM analysis of nano materials
Textbooks:
1. Mendham J, Denney RC, Barnes JD, Thosmas M and Sivasankar B Vogel’s Quantitative
Chemical Analysis 6/e, Pearson publishers (2000).
2. N.K Bhasin and Sudha Rani Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry 3/e, Dhanpat
Rai Publishing Company (2007).
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the laboratory course, the student will be able to
1. explain the functioning of the instruments such as pH, Conductometric and
Potentiometric methods.
2. identify different ores (Cr & Cu) and their usage in different fields (industry, software
devices, electronic goods).
3. experiment with the physical parameter of organic compounds.
4. compare the viscosities of oils.
5. list the preparation of polymers and nano materials.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 3 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 3 1 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 1 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 1 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING L T P S J C

CSEN1011
WITH C 0 0 6 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co-requisite Nil
exposure
Course Description:
The course is designed to enable the student to write programs for problem solving. After an
introduction to program logic design using algorithms and flowcharts, converting the logic into
programs is taught. The features of structured programming are explained with the C programming
language as an example. This course lays the foundation both for developing program logic and for
writing programs in C according to the developed logic.
Course objectives:
1.Familiarize the student with the steps involved in writing and running a compiled program.
2.Enable the student to build program logic with algorithms and flowcharts.
3. Explain with the features and constructs of C programming such as data types, expressions, loops,
functions, arrays, pointers, and files.
4.Demonstrate the handling of variables and input-output operations in C.
5.Train the student to convert program logic into C language code using a top-down approach.
Module I: Introduction to Computer Problem-Solving 12Hours

Introduction, the Problem-Solving Aspect, Top-Down Design, Introduction to the idea of an
algorithm, Introduction to Flowchart using Raptor tool.
Introduction to C Language – Structure of a C Program, Keywords, Identifiers, Data Types (int, float,
char, unsigned int) and Variable declaration, Constants, Input / Output function. Operators,
Expressions, Precedence and Associativity, Expression Evaluation, Type conversions.
Exercises: Construct a flowchart and write a program to
● Develop a calculator to convert time, distance, area, volume and temperature from one unit
to another.
● Calculate simple and compound interest for various parameters specified by the user
● To enter marks of five subjects and calculate total, average and percentage.
● Calculate net salary of employee given basic,da,hra,pf and lic
● retrieve remainder after division of two numbers without using mod operator
● Convert an upper-case character to a lower-case character.
● Swap two numbers
● Enter two angles of a triangle and find the third angle.
● Check Least Significant Bit (LSB) of a number
● Input any number from user and check whether nth bit of the given number is set (1) or not
(0)(hint: Use bitwise operators)

Module II: Control Structures 15 Hours

● Control Structures: Selection Statements (making decisions) – if, if-else, nested if, else if
ladder and switch statements. Repetition statements (loops)-while, for, do-while
statements, Nested Loops.
● Unconditional statements-break, continue, goto.
● Pointers – Pointer variable, pointer declaration, Initialization of pointer, accessing variables
through pointers, pointers to pointers, pointers to void.
Exercises: Construct a Flowchart and Write a Program to
● Check whether the triangle is equilateral, isosceles, or scalene triangle.
● Check whether entered year is a leap year or not
● Find minimum among three numbers.
● Check whether a number is divisible by 5 and 11 or not.
● Check whether a number is positive, negative or zero using switch case.
● Design a calculator that performs arithmetic operations on two numbers using switch case
● Find Roots of a Quadratic Equation
● Find factorial of a number
● Check whether number is a palindrome or not
● Check whether number is perfect or not
● Convert a decimal number to binary number
● To find the sum of the series [ 1-X^2/2!+X^4/4!- .........].
● Print following patterns
*
*
**
***
****
A
BB
C CC
DDDD
E E E EE
1
23
456
7 8 9 10
● Calculate the greatest common divisor of two numbers
● Generate first n numbers in the Fibonacci series
● Generate n prime numbers
● Swap two numbers using pointers.
● Performs all the five arithmetic operations using Pointers.
Module III: Functions 15 Hours

Functions-Designing Structured Programs, user defined function- function definition, function
prototype, function call, Types of functions. Parameter Passing by value, parameter passing by
address, Recursive functions. Dynamic Memory allocation Functions, pointers to functions.
Storage classes-auto, register, static, extern.

Exercises: Write a program using functions to

● Print even and odd numbers in a given range
● Find power of a number
● Return maximum of given two numbers
● To print all strong numbers between given interval using functions.
● Check whether a number is prime, Armstrong or perfect number using functions.
● Demonstrate call by value and call by reference mechanisms.
● Find power of any number using recursion.
● Generate Fibonacci series using recursion
● Find product of two numbers using recursion
● Find the sum of digits of a number. Number must be passed to a function using pointers.
● Find GCD (HCF) of two numbers using recursion.
● Find LCM of two numbers using recursion.
Module IV: Arrays and Strings 15 Hours

Arrays – Declaration and Definition of Array, accessing elements in array, Storing values in array,
linear search, binary search, bubble sort, Two – dimensional arrays, multidimensional arrays. Arrays
and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and arrays, array of pointers, Passing array to function.
Strings – Declaration and Definition of String, String Initialization, unformatted I/O functions, arrays
of strings, string manipulation functions, string and pointers.
Exercises: Write a program to
● Find minimum and maximum element in an array
● Implement linear search.
● Sort an array in descending order.
● Given a two-dimensional array of integers and a row index, return the largest element in that
row.
● Find transpose of a matrix.
● Perform multiplication of two matrices
● Count total number of vowels and consonants in a string.
● Reverse the given string without using String handling functions.
● Sort strings in dictionary order
● To perform addition of two matrices.
● Read an array of elements of size ‘n’ and find the largest and smallest number using
functions
● find total number of alphabets, digits or special character in a string using function
Module V: Structures and Files 15Hours

Structures–Declaration, initialization, accessing structures, operations on structures, structures
containing arrays, structures containing pointers, nested structures, self-referential structures,
arrays of structures, structures and functions, structures and pointers, unions.
Files – Concept of a file, Opening and Closing files, file input / output functions (standard library
input / output functions for text files)
Exercises: Write a program to

● Store information of a student using structure
● Add two complex numbers by passing structures to a function

● Store information of 10 students using structures

● Store Employee information using nested structure
● Read file contents and display on console.
● Read numbers from a file and write even and odd numbers to separate file.
● Count characters, words and lines in a text file.
Textbooks(s)
● B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structured Programming Approach
Using C, 3/e, Cengage Learning
Reference Book(s)
1. Jeri R Hanly, Elliot B Koffman, Problem Solving and Program Design in C, 7/e, Pearson
Education, 2012.
2. B.W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, 2/E, Pearson
education, 2015.
3. B. Gottfried, Programming with C, 3/e, Schaum’s outlines, McGraw Hill (India), 2017.
4. P. Dey and M Ghosh, Programming in C, 2/e, Oxford University Press, 2011.
Additional Exercises:
1. Given numbers x, y, and target, return whichever of x and y is closer to the target. If they have the
same distance, return the smaller of the two
2. There are three friends Ram, Raheem and Robert. Ram’s age is 20, Raheem is aged three times
more than his friend Ram. After 8 years, he would be two and a half times of Ram’s age. After
further 8 years, how many times would he be of Rams age? Robert’s age is 25 now. Now program
your computer to determine the final ages of all the three people after 16 years and also show
who is elder.
3. Given an actual time and an alarm clock time, both in “military” format (such as 0730 for
7:30am), print how many more minutes before the alarm rings. But if the time is after the alarm,
print "Alarm already went off".
4. Let there be a scenario where you and your friend are going to a restaurant. You have lunch there
every fourth day, and he has his lunch there every sixth day. How many days before you meet
again for lunch at the same restaurant?
5. Two friends Suresh and Ramesh have m red candies and n green candies respectively. They want
to arrange the candies in such a way that each row contains equal number of candies and also
each row should have only red candies or green candies. Help them to arrange the candies in such
a way that there are maximum number of candies in each row.
6. On a chessboard, positions are marked with a letter between a and h for the column and a
number between 1 and 8 for the row. Given two position strings, return true if they have the
same colour.
7. Given two strings s0 and s1, return whether they are anagrams of each other.
8. Write a program to encrypt and decrypt a password which is alphanumeric
9. Given a string, return the string with the first and second half swapped. If the string has odd
length, leave the middle character in place.
10. Given an array of integers, return the second-largest element.
11. Given lists of integers people, jobs, profits. Each person i in people have people[i] amount of
strength, and performing job j requires jobs[j] amount of strength and nets profits[j] amount of
profit. Given that each person can perform at most one job, although a job can be assigned to
more than one person, return the maximum amount of profit that can be attained.

12. Mr. Roxy has arranged a party at his house on the New Year’s Eve. He has invited all his friends -
both men and women (men in more number). Your task is to generate the number of ways in
which the invitees stand in a line so that no two women stand next to each other. Note that the
number of men is more than the number of women and Roxy doesn’t invite more than 20
guests. If there are more than 20 guests or an arrangement as per the given constraints is not
possible, print ‘invalid’.
13. Two friends have entered their date of birth and they want to know who is elder among them.
Make a structure named Date to store the elements day, month and year to store the dates.
Case Study:
1. Create a structure containing book information like accession number, name of author, book
title and flag to know whether book is issued or not. Create a menu in which the following
functions can be done: Display book information, Add a new book, Display all the books in the
library of a particular author, Display the number of books of a particular title, Display the total
number of books in the library, Issue a book (If we issue a book, then its number gets decreased
by 1 and if we add a book, its number gets increased by 1)
2. Ranjan is maintaining a store. Whenever a customer purchases from the store, a bill is
generated. Record the customer name, amount due, the amount paid, mobile number with
purchased items in file. At the end of day print the total income generated by store.
3. Contact Management System- Create structure to store Contact information like name,
gender,mail,phone number and address. Users can add new contact and can also edit and delete
existing contact. (Hint: Use Files to store data)

CO-PO Mapping:
P PO PO PO PO PO6 PO PO PO PO PO PS1 PS PS PSO

O 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 2 O1 O2 3
1
CO1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
BOS : September 6, 2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 21st AC(September 17, 2021)
SDG No. & Statement: 4 Quality Education, Decent Work and Economic Growth
4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for
all.
8. Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment
and decent work for all.
SDG Justification:
Learning various problem-solving techniques will lead to become a good problem solver.

L T P S J C
CSEN1021 PROGRAMMING WITH PYTHON
0 0 6 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co-requisite Nil
exposure
Course Educational objectives:

1. To elucidate problem solving through python programming language
2. To introduce function-oriented programming paradigm through python
3. To train in development of solutions using modular concepts
4. To teach practical Python solution patterns
Module I: Introduction to Python 18 Hours

Python – Numbers, Strings, Variables, operators, expressions, statements, String operations,
Math function calls, Input/output statements, Conditional If, while and for loops.
Exercises:
1. Accept input from user and store it in variable and print the value.
2. Use of print statements and use of (.format )for printing different data types.
3. Take 2 numbers as user input and add, multiply, divide, subtract, remainder and print
the output (Same operations on floating point input as well)
4. Conversion of one unit to another (such as hours to minutes, miles to km and etc)
5. Usage of mathematical functions in python like math.ceil, floor, fabs, fmod, trunc,
pow, sqrt etc.
6. Building a mathematical calculator that can perform operations according to user
input. Use decision making statement.
7. Accepting 5 different subject marks from user and displaying the grade of the student.
8. Printing all even numbers, odd numbers, count of even numbers, count of odd
numbers within a given range.
9. a) Compute the factorial of a given number. b) Compute GCD of two given numbers.
c) Generate Fibonacci series up to N numbers.
10. Check whether the given input is a) palindrome b) strong c) perfect
11. Compute compound interest using loop for a certain principal and interest amount
Module II: Functions 18 Hours

User defined Functions, parameters to functions, recursive functions. Lists, Tuples,

Dictionaries, Strings.
Exercises:
● Create a function which accepts two inputs from the user and compute nCr
● Recursive function to compute GCD of 2 numbers
● Recursive function to find product of two numbers
● Recursive function to generate Fibonacci series
● Program to print a specified list after removing the 0th, 4th and 5th elements.
Sample List : ['Red', 'Green', 'White', 'Black', 'Pink', 'Yellow']
Expected Output : ['Green', 'White', 'Black']
● Program to get the difference between the two lists.
● Program to find the second smallest number and second largest number in a
list.
● Given a list of numbers of list, write a Python program to create a list of tuples
having first element as the number and second element as the square of the
number.
● Given list of tuples, remove all the tuples with length K.
Input : test_list = [(4, 5), (4, ), (8, 6, 7), (1, ), (3, 4, 6, 7)], K = 2
Output : [(4, ), (8, 6, 7), (1, ), (3, 4, 6, 7)]
Explanation : (4, 5) of len = 2 is removed.
● Program to generate and print a dictionary that contains a number (between
1 and n) in the form (x, x*x).
Sample Input: (n=5) :
Expected Output : {1: 1, 2: 4, 3: 9, 4: 16, 5: 25}
● Program to remove a key from a dictionary
● Program to get the maximum and minimum value in a dictionary.
● Program to perform operations on string using unicodes ,splitting of string,accessing
elements of string using locations
● Program for Counting occurrence of a certain element in a string, getting indexes that
have matching elements.For ex -.In Rabbit count how many times b has occurred .
Example-I have to go to a doctor and get myself checked. Count the number of
occurrences of ‘to’.
● Program for replacing one substring by another For example - Rabbit - Replace ‘bb’ by
‘cc’
● Program to Acronym generator for any user input (ex-input is Random memory access
then output should be RMA).Example - Random number (RN)
● Python function that accepts a string and calculates the number of uppercase
letters and lowercase letters.
● Program to count the number of strings where the string length is 2 or more
and the first and last character are same from a given list of strings
Sample List : ['abc', 'xyz', 'aba', '1221'] Expected Result : 2

Module III: Files and Packages 18 Hours

Files—Python Read Files, Python Write/create Files, Python Delete Files.
Pandas -- Read/write from csv, excel, json files, add/ drop columns/rows,
aggregations, applying functions.
Exercises
● read an entire text file.
● read the first n lines of a file.
● append text to a file and display the text.
● Read numbers from a file and write even and odd numbers to separate files.
● Count characters, words and lines in a text file.
● To write a list to a file.
● Given a CSV file or excel file to read it into a data frame and display it.
● Given a data frame, select rows based on a condition.
● Given is a data frame showing the name, occupation, salary of people. Find the
average salary per occupation.
● To convert Python objects into JSON strings. Print all the values.
● Write a Pandas program to read specific columns from a given excel file.
Module IV: Operations in database with suitable libraries 18 Hours

SQLite3: CRUD operations (Create, Read, Update, and Delete) to manage data stored in a
database.
Matplotlib -- Visualizing data with different plots, use of subplots. User defined packages,
define test cases.
Exercises
Special commands to sqlite3 (dot-commands)
Rules for "dot-commands"
Changing Output Formats
Querying the database schema
Redirecting I/O
Writing results to a file
Reading SQL from a file
File I/O Functions
The edit() SQL function
Importing CSV files
Export to CSV
Export to Excel
Reference - https://www.sqlite.org/cli.html
Matplotlib can be practiced by considering a dataset and visualizing it.

It is left to the instructor to choose appropriate dataset.

Module V: Regular Expressions 18 Hours
Regular expression: meta character, regEx functions, special sequences, Web

scrapping, Extracting data.
Exercises
Write a Python program to check that a string contains only a certain set of characters (in this
case a-z, A-Z and 0-9).
Write a Python program that matches a string that has an a followed by zero or more b's
Write a Python program that matches a string that has an a followed by one or more b's
Write a Python program that matches a string that has an a followed by zero or one 'b'
Write a Python program that matches a string that has an a followed by three 'b'
Write a Python program to find sequences of lowercase letters joined with an underscore
Write a Python program to test if a given page is found or not on the server.
Write a Python program to download and display the content of robot.txt for
en.wikipedia.org.
Write a Python program to get the number of datasets currently listed on data.gov
Write a Python program to extract and display all the header tags from
en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page
.
Textbooks(s)
1. Programming with python, T R Padmanabhan, Springer
2. Python Programming: Using Problem Solving Approach, Reema
Thareja, Oxford University Press
Reference Book(s)
1. Programming with python, T R Padmanabhan, Springer
2. Python Programming: Using Problem Solving Approach, Reema Thareja,
Oxford University Press
3. Python for Data Analysis, Wes McKinney, O.Reeilly
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course the student will be able to
• Define variables and construct expressions.
• Utilize arrays, storing and manipulating data.
• Develop efficient, modular programs using functions.
• Write programs to store and retrieve data using files.

CO-PO Mapping:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1 PO1 PS1 PSO PSO PSO
0 1 2 1 2 3
CO1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
BOS : September 6, 2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 21st AC(September 17, 2021)
SDG No. & Statement: 4 Quality Education

all.
SDG Justification:
Learning a programming language like Python students can get decent jobs in different fields.

L T P S J C
CSEN1031 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE APPLICATIONS
0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite CSEN1011: Problem Solving and Programming with C
CSEN1021: Programming with Python
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Programming
exposure
Course Description:
The surge in the production of data has led to the development of various technologies. The
term “Artificial Intelligence (AI)” has become ubiquitous in everyday applications from virtual
assistants to self-driving cars. Several applications such as Healthcare, Finance, Bioinformatics
etc. are benefitting from the advances in the domain. The global market for artificial
intelligence is going to face a phenomenal growth over the coming years with organizations
across the world capitalizing on the disruptive technologies that AI is offering. This course
introduces the recent applications of AI namely, Virtual Assistants, Computer Vision, along
with trending topics such as Deep Learning and Reinforcement Learning. The idea of the course
is to introduce the basic concepts of AI as well as latest trends in the domain. This course is
envisaged to provide a basic understanding on latest developments of AI to all disciplines
engineering undergraduates.
1. Provide introduction to basic concepts of artificial intelligence.
2. Explore applications of AI
3. Explore the scope, advantages of intelligent systems
4. Experiment with different machine learning concept
5. Exposure to AI-intensive computing and information system framework
UNIT 1 2 Hours
Introduction to Artificial intelligence: Basics of AL Agents and Environment, The Nature of
Environment.
List of Experiment(s):
Implementation of toy Problems (8-Puzzle, Wumpus World, Vacuum-clean Example, etc)
UNIT 2 2 Hours
Applications of AI: Game Playing, [Deep Blue in Chess, IBM Watson in Jeopardy, Google's
Deep Mind in AlphaGo]
1. Implementation of (Sudoku, Crossword Puzzle, or Wumpus World, etc)

UNIT 3 2 Hours
Conceptual introduction to Machine Learning: Supervised, Unsupervised, and Semi-
Supervised Learning.
1. Supervise - Perform Data Labelling for various images using object recognition
UNIT 4 2 Hours
Reinforcement Learning, Introduction to Neural Networks, Deep Learning
1. Explore the effect of different hyperparameters while implementing a Simple Fully
Connected Neural Network. (https://playground.tensorflow.org)
UNIT 5 2 Hours
Image Processing & Computer Vision: Introduction to Image processing, Image Noise,
Removal of Noise from Images, Color Enhancement, Edge Detection.
1. Lobe.ai - Build custom models using the visual tool for Object recognition and
sentiment analysis that can convert facial expressions into emoticons
UNIT 6 2 Hours
Segmentation. Feature Detection & Recognition. Classification of images. Face recognition,
Deep Learning algorithms for Object detection & Recognition.
1. Teachable Machine Brain.JS In Browser Object Recognition through
2. Haar Cascade Object detection for Eye and Face in Python using Open CV
UNIT 7 2 Hours
Conceptual introduction to Natural Language Processing: Speech Recognition & Synthesis:
Speech Fundamentals, Speech Analysis, Speech Modelling.
1. Sentiment Analysis and Polarity detection
UNIT 8 2 Hours
Speech Recognition, Speech Synthesis, Text-to-Speech, Sentiment Analysis, Segmentation
and recognition.
1. Text to Speech recognition and Synthesis through APIs
UNIT 9 2 Hours
Introduction to o Chatbot, Architecture of a Chatbot. NLP in the cloud, NL Interface, How to
Build a Chatbot, Transformative user experience of chatbots, Designing Elements of a
chatbot, Best practices for chatbot development. NLP components. NLP wrapper to
chatbots. Audiobots and Musicbots.
1. Building a Chatbot using IBM Watson visual studio
2. Building a Chatbot using Pandora bots
3. Build a virtual assistant for Wikipedia using Wolfram Alpha and Python

UNIT 10 2 Hours
Smart Applications: Smart Manufacturing, Smart Agriculture, Smart Healthcare, Smart
Education, Smart Grids, Smart Transportation and Autonomous Vehicles, Smart Homes,
Smart Cities
1. Build a smart application specific to the domain of the student.
Textbooks:
1. Tom Markiewicz& Josh Zheng, Getting started with Artificial intelligence, Published by
O'Reilly Media,20l7
2. Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach.
References:
1. Aurtlien Giron. Hands on Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
concepts,Tools, and Techniques to Build intelligent Systems , Published by O'Reilly
Mcdia,20l 7
2. Build an AI Assistant with wolfram alpha and Wikipedia in python.https://medium
.com/@salisuwy/build-an-ai-assistant-with-wolfram-alpha-and-wikipedia-in-python-
d9bc8ac838fe.
3. Joseph Howse, Prateek Joshi, Michael Beyeler - Opencv Computer Vision Projects
withPython-Publishing (201 6).
4. Curated datasets on kaggle https://www.kaggle.com/datasets.
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to grasp the concepts of artificial intelligence, machine learning, natural language
processing, image processing
2. Recognize various domains in which Al can be applied
3. Implement the methods in processing an image:
4. Implement simple of chatbots
5. identify smart applications:
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

APPROVED IN:
BOS : September 6, 2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 21st AC(September
17, 2021)
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
EECE1001
ENGINEERING 2 1 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the fundamental principles and building blocks of electrical and
electronics engineering. The first three units cover the electric circuit laws, theorems, and
principles of electrical machines. The last two units cover semiconductor devices and their
applications.
1. To impart the analysis and design aspects of DC networks in electrical and electronic
circuits
2. To explain the basic concepts of AC networks used in electrical and electronic circuits.
3. To demonstrate the importance and operating principles of electrical machines
(transformers, motors and generators)
4. To impart the knowledge about the characteristics, working principles and
applications of semiconductor diodes, Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect
Transistors (MOSFETs).
5. To expose basic concepts and applications of Operational Amplifier and
configurations.
UNIT 1 7 Hours
DC Circuits: Basic circuit elements and sources, Ohms law, Kirchhoff’s laws, series and
parallel connection of circuit elements, Node voltage analysis, Mesh current analysis,
Superposition, Thevenin’s and maximum power transfer theorem.
UNIT 2 8 Hours
AC Circuits: Alternating voltages and currents, AC values, single phase RL, RC, RLC series
circuits, power in AC circuits, Power Factor, three phase systems-Star and Delta Connection-
Three phase power measurement.
UNIT 3 9 Hours
Electrical Machines: Construction, working principle and application of DC machines,
Transformers, single phase and three phase Induction motors, special machines-Stepper
motor, Servo motor and BLDC motor.
UNIT 4 8 Hours
Semiconductor Devices: p-n Junction diode - Basic operating principle, current-voltage
characteristics, rectifier circuits (half-wave, full-wave, rectifier with filter capacitor), Zener

diode as Voltage Regulator; Metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET):
Operation of NMOS and PMOS FETs, MOSFET as an amplifier and switch.
UNIT 5 8 Hours
Operational Amplifiers: The Ideal Op-amp, The Inverting Configuration, The closed loop
gain, Effect of Finite open-loop gain, The Noninverting Configuration, The closed loop gain,
Characteristics of Non-Inverting Configuration, Difference amplifiers, A Single Op-amp
difference amplifier. Adders, subtractors, integrators, differentiators, filter circuits using
Opamps,
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Laboratory

1. Verification of Kirchhoff’s Laws.
2. Verification of DC Superposition Theorem.
3. Verification of Thevenin’s Theorem.
4. Verification of Maximum power transfer Theorem.
5. Load test on DC generator.
6. Load test on single phase transformer.
7. Measurement of voltage, current and power factor of single phase RL, RC series
circuits.
8. Measurement of voltage, current and power factor of single phase RLC series circuit.
9. Measurement of power in a three phase circuit.
10. Current Voltage Characteristics of a p-n Junction Diode/LED.
11. Diode Rectifier Circuits.
12. Voltage Regulation with Zener Diodes.
13. Design of a MOSTFET amplifier and MOSFET inverter/NOR gate
14. Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier Design with Op-amps.
15. Simulation experiments using PSPICE
a) Diode and Transistor Circuit Analysis.
b) MOSFET Amplifier design.
c) Inverting and Noninverting Amplifier Design with Op-amps.
Textbooks:
1. D. P. Kothari, I. J. Nagrath, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 1/e, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2017.
2. B. L. Theraja, Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, 1/e, S. Chand
Publishing, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits 6/e, Oxford University
Press, 2014.
References:
1. S.K. Bhattacharya, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Pearson Education,

2011.
2. Dharma Raj Cheruku, B T Krishna, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2/e, Pearson
Education, 2008.
3. R. K. Rajput, Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, University Science Press,
New Delhi, 2012.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the student will be able to
1. predict and analyse the behaviour of an electrical circuit (L3).
2. analyse the performance quantities such as losses, efficiency and identify applications
of DC machines (L4).
3. explain the use of transformers in transmission and distribution of electric power and
other applications (L2).
4. demonstrate the operation and applications of various electronic devices (L2).
5. construct Inverting and Noninverting configurations of Op-amp (L3).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
APPROVED IN:

SDG3: Good Health and Well Being: Understanding the fundamentals of electrical and
electronics systems can help in designing systems, to promote good health and well being
SDG5: Gender Equality: Acquiring the interdisciplinary knowledge help overcome the
gender barriers in workplace
SDG8: Descent Work and Economic: The learners of this course can get descent work and
earn financial benefits and they can work in interdisciplinary areas
SDG12: Responsible Consumption and Production: Use of right and energy efficient
electric and electronic components and devices results in reasonable consumption and
production
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES 2:
HSMCH102
UNDERSTANDING HARMONY 3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
During the Induction Program, students would get an initial exposure to human values through
Universal Human Values – I. This exposure is to be augmented by this compulsory full semester
foundation course.

The objective of the course is fourfold:
1. Development of a holistic perspective based on self- exploration about themselves
(human being), family, society, and nature/existence.
2. Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family,
society, and nature/existence
3. Strengthening of self-reflection.
4. Development of commitment and courage to act.
COURSE TOPICS: The course has 28 lectures and 14 practice sessions in 5 modules:
UNIT 1 Course Introduction - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and
Process for Value Education
1. Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human
Values-I.
2. Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and
Experiential Validation- as the process for self-exploration.
3. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
4. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for
fulfilment of aspirations of every human being with their correct priority.
5. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current
scenario
6. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony
at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate
acceptance for living with responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence)
rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on liking-disliking.

UNIT 2 Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in

Myself!
1. Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material
‘Body’.
2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility.
3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer).
4. Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’.
5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal
of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail.
6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods
available tome. Identifying from one’s own life.
Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health
vs dealing with disease
UNIT 3 Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in

Human-Human Relationship
1. Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine
universal values in relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual
happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of relationship
2. Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence
3. Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and
differentiation; the other salient values in relationship
4. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family):
Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive
Human Goals
5. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal
Order- from family to world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as

extended family, real life examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc.
Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from
students’ lives.
UNIT 4 Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole

existence as Coexistence
1. Understanding the harmony in the Nature
2. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature-
recyclability and self-regulation in nature.
3. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-
pervasive space.

4. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.

5. Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature
(film “Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology
etc.
UNIT 5 Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on

Professional Ethics
1. Natural acceptance of human values
2. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
3. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal
Order
4. Competence in professional ethics: a. Ability to utilize the professional competence
for augmenting universal human order b. Ability to identify the scope and
characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c. Ability to
identify and develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for above
production systems.
5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production
systems
6. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a. At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,
technologists and managers
b. At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations
7. Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions
e.g. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
Text Books:
1. Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel Books,
New Delhi, 2010
References:
1. Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi.
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)

13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
Lectures hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the topics
at hand and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them. Tutorial hours are to be
used for practice sessions.
While analysing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential
elements to help in sorting them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the
students explore the important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages
the student to connect with one’s own self and do self- observation, self-reflection and self-
exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up “ordinary”
situations rather than” extra-ordinary” situations.
Such observations and their analyses are shared and discussed with other students and
faculty mentor, in a group sitting.
Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference is that the
laboratory is everyday life, and practical are how you behave and work in real life. Depending
on the nature of topics, worksheets, home assignment and/or activity are included. The
practice sessions (tutorials)would also provide support to a student in performing actions
commensurate to his/her beliefs. It is intended that this would lead to development of
commitment, namely behaving and working based on basic human values.
It is recommended that this content be placed before the student as it is, in the form of a
basic foundation course, without including anything else or excluding any part of this
content. Additional content may be offered in separate, higher courses.
This course is to be taught by faculty from every teaching department, including HSS
faculty.
Teacher preparation with a minimum exposure to at least one 8- day FDP on Universal
Human Values is deemed essential.
ASSESSMENT:
This is a compulsory credit course. The assessment is to provide a fair state of development
of the student, so participation in classroom discussions, self-assessment, peer assessment
etc. will be used in evaluation.
Example:
Assessment by faculty mentor: 10 marks
Self-assessment: 10 marks
Assessment by peers: 10 marks
Socially relevant project/Group Activities/Assignments: 20 marks Semester End Examination:

50 marks
The overall pass percentage is 40%. In case the student fails, he/she must repeat the course.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students are expected to become more aware of themselves, and
their surroundings (family, society, nature); they would become more responsible in life, and
in handling problems with sustainable solutions, while keeping human relationships and
human nature in mind.
They would have better critical ability. They would also become sensitive to their
commitment towards what they have understood (human values, human relationship and
human society). It is hoped that they would be able to apply what they have learnt to their
own self in different day-today settings in real life, at least a beginning would be made in
this direction.
This is only an introductory foundational input. It would be desirable to follow it up by

a. faculty-student or mentor-mentee programs throughout their time with the
institution
b. Higher level courses on human values in every aspect of living. E.g. as a professional

L T P S J C
INTN2333 INTERNSHIP 1
0 0 0 0 1 1
Pre-requisite Completion of minimum of four semesters
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

1. The course is designed to expose the students to expected industry skills and
industry environment and to take up onsite assignment as trainees or interns.
Contents: 1 Week
One week of work at industry site. Supervised by an expert at the industry.
Mode of Evaluation: Internship Report, Presentation and Project Review
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this internship the student should be able to:
1. Have an exposure to industrial practices and to work in teams
2. identify skill set required to participate activity in real-time projects relevant to the
industry
3. Understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental
and societal context
4. formulate technical background required to participate in Internship 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
INTN3444 INTERNSHIP 2
0 0 0 0 1 3
Pre-requisite Completion of minimum of six semesters
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

1. The course is designed to expose the students to industry environment and to take
up onsite assignment as trainees or interns.
Contents: 1 Week
Four weeks of work at industry site. Supervised by an expert at the industry
Mode of Evaluation: Internship Report, Presentation and Project Review
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this internship the student should be able to:
1. Have an exposure to industrial practices and to work in teams
2. Communicate effectively
3. Understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental
and societal context
4. Develop the ability to engage in research and to involve in life-long learning
5. Comprehend contemporary issues
6. Engage in establishing his/her digital footprint
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH1001 SINGLE VARIABLE CALCULUS 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to impart knowledge on differentiation and integration of function,
emphasizing their inter-relationship and applications to engineering.
1. To familiarize the students in the concepts the derivatives and its underlying concepts
like limits and continuity.
2. To explain the concept of derivative and calculation of extreme values of extreme
values of various functions.
3. To impart knowledge on integration for the computation of areas, arc lengths.
4. To demonstrate various techniques of integrations.
UNIT 1 Limits and continuity of single and several variables 6 Hours

Limit of a Function and Limit Laws, The Precise Definition of a Limit, One-Sided Limits,
Continuity (Without proofs). Functions of Several Variables, Limits and Continuity in Higher
Dimensions (Without proofs)
UNIT 2 Derivatives and applications 7 Hours

The Derivative as a Function, Differentiation Rules, The Chain Rule, Extreme Values of
Functions on Closed Intervals, Monotonic Functions (Without proofs)
UNIT 3 Integrals and applications 7 Hours

The Definite Integral, The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, Indefinite Integrals and the
Substitution Method, Definite Integral Substitutions and the Area between Curves, Arc
Length (Without proofs)
UNIT 4 Techniques of integration 6 Hours

Using basic Integration Formulas, Integration by Parts, Trigonometric Integrals,
Trigonometric Substitutions, Integration of Rational Functions by Partial Fractions (Without
proofs)
Textbooks:
1. Joel Hass, Christopher Heil, Maurice D. Weir, Thomas' Calculus, Fourteenth edition,
Pearson Addison Wesley (2018).
References:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics,10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna publishers, 2017.
3. James Stewart, "Calculus: Early Transcendentals", Cengage Learning, 7th Edition, New
Delhi, 2015.
4. Hyghes-Hallett, Gleason, McCallum et al. Single Variable Calculus (6th Edn) John Wiley
and Sons New York, 2013.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
● determine limit, one sided limit, continuity of single and several variable functions.
● solve problems in a range of mathematical applications using differentiation
● solve problems in a range of mathematical applications using integration
● apply the fundamental theorem of calculus.
● evaluate integrals using various techniques.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:
BOS : 26-04-2021 26-04-2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 17-09-2021
SDG No. & Statement: 4

Ensure inclusion and equitable quality education and promote lifelong opportunities for
all
SDG Justification:
Learning of various mathematical techniques will lead to knowledge of applications in
Engineering problems

L T P S J C
MATH1011 SEVERAL VARIABLE CALCULUS 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite MATH1001
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable Engineering and Science
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to impart knowledge on calculus of functions of more variables which
are useful in modelling and analyzing physical phenomena involving continuous change of
variables or parameters and have applications across all branches of engineering.
1. To teach basic concepts of partial derivatives.
2. To explain the evaluation of double integrals and its applications.
3. To demonstrate the evaluation and applications of triple integrals.
4. To acquaint the knowledge of line and surface integrals and applications.
UNIT 1 Partial derivatives and applications 7 Hours

Partial Derivatives of a Function of Two Variables and More Than Two Variables, Second-
order Partial derivatives, The Chain Rule for Functions of Two and Three variables, Extreme
Values and Saddle Points, Lagrange Multipliers, Taylor’s Formula for Two Variables (Without
proofs)
UNIT 2 Double integrals 6 Hours

Double and iterated Integrals over Rectangles, Double Integrals over General Regions, Area
by Double Integration: Area of bounded region in a plane, Double Integrals in Polar Form.
(Without proofs)
UNIT 3 Triple integrals 5 Hours

Triple Integrals in Rectangular Coordinates: Triple Integrals, Volume of a Region in Space,
Finding limits of integration, Triple Integrals in Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates.
(Without proofs)
UNIT 4 Integrals and Vector fields 8 Hours

Vector Fields and Line Integrals: Line Integrals of Vector Fields, Line Integrals with Respect
to dx, dy, or dz, Work Done by a Force over a Curve in Space, Green’s Theorem in the Plane:
Tangential form, Using Green’s Theorem to Evaluate the Line Integral and Verification,
Surface Integrals: Surface Integrals of Vector Fields, Stokes’ Theorem (Without proofs)
Textbooks:
1. Joel Hass, Christopher Heil, Maurice D. Weir, Thomas' Calculus, Fourteenth edition,

Pearson Addison Wesley (2018).

References:
3. Hyghes-Hallett, Gleason, McCallum et al. Multivariable Variable Calculus (6th Edn)
John Wiley and Sons New York, 2013.
4. James Stewart. Multivariate Calculus, Concepts and Contexts. (3rd Edn)
Thomson/Brooks/Cole, Canada, 2005.
Course Outcomes:
● utilize functions of several variables in optimization.
● employ the tools of calculus for calculating the areas.
● calculate volumes using multiple integrals.
● determine the work done using vector calculus
● determine the rate of flow of a fluid using vector calculus
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

Ensure inclusion and equitable quality education and promote lifelong opportunities for
all
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2371 DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
Difference equations is the study of equation which involves the difference of a discrete
function. In this course, the student can form a difference equation, solving linear higher order
difference equations using analytical techniques, simultaneous linear difference equations and
also find the solution of linear higher order difference equations and simultaneous difference
equations using Z-transforms.
1. Student is able to know how to find the order of a difference equation and
complementary function of a difference equation.
2. Student is able to know how to find the particular solution of a difference equation
and also find the solutions of simultaneous linear difference equations.
3. Student is able to know how to find Z-transforms a discrete function using properties
and using to basic theorems.
4. Student is able to know how to find the inverse Z-transforms a function and also using
convolution theorem.
5. Student is able to know how to find the solution of a difference equation using Z-
transforms
UNIT 1 Difference equations - I 5 Hours

Introduction, definition of order, and solution of difference equation, formation of
difference equations, linear difference equations, complementary function, rule for finding
complementary function.
UNIT 2 Difference equations-II 5 Hours

Particular integrals, Rule for finding particular integrals, simultaneous linear difference
equations.
UNIT 3 Z-transforms 5 Hours

Introduction, Definition, some standard Z-transforms, linear property, damping rule,
Shifting Un to the right and to the left, Multiplication by n, two basic theorems.
UNIT 4 Inverse Z-transforms 5 Hours

Convergence of Z-transforms, evaluation of inverse Z-transforms, properties, convolution
theorem.

UNIT 5 Applications of Z-transforms 5 Hours

Solving difference equations and simultaneous linear difference equations with constant
coefficients by Z-transforms.
Textbooks:
1. “Higher Engineering Mathematics” by B.S. Grewal published by Khanna Publishers
References:
1. Advanced Engineering mathematics by Irvin Kreyszig
Course Outcomes:
1. Able to find the order of a difference equation and complementary function of a
difference equation.
2. Able to find the particular solution of a difference equation and also find the solutions
of simultaneous linear difference equations.
3. Able to find Z-transforms a discrete function using properties and using to basic
theorems.
4. Able to find the inverse Z-transforms a function and also using convolution theorem.
5. Able to find the solution of a difference equation using Z-transforms
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong opportunities for
all
SDG Justification:

MATH1031 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS L T P S J C

2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to impact the knowledge on ordinary, partial differential equations and
their applications.
6. To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of ordinary differential equations.
7. To demonstrate the evaluation and applications of first order differential equations.
8. To explain the evaluations of linear homogeneous and non-homogeneous differential
equations.
9. To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of partial differential equations.
10. To explain the concepts of first order partial differential equations.
11. To demonstrate the evaluation of differential equations using math software’s
UNIT 1 First Order Ordinary Differential Equations 5 Hours

Order and Degree of an Ordinary Differential Equation (ODE), ODE’s of first order and first
degree, Variable separable method, Linear Equations, Bernoulli’s Equations.
UNIT 2 Linear Ordinary Differential Equations of High Order 6 Hours

Definitions, Complete Solution, Operator D, Complimentary function, Inverse operator,
Rules for finding particular integral (eax, sinbx/cosbx, xm& eaxv(x))
UNIT 3 Applications of Linear Ordinary Differential Equations of Higher 5 Hours

Order
Method of Variation of Parameters, Simple Harmonic Motion, Oscillations of a Spring
UNIT 4 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations 5 Hours

Introduction, Formation of Partial Differential Equation(PDE), Solutions of a PDE, Equations
solvable by direct integration, Linear equations of the first order.
UNIT 5 Partial Differential Equations of Second Order 5 Hours

Homogeneous linear equations with constant coefficients, Rules for finding the
complementary function and particular integral, Working procedure to solve the equations.

Textbooks:
1. Simmons, G.F., Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Notes, Second
Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1991.
References:
1. Shepley L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, 1984
2. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill, International
Edition, 1967.
Course Outcomes:
1. Form and find the solution of an ordinary differential equation.
2. Apply the concept of differential equations to solve real world problems.
3. Evaluate linear homogeneous and non homogeneous differential equations
4. Form and find the solution of a partial differential equations of first order.
5. Evaluate second order partial differential equations and solution of differential
equations using computational tool.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong opportunities for all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2281 NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to enhance problem solving skills of engineering students using a
powerful problem-solving tool namely numerical Techniques. The tool is capable of handling
large systems of equations, nonlinearities and complicated geometries that are common in
engineering practice but often impossible to solve analytically.
1. To familiarize the students with numerical solutions of nonlinear and systems of
linear equations.
2. To get exposed to finite differences and interpolation.
3. To demonstrate the numerical differentiation and integration.
4. To explain the numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations
UNIT 1 Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations 6 Hours

Regula-falsi method and Newton- Raphson method. Solution of linear system of equations-
Iterative methods: Gauss Jacobi method, Gauss Seidel method, and finding the eigenvalues
of a matrix by Power method.
UNIT 2 Interpolation 5 Hours

Difference operators (shifting, delta, del) and difference tables, Newton’s forward and
backward interpolation formulae, Divided difference formula, and Lagrange’s interpolation
formula.
UNIT 3 Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration 5 Hours

Numerical Differentiation: Derivatives using forward, and backward difference formulae.
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3rd rule, Simpson’s 3/8th rules.
UNIT 4 Numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations - 1 5 Hours

Picard’s method, Taylor’s series method, Euler’s method, and Modified Euler’s method
UNIT 5 Numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations - 2 5 Hours

Runge-Kutta method (second and fourth order), Predictor-Corrector methods-Adams-
Bashforth and Milne’s methods.
Text Books:

1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.

2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
References:
1. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar, R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, 5/e, New Age International(P) Limited, 2007.
2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis,4/e,PHI Learning
Publications,2009.
3. H.C Saxena, Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis, Chand and Company Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
Course Outcomes:
1. analyze how root finding techniques can be used to solve practical engineering
problems.
2. apply various interpolation techniques to solve practical problems .
3. apply numerical differentiation and integration whenever and wherever routine
methods are not applicable .
4. solve differential equations using various numerical methods .
5. know the strengths and weaknesses of the various methods and be able to decide
which ones are appropriate for a particular problem
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH1021 TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite MATH1031
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to impact the knowledge on (Laplace, Fourier) transforms and
applications of these transforms on differential equations.
1. To introduce and explain the concepts of Laplace transforms and properties.
2. To demonstrate the evaluation of Laplace transforms of special functions and
additional properties.
3. To impart knowledge on obtaining Fourier series
4. To introduce and explain the concepts of Fourier transforms and properties.
5. To explain the evaluation of Fourier transforms of various function and then
applications to boundary value problem.
6. To demonstrate and understand the transform techniques using available software
UNIT 1 Laplace transforms 5 Hours
Introduction, transforms of elementary functions, properties of Laplace transforms,
transforms of derivatives, transforms of Integrals, Multiplication by t^n, Division by t.
UNIT 2 Applications of Laplace transforms 5 Hours

Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms, Inverse transforms, Solution of Differential
equations.
UNIT 3 Fourier Series 6 Hours

Introduction, Conditions for a Fourier expansion, Functions having points of discontinuity,
Change of interval.
UNIT 4 Half-Range Fourier Series 3 Hours

Even and odd functions, Half range sine series, and Half range cosine series.
UNIT 5 Fourier transforms 7 Hours

Introduction, Fourier sine & cosine integrals, Fourier transforms, Properties of Fourier
transforms-linear, change of scale & shifting property.
Text Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2018.
2. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017.
References:
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3/e, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2002.
2. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel R. Hass, Thomas’ Calculus, 13/e, Pearson
Publishers, 2014.
3. Glyn James, Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, 4/e, Pearson Publishers,
2011.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
1. find Laplace transform of a function along with properties.
2. evaluate the Laplace transform of special functions.
3. apply the Laplace transform for solving differential equations (continuous systems)
4. evaluate the Fourier transform of a function along with properties and solve boundary
value problems by Fourier transforms.
5. evaluate the engineering problems using transform techniques with the help of
advanced math software
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2381 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
Operations Research (OR), also known as management science, has become an indispensable
tool in scientific management. Operations Research focuses on developing and analyzing
strategic and tactical levels to aid in decision-making and decision-making on the operational
level. The essential tools of OR are algorithms, procedures that create and improve solutions
to a point at which optimal or, at least, satisfactory solutions have been found.
This course is designed to:
1. introduce the fundamentals of Operations Research to the students at the
undergraduate level
2. solve different types of optimization problems of various categories and applying
modern methodologies in the area of optimization
3. help students to develop a deep understanding of the classical and numerical
optimization techniques and problem-solving capabilities
UNIT 1 Linear Programming 4 Hours

Formulation of LPP, convex sets and their properties, slack and surplus variables, Basic
solution, Basic feasible solution, non-degenerate and degenerate basic feasible solutions,
optimal solution, General, Standard, and Canonical form of LPP.
UNIT 2 Simplex Method 8 Hours

Simplex method, Degeneracy in LPP, Artificial variables techniques-Two Phase method, Big
M-method.
UNIT 3 Duality 5 Hours

Duality in linear programming, primal-dual relationships, weak duality theorem, strong
duality theorem, and dual simplex method.
UNIT 4 Integer Programming 4 Hours

Gomory’s cutting plane method, Branch and Bound method for solving integer linear
programming problems
UNIT 5 Sensitivity Analysis 5 Hours

Introduction to sensitivity analysis, variations in the price vector, variations in the

requirement vector, addition of a new decision variable to the existing problem.
Textbooks:
1. Operations Research by S.D.Sarma, Kedarnath, Ramnath and company, 15 th edition,
2008.
2. Operations Research An Introduction by Hamdy A. Taha, 8th edition, Pearson, 2007.
References:
1. Linear Programming by R K Gupta, Krishna Prakashan Mandir, 13th edition 2014.
2. Operations Research Theory and Applications by J K Sharma, 4th edition, Macmillan
Publishers India Ltd, 2009
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. understand the linear programming problem, its formation, and basic definitions of
solutions
2. understand the simplex method, which is a very efficient algorithm to solve a linear
programming problem
3. understand the dual primal relationship, properties of duality, and the dual simplex
algorithm
4. find integer solutions to LPP by cutting plane methods
5. find variations in price and requirement vectors and retaining optimality
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2301 COMPLEX VARIABLES
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to familiarize the students with complex analysis, nature of a series,
evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s theorem.
● To explain the concept of complex functions and analytic functions.
● To explain the concept of conformal mapping.
● To explain the concept of Cauchy’s theorem and residue theorem.
● To explain the convergence of series such as Taylor’s and Laurent.
● To explain the concept of Cauchy’s theorem and residue theorem.
UNIT 1 Functions of a Complex variable 6 Hours

Limit and continuity, Differentiation, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations,
harmonic functions, finding harmonic conjugates- applications to flow problems.
UNIT 2 5 Hours
Geometrical representation of f(z) – Some standard transformations – Bilinear
transformation - Conformal mappings. Special conformal transformations ( w = z2 , w= z+1/z
, w = ez , w= coshz)
UNIT 3 Complex Integration 5 Hours

Integration of complex functions - Cauchy’s theorem - Cauchy’s integral formula.
UNIT 4 Series representation of analytic functions 5 Hours

convergent series of analytic functions, Laurent ‘s and Taylor series, zeros and singularities
of an analytic function
UNIT 5 Calculus of residues 5 Hours

Residue -Cauchy Residue theorem – Calculation of residues (All theorems without proof).
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2012.

References:
1. R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Advanced Engineering Mathematics Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2014.
2. N. P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A Text Book of Engineering Mathematics, 8 th Edition,
Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
Course Outcomes:
1. Make use of differentiation and integration of complex functions in engineering
problems.
2. Concept of conformal mappings .
3. Use Cauchy’s theorem and Cauchy’s integral formula to evaluate the line integrals
4. Apply Taylor’s and Laurent’s series to expand complex functions and know about the
convergence region .
5. Evaluation of integrals using Residue theorem.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH1041 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
Discrete Mathematics introduces students to the mathematics of networks, social choice, and
decision making. This course provides students with a hands-on exploration of the relevancy
of mathematics in the real world. This course reflects the rigor taught in many entry-level
mathematics courses.

1. To introduce basics of mathematical logical operators and connectives
2. To impart knowledge on normal forms and rules of inference.
3. To impart knowledge on partially ordered and total ordered sets.
4. To familiarize closed form solution of linear recurrence relations by various methods.
5. To impart knowledge on basic concepts of algebraic structures.
6. To write program structures, and understand when programming is most applicable
UNIT 1 Logic Operators and Connectives 5 Hours

Negation, conjunction, disjunction, conditional and bi-conditional, well formed formulae,
tautologies, equivalence of formulae, duality, tautological implications.
UNIT 2 Mathematical logic 5 Hours

Conjunctive and disjunctive normal forms- principal disjunctive and conjunctive normal
forms, Rules of inference for propositional calculus (Rule P, Rule T and CP rule).
UNIT 3 Sets and Relations 5 Hours

Basic concepts of set theory, Power set, relations, properties of binary relations in a set,
Equivalence relations, composition of binary relations, Partial ordering, Partially ordered
set.Hasse diagram.
UNIT 4 Recurrence relations 5 Hours

Recurrence relations, solving linear recurrence relations by characteristic roots method,
system of recurrence relations.
UNIT 5 Algebraic Structures 6 Hours

Algebraic Structures-Semi group, Monoid, Groups, subgroups, cosets (definition and
examples) Lagrange's theorem on finite groups
Text Books:

1. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to

Computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Applications, Seventh edition, Tata
McGrawHill,2012.
References:
1. Bhishma Rao, Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science, SciTech Publications
(India) Pvt Ltd.
2. Discrete Mathematical Structures,Sixth edition-Kolman,Busby,Ross
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course the student should be able to
1. Check the validity of a statement formula
2. analyze the concepts in set theory and relations
3. find a general solution of recurrence equation
4. build the algebraic structures and apply Lagrange’s theorem on finite groups
5. Convert problem solving strategies to procedural algorithms
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH1051 Graph Theory
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces basic concepts in Graph Theory, including properties and
characterization of graph/trees and graph theoretic algorithms, which are widely used in
Mathematical modelling and has got applications across Computer Science and other
branches in Engineering.
1. To introduce basics of group theory and its applications
2. To impart knowledge on basic concepts of paths and circuits
3. To impart knowledge on Trees, spanning trees, shortest spanning trees
4. To familiarize in the matrix representation of graphs
5. To transform scientific problems into generic computational models
UNIT 1 Basics of graphs 5 Hours

Finite and Infinite Graphs, Incidence and Degree, Isolated Vertex, Pendant Vertex, and Null
Graph, complete graph, Bi-partite and complete Bi-partite graphs.
UNIT 2 Matrix representation of graphs 5 Hours

Adjacency Matrix, Incidence Matrix, Path Matrix (Definition and examples)
UNIT 3 Paths and circuits 6 Hours

Paths, and Circuits, Connected Graphs, Disconnected Graphs, and Components, Euler
Graphs, Hamiltonian graphs (Definition, examples and without proofs)
UNIT 4 Trees 5 Hours

Trees and their properties, spanning trees, minimal spanning trees, Kruskal’s algorithm for
finding a minimal spanning tree.
UNIT 5 Applications of Trees and Fundamental circuits 5 Hours

Preorder, in order and post order traversals, Prefix and Postfix notations of an arithmetic
expression, parsing trees.
Textbooks:
1. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.

2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science,
Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
References:
1. Bhishma Rao, Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science, SciTech Publications
(India) Pvt Ltd.
2. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Applications, Seventh edition, Tata
McGrawHill,2012.
Course Outcomes:
1. analyse the concepts in graph theory
2. apply graph theory concepts in core subjects such as data structures and network
theory effectively
3. Identify different types of paths
4. Construct minimum spanning tree using some algorithms and identify tree traversals
5. Solve the graphical problems which are accessed in available software
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2311 NUMBER THEORY 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to explain the basics and applications of number theory for the students
of Computer Science. The core courses of these branches encounter with concepts like prime
factorization, modular arithmetic, and quadratic reciprocities in number theory. The first unit
of the course provide a strong platform for such encounters and the other units focuses on
applications of number theory.

1. To teach basic concepts of number theory focusing on Computational aspects.
2. To teach the concepts of factorization of integers.
3. To teach Format’s theorem and quadratic residues.
4. To explain Chines remainder theorem and Euclidean algorithm.
5. To explain polynomial arithmetic.
UNIT 1 Basic Concepts in Number Theory 5 Hours

Topics in elementary number theory, Divisibility, Greatest Common Divisor, Euclidean
Algorithm
UNIT 2 5 Hours
Fundamental theorem of Arithmetic, Congruences, Properties of congruences, Linear
congruences
UNIT 3 5 Hours
Fermat's theorem, Fermat's little theorem, Wilson’s theorem
UNIT 4 5 Hours
Chinese remainder theorem, The functions 𝜏 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜎, Euler Phi-function, Euler’s theorem,
Some properties of phi function
UNIT 5 5 Hours
The order of integer modulo n, Primitive roots for prime, Composite number having
primitive roots

Textbooks:
1. Elementary Number Theory | 7th Edition by David Burton, Mc Graw Hill Education
References:
1. Basic Number Theory by S.B. Malik,S. Chand publishers
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply concepts of number theory focusing on Computational aspects.
2. Analyze concepts of factorization of integers.
3. Explain Fermat’s theorem and quadratic residues.
4. Analyse Chines remainder theorem and Euclidean algorithm.
5. Analyse the concept of polynomial arithmetic.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2291 LINEAR ALGEBRA
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to gain knowledge in the concepts of Linear Algebra focusing on basics
of matrices, vector spaces and singular value decomposition to understand the basic concepts
of Linear Algebra in the applications of image processing and machine learning.
1. To familiarize with theory of matrices and tools for solving system of linear equations
2. To impart knowledge on Eigen values and Eigen vectors.
3. To teach basic concepts of vector spaces and their properties.
4. To explain the concepts of inner product spaces.
5. To familiarize with concept of singular value decomposition and its applications
UNIT 1 Fundamentals of Matrices 5 Hours

Introduction to Matrices and Rank of a matrix, Echelon form, solving system of linear
equations.
UNIT 2 Eigen values and Eigen vectors 5 Hours

Eigen values and Eigen vectors, positive definite matrices, Linear dependence, and Linear
independence.
UNIT 3 Vector Spaces 6 Hours

Vector space, linear combination of vectors, linear span, basis and dimension, linear
Transformation.
UNIT 4 Inner Product Spaces 5 Hours

Inner Product Spaces, examples of inner product spaces, norm and length of a vector
cauchy-schwarz’s inequality.
UNIT 5 Singular value decomposition 5 Hours

Singular values, computing singular value decomposition and Introduction to principal
component analysis.
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal.
2. Linear Algebra, Schaum’s Outline,4th edition, Seymour Lipchutz,Marc Lipson

References:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th Edition, Peter V. O'Neil.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd Edition, Michael. D. Greenberg.
3. Introduction to linear algebra, 5th Edition, Gilbert Strang.
4. Applied Mathematics (Vol. I & II), by P. N. Wartikar& J. N. Wartikar.
5. Digital Image Processing, R C Gonzalez and R E Woods.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to
● solve the system of linear equations
● calculate Eigen values and Eigen vectors
● find the basis
● learn Singular value decomposition
● learn principal Component analysis
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:
Engineering problems.

L T P S J C
PROBABILITY THEORY AND RANDOM
MATH2341
VARIABLES 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
To expose the students to the basics of probability theory and random processes essential for
modelling and quantifying uncertainties and noise in systems
● To know about various random life length models and their uses in finding the
reliability of different electronic devices.
● To learn about basic properties and characteristics of various random processes with
reference to signal and trunk processes.
UNIT 1 Probability 5 Hours

Axioms of probability theory. Probability spaces. Joint and conditional probabilities. Bayes’
Theorem- Independent events.
UNIT 2 Random Variable 5 Hours

Random variables and random vectors. Distributions and densities. Independent random
variables. Functions of one and two random variables.
UNIT 3 Multiple Random Variables 6 Hours

Vector random variables, joint distribution and density functions, properties, conditional
distribution and density, statistical independence, distribution and density of a sum of
random variables, central limit theorem.
UNIT 4 Expected Value of a Function of Random Variables 6 Hours

Joint moments about the origin, joint central moments, jointly Gaussian random variables -
two random variables case, N random variable case.
UNIT 5 Random Process 6 Hours

Temporal characteristics - the random process concept, stationarity and statistical
independence, correlation functions, Gaussian random processes, Poisson random process.

Textbooks:
1. Peyton Z. Peebles, Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles, 4/e,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Athanasios Papoulis, S. Unnikrishnan Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and
Stochastic Processes, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
References:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, 4/e, Wiley Student Edition, 2006.
2. Henry Stark, John W. Woods, Probability and Random Processes with Application to
Signal Processing, 3/e, Pearson Education, 2002.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. Analyze the outcomes of random experiments and develop the concept of random
variables and obtain probabilities through them
2. define single random variables in terms of their PDF and CDF, and calculate moments
such as the mean and variance
3. explore the random experiments specified by multiple random variables and study the
Distribution of them
4. apply the fundamentals of probability theory and random processes to practical
engineering problems
5. identify and interpret the key parameters that underlie the random nature of the
problems
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2321 RANDOM PROCESSES 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to impart knowledge on random processes needed in applications such
as signal processing, digital communications, speech processing, data modelling, etc.
1. To familiarize the students in the concepts of probability and random variables.
2. To study Random Processes, its types, distribution, and density functions.
3. To study Gaussian and Poisson processes.
4. To apply random process to signal processing in communication systems.
5. To apply skills in analysing random phenomena which occur in Electrical and
Electronics Engineering applications.
UNIT 1 Random Processes 6 Hours

Temporal characteristics - the random processes concept, Classification of random
processes, stationarity and statistical independence. Time averages and Ergodicity.
UNIT 2 Correlation and Covariance functions 5 Hours

Auto correlation, Cross correlation, Properties. Covariance functions. Gaussian random
processes, Poisson random processes
UNIT 3 Density functions 5 Hours

Probability density and joint probability density functions, Properties.
UNIT 4 Spectral densities functions - I 5 Hours

Spectral characteristics, the power density spectrum: Properties, relationship between
power density spectrum and autocorrelation function.
UNIT 5 Spectral densities functions-II 5 Hours

Cross-power density spectrum, Properties, relationship between cross power spectrum and
cross-correlation function.

Textbooks:
References:
1. Athanasios Papoulis, S. Unnikrishnan Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and
2. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, 4/e, Wiley Student Edition, 2006.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
● solve the problems on multiple random variables, joint distribution and independence
● solve the problems Gaussian and Poisson processes
● understand the concept of random processes
● determine covariance and spectral density of stationary random processes
● characterize the random signals in communication systems with their autocorrelation
and power spectral density functions
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2351 OPTIMIZATION METHODS
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
Optimization is the art of finding the best result under given conditions. In this fast-expanding
world, an engineer has to use many Optimization methods, as it is the most significant in
decision-making, design, manufacturing, maintenance, planning, and scheduling.

This course is designed to:
● introduce various optimization methods for solving real-world problems
● find optimal solutions to transportation, assignment, and sequencing problems
● know project planning and scheduling
● study the network analysis techniques through CPM and PERT
UNIT 1 Transportation Problem 6 Hours

Introduction and LP formulation of Transportation Problem, feasible solution, basic feasible
solution, finding Initial basic feasible solutions by North West corner rule, Least-cost entry
method, Vogel’s approximation method, Transportation Algorithm (MODI Method) to find
an optimal solution.
UNIT 2 Assignment Problems 5 Hours

Introduction to Assignment Problem, Mathematical formulation, Hungarian Method for
finding optimal solution, unbalanced assignment problem, Travelling Salesman Problem.
UNIT 3 Sequencing Problem 4 Hours

Introduction, Basic terminology, Algorithms to obtain optimal solutions for sequencing
problems with 𝑛 jobs and two machines and 𝑛 jobs and 𝑘 machines.
UNIT 4 Network Analysis in Project planning 4 Hours

Project, Project Planning, Project Scheduling, Project Controlling, Work breakdown
structure, Network Techniques, terms used in network-activity, event, path, network,
dummy activity, looping, Fulkerson’s rule, network diagram, and activity on node diagram.
UNIT 5 PERT and CPM 7 Hours

Critical path method (CPM), Measure of activity, Critical path analysis, the four floats,
subcritical and supercritical activities, slack, Programme evaluation and review technique
(PERT), time estimates, frequency distribution curve for PERT

Text Books:
1. Operations Research by S.D.Sarma, Kedarnath, Ramnath and company, 15 th edition,
2008.
2. Operations Research An Introduction by Hamdy A. Taha, 8th edition, Pearson, 2007.
References:
1. Linear Programming by R K Gupta, Krishna Prakashan Mandir, 13th edition 2014.
2. Operations Research Theory and Applications by J K Sharma, 4th edition, Macmillan
Publishers India Ltd, 2009
Course Outcomes:
1. apply MODI method for finding optimal transportation cost
2. apply Hungarian Method for solving assignment problems and finding an optimal
route to the salesman
3. understand the process of finding optimal sequencing for processing jobs on machines
4. understand the network terminology and construction
5. apply CPM and PERT techniques for project management
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH2331 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed for Aerospace Engineering undergraduate students. It is
designed for the students for the basic understanding of techniques for numerical
solution of algebraic equations, differentiation, integration used to solve aerospace
engineering application problems.

1. Develop the mathematical skills in the areas of numerical methods.
2. Focus on the theory and applications of numerical methods in many engineering

subjects which require solutions of linear systems, finding eigenvalues, eigenvectors,
Interpolation, and applications, solving ODEs, PDEs.
3. Help in the foundation of computational mathematics for postgraduate courses,
specialized studies, and research.
4. Train in developing the codes for implementing the numerical methods using any
programming languages.
5. Formulate a mathematical model for a given engineering problem
UNIT 1 Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems 5 Hours
Approximations: Accuracy and precision, round-off and truncation errors, error problem
with example problems. Roots of Equations: Formulations of linear and non-linear
algebraic equations, solution with bisection, Newton-Raphson and Secant methods.
Application to practical problems. Algebraic Equations: Formulation of linear algebraic
equations from engineering problems, solution of these problems by Gauss elimination
method, pitfalls of elimination and techniques for improving the solutions, Gauss Seidel
iteration for solving sparse equations by avoiding storage of zero coefficients in matrix,
convergence of iteration methods. LU decomposition methods for symmetric (Chelosky)
matrices.
UNIT 2 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors Problems 5 Hours

Formulation of equations to column, truss, spring-mass and friction problems. Solutions for
the largest and smallest eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors. Interpolation
Methods: Polynomial interpolation, Lagrange interpolation polynomials with equi- spaced
data. Regression or Curve Fitting: Linear regression by least squares method.

UNIT 3 Initial Value Problems 6 Hours

Ordinary differential equations, Euler, Heun’s and Ralston methods. Runge- Kutta method
of 2nd and 4th order, application to vibration and heat transfer problems. Boundary Value
Problems: Linear and nonlinear ordinary differential equations, boundary value problems
over semi-infinite domain, solution of nonlinear equations by finite difference method.
UNIT 4 6 Hours
Laplace Equations: Finite difference discretization of computational domain, different types
of boundary conditions, solution to elliptic equations. Parabolic Transient Diffusion
Equations: Explicit and implicit formulation, Crank Nicolson Method.
UNIT 5 Numerical Integration 6 Hours

Trapezoidal, Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rule and Gauss quadrature method.
List of Computational Exercises:

1. Determine the real root for a given polynomial equation by (i) Bisection, (ii) Newton-
Raphson until the approximate error falls below 0.5%.
2. Solve the system of simultaneous linear equations by
i. Naïve -Gauss elimination
ii. Gaussian elimination with partial pivoting
iii. Gauss -Seidel method.
iv. LU decomposition
3. Implement power method to find Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors for Spring mass
system
4. Solve the parabolic partial differential equations by using explicit, implicit and semi-
implicit methods
5. Solve the elliptic partial differential equations by finite difference techniques.
6. Finding the integral for a second-order polynomial using Gauss quadrature formula.
7. Solve numerical differentiation problems using Runge-Kutta 2nd and 4th order methods.
8. Find the integral by numerical methods such as Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule.
Textbooks:
1. S.P. Venkateshan, P. Swaminathan, Computational Methods in Engineering, 1/e, Ane
Publisher, 2014.
2. S.C. Chapra, R.P. Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6/e, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2012.
References:
1. S.K. Gupta, Numerical Methods for Engineers, 1/e, New Age International, 2005
Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate understanding of common numerical methods and how they are used to

obtain approximate solutions to otherwise intractable mathematical problems.

2. Derive numerical methods for various mathematical operations and tasks, such as
interpolation, differentiation, integration, the solution of linear and nonlinear
equations, and the solution of differential equations.
3. Analyse and evaluate the accuracy of common numerical methods.
4. Implement numerical methods using any programming language (matlab, scilab,
python…)
5. Write efficient, well-documented code and present numerical results in an informative
way.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MATH1061 Introduction to Mathematics - I
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to introduce the mathematics required for basic physics, engineering
mathematics, and introductory engineering courses.
● To explain the concepts of Trigonometry.
● To explain the basic concepts of differentiation and differential equations
● To teach the evaluation of definite and indefinite integrals.
● To explain the basic concepts of differential equations, multivariable and vector
calculus
UNIT 1 : Representations , Co-ordinate systems and Trigonometry 3 Hours
Representations for Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors. Coordinate systems: cartesian
and polar coordinate systems.
Trigonometry: Trigonometric functions, Periodicity, Trigonometric Ratio of Compound
angles, multiple and sub multiple angles, transformations, brief introduction of inverse
trigonometric, hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions.
UNIT 2 Differential Calculus 3 Hours

Limits and Continuity: Definition of right hand limit, left hand limit, standard limits
(without proofs), definition of continuity and simple illustrations.

Differentiation: Introduction, definition, differentiation of a function at a point and on an
interval, derivative of a function, differentiation of sum, difference, product and quotient of
functions, differentiation of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic functions, composite,
implicit, parametric, hyperbolic, inverse hyperbolic functions, derivatives of first and second
order.
UNIT 3 Integration 8 Hours

Indefinite Integrals: Integration as the inverse process of differentiation, standard forms,
properties of integrals, integration by the method of substitution covering algebraic,
trigonometric, exponential functions, integration by parts, logarithmic functions, inverse
trigonometric functions.
Definite Integrals: Definition of a definite integral and its properties (without proof)

UNIT 4 Introduction to differential equations , Multivariable 8 Hours

calculus, and Vector Calculus
Differential Equations : Order and degree of a ordinary differential equations, Formation of
ordinary differential equations
Multivariable Calculus : Limits and continuity of functions of two or more variables, Partial
derivates, Total derivates(without problems)
Vector Calculus : Gradient, Divergence and Curl (with simple problems), Introduction to line,
surface and volume integrals (without problems) illustrated with Stokes, Gauss, and Green’s
theorems (Only statements).
Textbooks:
1. Text book for Intermediate Mathematics, Board of Intermediate Education, AP,
Volumes IA, IB & IIA, 2018.
2. NCERT class XI and XII (part 1) Mathematics text books.
References:
1. V. Venkateswara Rao, N. Krishna Murthy, B.V.S.Sharma, Intermediate Mathematics,
S.Chand & Company Ltd., Volume I & II.
2. Chandrika Prasad, A first Course in Mathematics.
3. Text book for Intermediate Mathematics, Deepti Publications.
Course Outcomes:
After the completion of the course the student should be able to
● solve problems involving trigonometric functions

● understand the principles of differential calculus
● evaluate integration using various techniques
● understand the basic concepts of ordinary differential equations,
● understand the basic concepts of multivariable and vector calculus
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

MATH1071 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS - II L T P S J C

2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to introduce the mathematics required for basic physics, engineering
mathematics, and introductory engineering courses.
1. To describe the basic concepts of matrices
2. To introduce complex numbers and their properties.
3. To teach the techniques based on partial fractions
4. To explain the concepts of straight lines and circles
5. To impart knowledge on solid geometry.
6. To demonstrate the solution of a problem using computational
UNIT 1 Matrices 6Hours

Matrices, determinants, definition, types of matrices, algebra of matrices, properties of
determinants of 2 X 2, 3 X 3 matrices, inverse of a matrix, solving simultaneous linear
equations in two and three variables using matrix inverse method, Cramer’s rule and Gauss
Jordan method. Eigenvalues and Eigenvector of matrices.
UNIT 2 Complex Numbers 6 Hours

Complex number as an ordered pair of real numbers, representation of z (a, b) in the
form (a + ib) conjugate complex numbers, modulus and amplitude of a complex number,
geometrical representation of a complex number, Argand diagram.
UNIT 3 Partial Fractions 6 Hours

Introduction, resolving g(x) into partial fractions when g(x) contains non repeated linear
factors, repeated linear factors, repeated and non-repeated irreducible quadratic factors.
UNIT 4 Co-ordinate Geometry 6 Hours

Straight lines: General equation of a straight line,line passing through the point of
intersection of two given lines, angle between two intersecting lines, condition for
perpendicularity and parallelism, length of the perpendicular from a point to a straight
line, distance between two parallel lines (without proofs).
Circles: Equation of a circle, centre and radius, equation of a circle through three non
collinear points, parametric equations of a circle.

Unit V Solid Geometry 6 hours

Solid Geometry: Equation of a plane, Intersection of two planes, Equation of a sphere in
spherical and cartesian coordinates, Intersection of a plane and a sphere.
Textbooks:
1. Textbook for Intermediate Mathematics, Board of Intermediate Education, AP,
Volumes IB, IIA & IIB, 2018.
2. NCERT class XI and XII (part 1 & 2) Mathematics text books.
References:
1. V. Venkateswara Rao, N. Krishna Murthy, B.V.S. Sharma, Intermediate
Mathematics, S. Chand & Company Ltd., Volume I & II.
2. Chandrika Prasad, A first Course in Mathematics.
3. Text book for Intermediate Mathematics, Deepti Publications.
Course Outcomes:
1. describe the properties of matrices

2. describe the properties of complex numbers
3. find a fractional function and resolve it into partial fractions
4. illustrate straight-line and circle properties and describe different regions in
different co-ordinate systems
5. illustrate the procedure to solve a problem using math software
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

MATH2361 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS L T P S J C

3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
exposure
Course Description:
Probability theory is important when it comes to evaluating statistics. This course treats the
most common discrete and continuous distributions, showing how they use in decision and
estimation problems, and constructs computer algorithms for generating observations from
the various distributions.
1. To familiarize the students with the foundations of probability and statistical
methods
2. To impart concepts in probability and statistical methods in engineering
applications.
UNIT 1 Data Science and Probability 10 Hours

Data Science: Statistics introduction, Population vs Sample, collection of data, primary and
secondary data, types of variables: dependent and independent Categorical and Continuous
variables, data visualization, Measures of central tendency, Measures of dispersion
(variance).
Probability: Probability axioms, addition law and multiplicative law of probability,
conditional probability, Baye’s theorem (without proof).
UNIT 2 Random Variable and Probability Distributions 8 Hours

Random variables (discrete and continuous), probability density functions, probability
distribution - Binomial, Poisson and normal distribution-their properties (mathematical
expectation and variance).
UNIT 3 Correlation, Regression and Estimation 8 Hours

Correlation, correlation coefficient, rank correlation, regression, lines of regression,
regression coefficients, principle of least squares and curve fitting (straight Line, parabola
and exponential curves). Estimation: Parameter, statistic, sampling distribution, point
estimation, properties of estimators, interval estimation.
UNIT 4 Testing of Hypothesis and Large Sample Tests 8 Hours

Formulation of null hypothesis, alternative hypothesis, the critical region, two types of
errors, level of significance, and power of the test. Large Sample Tests: Test for single
proportion, difference of proportions, test for single mean and difference of means.
Confidence interval for parameters in one sample and two sample problems

UNIT 5 Small Sample Tests 6 Hours

Student t-distribution (test for single mean, two means and paired t-test), testing of equality
of variances (F-test), χ2 - test for goodness of fit, χ2 - test for independence of attributes.
Textbooks:
1. Miller and Freunds, Probability and Statistics for Engineers,7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11/e, Sultan
Chand & Sons Publications, 2012.
References:
1. S. Ross, A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education India, 2002.
2. W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, 1/e, Wiley, 1968.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. classify the concepts of data science and its importance
2. apply discrete and continuous probability distributions
3. explain the association of characteristics through correlation and regression tools
4. identify the components of a classical hypothesis test
5. infer the statistical inferential methods based on small and large sampling tests
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:

all.
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
ENGINEERING VISUALIZATION AND
MECH1011
PRODUCT REALIZATION 0 0 4 0 0 2
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite 3D Printing
Preferable Fusion 360 Additional Modules
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces basic engineering drawing concepts such as projections, sectional
views, and utility of drafting and modelling packages. The course imparts the knowledge of
modelling and assembling of components using CAD software. The course also includes
preparation of 3D models using 3D printing. The modules and topics mentioned in this course
are designed to ensure all-inclusive and thorough education with equity to all persons and
always promote learning opportunities.

1. To create awareness of engineering drawing as relevant to industry standards.
2. To improve visualization abilities essential for successful engineering design.
3. To impart 2D sketching and 3D modeling using the relevant software.
4. To teach assembly drawing and simulation of motion between mating components.
5. To introduce basic 3D printing software for preparing the products for printing.
List of experiments:
1. Manual Drawing: Introduction to Engineering graphics: Principles of Engineering
Graphics and their significance, conventions in drawing lettering, BIS Conventions,
Dimensioning, Sectional Views
2. Free hand sketching, Free hand sketching of isometric & orthographic views and
interpretation of drawings.
3. Computer Aided Drafting, Introduction to CAD software: Basic draw and Modify
commands in 2d
4. Introduction to 2D and 3D modelling using CAD packages
5. Assembly drawings, Assembly of individual 3D components, animation of motion
6. Coordinating multiple moving parts under joint constraints.
7. 3D printing, Introduction to 3D printing software, slicing.
8. Grading and rendering of simple geometries using software.

List of Projects:
Any one project among the following can be opted by the student and submitted:IC Engine
Model (3D printed mini model)
● Belt Drive for a bike
● Four Wheel Drivable
● ATV Robot
● Toy making
● Carrom board
● Chess board and pieces model toy train,
● Avengers
● Building Bridges dams etc.,
● Wind Turbine Model etc
● Design of Radar and 3D Printing of Radar
● Models’ Programmable logic Controllers –PLC
● Arduino Board Design and 3D Printing of Enclosures for Arduino Boards
● Design of mini mother boards
Text Books:
1. N D Bhatt, ‘Engineering Drawing',53,Charotar Publishers, Gujarat
India,2019,9789380358963
2. Lydia Sloan Cline,'Fusion 360 for Makers: Design Your Own Digital Models for 3D
Printing and CNC Fabrication – Import, 5 June 2018 ',1,Make CommUNIT y
LLC,USA,2018,9781680456509
References:
1. Randy Shih,'Parametric Modeling with Autodesk Fusion 360 ',(Spring 2021
Edition),SDC Publications,Squibb Road Mission, KS,2021,1630574376,
9781630574376
Online Resources:
1. Introduction-to-parametric-modeling. 14, 2021, 1:27 p.m.,
https://www.ascented.com/courseware/product/autodesk-fusion-360--introduction-
to-parametric-modeling
2. PP Song et al.,,'https://www.researchgate.net/publication/
325189986_Research_and_Application_of_Autodesk_Fusion360_in_Industrial_Desig
n', 2018,8
Course Outcomes:
1. Prepare drawings as per international standards.
2. Utilize Engineering visualization as Language of Engineers.
3. Sketch 2D models using CAD software
4. Sketch 3D models using CAD package.
5. Develop model for printing simple objects using 3D printer

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 3 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 2 3 3 1 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3
APPROVED IN:

SDG 4 - ensure all-inclusive and thorough education with equity to all persons and always
promote learning opportunities.
SDG-9 engineers build resilient infrastructure which promote inclusive and sustainable
industrialization and foster innovation.
SDG Justification:
SDG 4-The modules and topics mentioned in this course are designed to ensure all-inclusive
and thorough education with equity to all persons and always promote learning
opportunities.
SDG 9-The modules and topics mentioned in this course are designed to ensure the
engineers build resilient infrastructure which promote inclusive and sustainable

TECHNOLOGY EXPLORATION & L T P S J C

MECH1041
PRODUCT ENGINEERING 0 0 4 0 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-Requisite Engineering Visualization and Product Realization
Preferable Power tools and Basic Electronics

Exposure
Course Description:
This is a fundamental engineering course that introduces the incoming students to hands-on
product development experience using a combination of Mechanical Engineering and IoT
concepts, programming with application of EVPR concepts and exposure to project planning.

• Inculcate creativity, critical thinking and problem-solving skills with hands-on
approach to all incoming freshmen.
• Emphasise product development using systems engineering approach.
• Impart multidisciplinary project-based skills with a combination of IoT,
Programming, Simulation, Mechanisms and Machining.
• Involve Ideation to develop a variety of solutions to a problem statement rather than
performing a standard job/experiment.
• Project planning and management to deliver the assigned project within the
timeline.
SYLLABUS
● Manufacturing economics
● Evaluation of manufacturing strategies
● OBHS (Operational Behaviour, health, safety in hazardous environment)
● Power tools operations and safety – Angle grinder (Cutting, Grinding and
Polishing), Driller and Jigsaw.
● Basics of Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
● General Introduction to Arduino, Node MCU, and Raspberry Pi.
● Basics of Electronics: General Introduction to the usage of Breadboard, Digital
Multimeter, General Connections, Usage of Resistors, Capacitors, LEDs.
● Basics of Arduino & Node MCU coding – Libraries, board & port selection, baud
rate, Basics of Troubleshooting, Cloud Interfacing etc.
● Usage and Applications of Basic Sensors: Ultrasonic, Voltage/Current,
Temp/Humidity, Gas, IR
● Basics of Electromagnetism – Permanent Magnet DC Motor (PMDC), Brushless DC
Motor (BLDC), Stepper and Servo Motors.

● Basics of Drawing/Circuit Simulation - Line diagram, Tinker CAD, Multisim,

PROTEUS
● Basics of Mechanisms - Linear motion, Cam mechanism, Belt drive, gears
● Demonstration of Carpentry, Tin smithy, Fitting, Welding and Injection Moulding.
● Problem identification and understanding the needs of the users
● Project management and planning.
Project: All students must work in teams to complete a product/prototype of a given

problem statement with the topics covered in the class.
Textbooks:
1. Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, RMD Sundaram, Internet of Things,
Wiley India, 2019
2. Simon Monk, Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches, Mc Graw Hill
Publications, 2011
References:
1. Essaid, a. (2019). 507 Mechanical Movements: Mechanisms and How They Work
(Dover Science Books). (n.p.): Independently Published.
Course Outcomes
1. Perform basic mechanical operations with power tools.
2. Understand and apply IoT concepts to drive mechanical components.
3. Apply multidisciplinary skills to solve practical engineering problems.
4. Conceptualize and work towards the creation of physical products.
5. Think along the lines of innovation and entrepreneurship.
CO-PO Mapping:
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 1 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 2 3 3 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 2 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 2 1 1
CO5 2 1 3
APPROVED IN:

SDG 4: Ensure all-inclusive and thorough education with equity to all persons and always
promote learning opportunities.
SDG 9: Engineers build resilient infrastructure which promote inclusive and sustainable
SDG Justification:
SDG 4: The modules and topics mentioned in this course are designed to ensure all-inclusive
and thorough education with equity to all persons and always promote learning
opportunities.
SDG 9: The modules and topics mentioned in this course are designed to ensure the
engineers build resilient infrastructure which promote inclusive and sustainable

L T P S J C
MECH1001 DESIGN THINKING
0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Visualization and Product Realization

Course Description:
Design is a realization of a concept or idea into a configuration, drawing or product. Design
Thinking is the cognitive and practical process by which design concepts are developed by
designers. Innovation is a new idea or a new concept. Product development is the creation of
a new or different product that offers new benefits to the end-user. This course introduces
design thinking in product innovation.
1. To familiarize the product design process
2. To introduce the basics of design thinking
3. To bring awareness on idea generation
4. To familiarize the role of design thinking in services design
Topic Type
Each member of the group has to ask (vocally) the group members different Exercise
questions about a product that they would like to design. Write down the
questions and answers and submit as a word or pdf document.
Each member of the group must ask (vocally) the group members questions Exercise
about the product chosen in the previous experiment. This helps to gain
indepth insights as well as new findings and information in order to grasp the
problem or situation holistically or simply to find relevant questions for an
interview. Write down the questions and answers and submit as a word or
pdf document
Identify relevant factors of influence that constitute the basis for a new or Exercise
improved product or offer; then analyze it in a targeted manner.
➢ Make sure that you are sufficiently creative in the analysis process,
because the focus is on technical “details”.
➢ Boost the efficiency of the analysis process by avoiding empty runs.
➢ Make use of a standardized procedure in order to examine the problem
and solution space again with the help of data.
➢ Do research, talk with people, and have empathy to formulate profound Exercise
stories.
➢ Summarize the results from the “understand” and “observe” phases and
discuss with the team.

➢ Highlight unexpected results and generate new perspectives.

➢ In general, share insights, ideas, and results (solutions) with others.
➢ Explore untapped market opportunities. Exercise
➢ Provide differentiated and new offers based on the user needs.
➢ Adapt a strategy to new market needs by understanding the competitive
edge.
➢ Establish the right vision for the design challenge or a road map for stepby-
step implementation and control mechanisms.
➢ Find out at an early stage whether the basic need is satisfied and the Exercise
product attracts interest on the market.
➢ Find out through iterative testing whether the user need is met with a
minimally functional product and how the product should be enhanced.
➢ Find out through user feedback how much demand there is for the
product before developing further details and features.
➢ Minimize the risk of investing in a solution for which there is little demand
on the market, thus saving time, money, and energy.
➢ Perform a true A/B test or several variants of a prototype in the form of a Exercise
multi-variants test or as split testing.
➢ Do a quantitative evaluation.
➢ Carry out a qualitative survey and evaluate the number and content of
feedbacks.
➢ Compare individual variants of a function or a prototype (e.g. buttons,
visuals, arrangement).
➢ Collect and appraise experiences made in the project in a structured Exercise
manner.
➢ Learn from experience and make use of it in the next project.
➢ Facilitate a positive attitude toward mistakes and appreciate progress.
➢ Identify and document the findings; make them applicable and usable.
Case Studies: Example : Software Prototyping, Additive Manufacturing; Exercise
Design of Arduino Boards for various applications etc
Text Books:
1. Pahl, Beitz, Feldhusen, Grote,'Engineering Design: a systematic approach',3rd,Springer
Science & Business Media,London,2007,978-1846283185
2. Christoph Meinel,Larry Leifer,Hasso Plattner,'Design Thinking Understand – Improve –
Apply',1st,Springer,Berlin, Heidelberg,2011,978-3-642-13756-3
References:
1. Marc Stickdorn, Jakob Schneider,'This is Service Design Thinking: Basics, Tools,
Cases',1st,WILEY,United States,2012,978-1-118-15630-8
Course Outcomes:
1. Innovate new methods in product development

2. 2 Apply Design Thinking in developing the new designs

3. Select ideas from ideation methods in new product development
4. Use Design Thinking in developing software products
5. Apply principles of Design Thinking in service design
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 3 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 2 3 3 1 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 3 2 3
APPROVED IN:
BOS: 29-4-2021 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 17-9-2021

SDG 9
The modules and topics mentioned in this course are designed to ensure the engineers
build resilient infrastructure which promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and
foster innovation.
SDG Justification:
The course involves design aspects

L T P S J C
PHYS1001 PHYSICS
2 1 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed with fundamentals of electromagnetism and properties of materials
for advanced courses in their respective engineering branches. It introduces electromagnetic
theory with relevant mathematical tools, optical fibres and their propagation characteristics,
properties of dielectric and magnetic materials. It also introduces principles of semiconductors
and some widely used semiconductor devices for various applications.
1. To introduce mathematical principles to estimate forces, fields and waves.
2. To familiarize students with electromagnetics in modern communication systems.
3. To impart knowledge concerning the electrical behaviour of dielectric materials.
4. To demonstrate the properties of magnets.
5. To introduce semiconductor physics and devices.
UNIT 1 Basics of Electromagnetics 9 Hours

Electrostatic field: Coulomb’s law and Gauss ‘law, derivation of Coulombs law from Gauss’
law, applications of Gauss’ law (line charge, thin sheet of charge and solid charged sphere),
Gauss’ law of electrostatics in dielectric medium, divergence and curl of electric fields,
electric potential, relation between potential and force, Poisson’s and Laplace equations.
Magnetostatic field: Biot–Savarts’ law, divergence and curl of magnetic fields, Faraday’s and
Ampere’s laws in integral and differential form, displacement current, continuity equation,
Maxwell’s equations.
UNIT 2 Fiber Optics 7 Hours

Introduction, advantages of optical fibers, principle and structure, acceptance angle,
numerical aperture, modes of propagation, classification of fibers, fiber optic
communication, importance of V-number, fiber optic sensors (Temperature, displacement
and force), applications.
UNIT 3 Dielectric, Magnetic and superconducting Materials 10 Hours

Dielectric materials: Introduction, electric polarization, dielectric polarizability,
susceptibility and dielectric constant, types of polarizations (qualitative treatment only).
Magnetic materials: Introduction, magnetic dipole moment, magnetization, magnetic
susceptibility and permeability, origin of permanent magnetic moment, classification of
magnetic materials, Weiss theory of ferromagnetism (qualitative), domain theory,
hysteresis, soft and hard magnetic materials.

Superconductivity: definition –Meissner effect –type I & II superconductors –BCS theory

(qualitative) –high temperature superconductors –Josephson effects applications.
UNIT 4 Semiconductor Physics 8 Hours

Introduction, origin of energy band, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, mechanism of
conduction in intrinsic semiconductors, generation and recombination, carrier
concentration in intrinsic semiconductors, variation of intrinsic carrier concentration with
temperature, n-type and p-type semiconductors, carrier concentration in n-type and p- type
semiconductors, Drift and diffusion currents in semiconductors.
UNIT 5 Semiconductor Devices 8 Hours

Zener Diode, Tunnel diode, Hall effect and its applications, magnetoresistance, p-n junction
layer formation and V-I characteristics, direct and indirect band gap semiconductors,
construction and working of photodiode, LED, solar cell.
PHYSICS LABORATORY
List of Experiments
1. To determine the magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil carrying current.
2. To determine the numerical aperture of a given optical fiber and hence to find its
acceptance angle
3. To determine magnetic susceptibility by Quincke’s tube method
4. To determine the Hall coefficient using Hall effect experiment
5. To determine the resistivity of semiconductor by Four probe method
6. To determine the energy gap of a semiconductor.
7. To study the characteristics of PN Junction diode.
8. To study magnetic hysteresis loop (B-H curve).
9. To determine the dielectric constant of a substance by resonance method.
10. To determine hysteresis loss by CRO.
11. To study the characteristics of Photodiode
12. To study the characteristics of Solar Cell
13. To study the characteristics of Zener diode
14. To study the resonance of LCR circuit
Text Books:
1. David J.Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Charles Kittel, “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, Wiley Publications, 2011.
3. M. N. Avadhanulu, P.G. Kshirsagar, “A Text book of Engineering Physics”, 11/e, S.
Chand Publications, 2019.
References:
1. Principles of Physics, 10ed, ISV, Jearl Walker, David Halliday, Robert Resnick, Wiley
India.
2. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 4/e, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
3. S.O.Pillai, “Solid StatePhysics”, 8/e, New Age International, 2018.

4. S.M. Sze, “Semiconductor Devices-Physics and Technology” , Wiley, 2008.
Journal(s):
1. https://aapt.scitation.org/doi/abs/10.1119/1.3317450
2. https://aapt.scitation.org/doi/full/10.1119/1.5144798
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical principles to estimate magnetic and electric forces, fields and
waves
2. Use the principles of EM waves and Maxwell equations to understand communication
systems
3. Apply basic properties of dielectric, magnetic and superconducting materials in
electromagnetics
4. Understand physics of semiconducting materials
5. Use working principles of semiconducting devices in electronic circuits
Text Book:
1. S. Balasubramanian, M.N. Srinivasan “A Text book of Practical Physics”- S Chand
Publishers,2017
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 1 1 1 1 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PHYS1011 MECHANICS AND PROPERTIES OF MATTER
3 1 0 0 0 4
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed for students of Aerospace, Civil and Mechanical Engineering. It
introduces fundamentals of elasticity and thermal properties – the essentials for
understanding the behaviour of materials. Mechanics of solids is taught to acquaint them with
the behaviour of rigid objects. An introduction to sensors will be useful for all the branches as
an application of modern technology.
1. To acquaint the basic concepts of sound waves and principles in acoustic design.
2. To introduce the concepts of elasticity, strain hardening and failure in materials and
impart the relation between stress and strain.
3. To impart the phenomenon of heat transfer so as to understand a wide variety of
practical engineering problems.
4. To demonstrate the use of Newton's laws of motion for understanding the mechanics
of a particle.
5. To explain the working principle and construction of different types of sensors.
UNIT 1 Mechanics 10 Hours

Basic laws of vectors and scalars; Rotational frames; Conservative and non-conservative
forces; F = - grad V; Central forces; Elliptical, parabolic and hyperbolic orbits; Noninertial
frames of reference; Centripetal acceleration; Harmonic oscillator; Damped harmonic
motion; Forced oscillations and resonance. Degrees of freedom.
UNIT 2 Elasticity 8 Hours

Concepts of elasticity and plasticity, stress and strain, Hooke's law, different moduli of
elasticity, Poisson's ratio, strain energy, stress-strain diagram, elastic behavior of a material,
factors affecting elasticity, relation between different moduli of elasticity, determination of
elastic moduli.
UNIT 3 Thermal Properties 10 Hours

Transfer of heat energy; Thermal expansion of solids and liquids; Expansion joints -
bimetallic strips; Thermal conduction, convection and radiation and their fundamental laws;
Heat conductions in solids; Thermal conductivity - Forbe's and Lee's disc method: theory
and experiment; Applications (qualitative only): heat exchangers, refrigerators, ovens and
solar water heaters.

UNIT 4 Acoustics 8 Hours

Characteristics of sound waves; Weber-Fechner Law; Absorption coefficient, determination
of absorption coefficient; Reverberation time; Sabine's formula, derivation of Sabine's
formula using growth and decay method; Intensity of sound; Acoustics of buildings, Acoustic
requirements of a good auditorium.
UNIT 5 Sensors 9 Hours

Sensors (qualitative description only); Different types of sensors and applications; Strain and
pressure sensors- Piezoelectric, magnetostrictive sensors; Fibre optic methods of pressure
sensing; Temperature sensor - bimetallic strip, pyroelectric detectors; Hall-effect sensor;
Smoke and fire detectors.
Text Books:
1. D.Kleppner and Robert Kolenkow"An Introduction to Mechanics- II" Cambridge
University Press,2015.
2. M.N. Avadhanulu & T.V.S. Arun Murthy, S Chand A Textbook of Engineering Physics,
Volume-I 2018.
3. Ian R Sinclair, Sensor and Transducers 3/e,Elsevier (Newnes), 2001.
References:
1. M K Varma, "Introduction to Mechanics"-Universities Press, 2015
2. Prithwiraj Purkait, Budhaditya Biswas and Chiranjib Koley, Chapter 11 Sensors and
Transducers, Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, 1/e.,
McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2013.
Course Outcomes:
1. describe the fundamental principles of acoustics with emphasis on physical
mechanisms, law and relationships
2. apply the concepts of strain, internal force, stress and equilibrium to deformation of
solids
3. explain the fundamental theory for the analysis of heat transfer processess in solids
and liquids and to apply basic principles of heat transfer in design of refrigerators and
heaters
4. estimate forces and moments in mechanical systems using scalar and vector
techniques
5. outline the basic principle and operation of different types of sensors

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 1 1 1 1 1 1

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PHYS1021 PRINCIPLES OF QUANTUM MECHANICS
3 1 0 0 0 4
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed with principles of Quantum mechanics for advanced courses in their
respective engineering branches. It introduces Quantum mechanics with relevant
mathematical tools and provides a basis for further study of quantum mechanics. It also
introduces basics of Qubits for Quantum computing applications.
1. To introduce the basic principles of quantum mechanics.
2. To introduce wave equation and significance of wave function.
3. To teach solving the Schrödinger’s equation for spinless particles moving in one-
dimensional potential.
4. To develop an understanding of concepts of angular momentum.
5. To introduce Dirac bra-ket formalism and the concept of QUBITs.
UNIT 1 Introduction to Quantum Physics 10 Hours
Introduction, Classical Mechanics vs Quantum Mechanics, Planck’s quantum theory
(qualitative), Photo-electric effect. De Broglie wavelength and matter waves; Davisson-
Germer experiment. Wave description of particles by wave packets. Group and Phase
velocities and relation between them, Wave-particle duality, Heisenberg uncertainty
principle: ground state energy of hydrogen atom.
UNIT 2 Properties of Matter Waves 8 Hours

Matter waves and wave amplitude; Schrodinger equation for non-relativistic particles;
Momentum and Energy operators; stationary states; physical interpretation of a wave
function, probabilities, and normalization.
UNIT 3 Quantum Tunneling 8 Hours

One dimensional infinitely rigid box-energy eigenvalues and eigenfunctions,
normalization; Quantum dot as example; Quantum mechanical tunnelling in one
dimensional rectangular potential barrier, 1D linear harmonic oscillator (no derivation
required, only eigen function, eigen values and zero-point energy).
UNIT 4 Quantum Properties of Electrons 9 Hours

Electron angular momentum, angular momentum operator, Space quantization. Electron
Spin and Spin Angular Momentum. Larmor’s Theorem. Spin Magnetic Moment. Stern-
Gerlach Experiment. Zeeman Effect, Stark Effect, Gyromagnetic Ratio and Bohr

Magneton (qualitative)
UNIT 5 Qubits for Quantum Computing 10 Hours
Introduction to Dirac Bra-Ket notation, Introduction to Pauli spin matrices, Quantum
Superposition, Interference, Quantum Measurement, Decoherence, Entanglement, Bloch
sphere, Qubits, and multiple qubits, Qubits Vs classical bits, representation of a qubit
probability.
Textbooks:
1. Quantum Mechanics, G. Aruldhas, 2ndEdn. 2002, PHI Learning of India.
2. Quantum Mechanics, Satya Prakash, 2016, Pragati Prakashan.
3. Quantum Computing for Everyone, Chris Bernhardt, 2019, The MIT Press,
References:
1. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, D.J. Griffith, 2ndEd. 2005, Pearson Education.
2. Quantum Computing: An Applied Approach, Jack D. Hidary, 2019,
Journal(s):
Websites
1. https://www.intechopen.com/online-first/73811
2. https://www.quantum-inspire.com/kbase/what-is-a-qubit/
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the basic principles of quantum mechanics.
2. Interpret wave equation and significance of wave function.
3. Solve the Schrödinger’s equation for spinless particles moving in one-dimensional
potential.
4. Understand of concepts of angular momentum and spin.
5. Apply Dirac bra-ket formalism to the concept of QUBITs.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 2 1
CO2 1 1 1 2 1
CO3 1 1 1 2 1
CO4 1 1 1 2 1
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 1

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PHYS1241 PHYSICS OF OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
3 1 0 0 0 4
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed with fundamentals of electromagnetism and properties of materials
for advanced courses in their respective engineering branches. It introduces electromagnetic
theory with relevant mathematical tools, optical fibres and their propagation characteristics,
properties of dielectric and magnetic materials. It also introduces principles of semiconductors,
and some widely used semiconductor devices for various applications.
1. To introduce nature light and its properties.
2. To familiarize students with different semiconductors and its energy band gaps.
3. To introduce semiconductor physics and devices.
4. To impart knowledge about the semiconducting optical devices.
5. To demonstrate the properties of different semiconducting optical devices.
UNIT 1 Elements of light 8 Hours
Nature of light, Light sources, Black body, Colour temperature, Units of light, Radio metric
and photometric units, Light propagation in media and waveguides, Electro-optic effects.
Overview of luminescence: Photoluminescence, Cathodoluminescence,
Electroluminescence, Injection-luminescence.
UNIT 2 Semiconductor Materials 10 Hours

Free electron theory of metals, Density of states in 1D, 2D, and 3D, Bloch’s theorem for
particles in a periodic potential, Energy band diagrams, Kronig-Penny model (to introduce
origin of band gap), Energy bands in solids, E-k diagram, Direct and indirect bandgaps, Types
of electronic materials: metals, semiconductors, and insulators, Occupation probability,
Fermi level, Effective mass.
UNIT 3 Principles of Lasers 10 Hours

Optical transitions in bulk semiconductors: absorption, spontaneous emission, and
stimulated emission; Einstein coefficients, Population inversion, Transition rates (Fermi's
golden rule), Optical loss and gain; semiconducting diode laser, applications of
semiconductor Lasers.
UNIT 4 Solar cells and Photovoltaic devices 9 Hours

Charge carrier generation and recombination, p-n junction model and depletion
capacitance, Photovoltaic effect, Physics of Solar Cells, Principle of solar energy conversion,

Conversion efficiency, Type of solar cells in use: Dye Sensitized Solar Cells, Thin film solar
cells, Perovskite Solar cell.
UNIT 5 Semiconductor devices 8 Hours

Radiative recombination devices: Light-emitting diodes (LED), Organic Light Emitting Diodes
(OLED) and its types, Photoelectric devices: Photodiodes. Photo conducting devices:
Photodetectors and photoconductors, Photoresistors, Photo transistors.
Textbooks:
1. Jasprit Singh, Optoelectronics – An Introduction to materials and devices; McGraw
Hill,1996.
2. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley India Edition 2019
3. Maurice Quillec, Materials for Optoelectronics; Springer Science, 1996.
4. S. C. Gupta, Optoelectronic Devices and Systems; Prentice Hall India, 2005.
5. P. Bhattacharya, Semiconductor optoelectronic devices; Prentice Hall India, 2006.
References:
1. Pyshkin, Ballato, Optoelectronics - Advanced Materials and Devices; InTech, 2013.
2. Manijeh Razeghi, Optoelectronic materials and device concepts; SPIE, 1991
3. Sun and Dalton, Introduction to Organic Electronic and Optoelectronic Materials and
Devices; CRC Press, 2008.
4. J. Palais, Introduction to optical electronics; Prentice Hall, 1988.
5. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor optoelectronics; McGraw-Hill, 1995.
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this unit, the student will be able to
1. Outline the properties of semiconductors
2. explain the occupation probability and Fermi level variation in different electronic
materials
3. Know about the interaction of light with materials and its optical properties
4. Explain the conduction mechanism in semiconducting and optical devices.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 2 1
CO3 1 1 1 2 1
CO4 1
2 1 1 2 1
1
CO5 2 1 1 1 2 1 1

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PHYS1041 MECHANICS AND MODERN PHYSICS
3 1 0 0 0 4
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure
Course Description:
This course designed for students of Biotechnology to impart principles of Newtonian
mechanics will help the students in understanding the oscillatory behavior of materials. It also
introduces fundamentals of quantum mechanics – the essentials for understanding the
behavior of properties of materials. Fundamentals of optics and electromagnetism in
understanding the use in spectroscopy. An introduction to sensors will be useful for all the
branches as an application of modern technology.
1. To impart knowledge on damped and forced oscillations.
2. To familiarize students with the concepts of quantum mechanics
3. To impart knowledge concerning the wave properties of electromagnetic waves
4. To familiarize the students about the Maxwell’s equations and its propagation
5. To outline the principles and working of few common sensing devices
UNIT 1 Fundamentals of Dynamics and Oscillations 10 Hours
Fundamentals of Dynamics: Reference frames. Inertial frames; Galilean
transformations.
Galilean invariance. Review of Newton’s Laws of Motion.
Oscillations: SHM, Simple Harmonic Oscillations. Differential equation of SHM and its
solution. Damped oscillation. Forced oscillations: Transient and steady states; Resonance,
sharpness of resonance; power dissipation and Quality Factor
UNIT 2 Modern Physics (Quantum Physics) 8 Hours

Introduction, matter waves and its properties, Davisson-Germer experiment, GP Thomson
experiment, Heisenberg's uncertainty principle, Schrodinger's time independent wave
equation, physical significance of wave function, particle in a one-dimensional infinite well,
rectangular potential barrier (transmission coefficient), band theory of solids (qualitative),
distinction between metals, insulators and semiconductors, introduction to Maxwell-
Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstien statistics.
UNIT 3 Optics 10 Hours

Interference: Introduction, interference in thin films due to reflected light: interference in
parallel-sided film and wedge-shaped film, Newton’s rings. Diffraction: Introduction;
Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit (qualitative only), diffraction due to N-slits (diffraction

grating) (qualitative only), determination of wavelength of light with a plane transmission

grating.
Polarisation: Introduction; Double refraction –double refraction in calcite crystal, negative
and positive crystals, Nicol’s prism, Retarders (quarter and half¬wave plates).
UNIT 4 Maxwell`s equations and Electromagnetic wave propagation 8 Hours

Maxwell’s equations (both differential and integral forms) and its physical significance,
Poynting vector, energy density in electromagnetic field, electromagnetic wave propagation
through vacuum and isotropic dielectric medium, transverse nature of EM waves,
polarization of EM waves.
UNIT 5 Sensors 9 Hours

Sensors (qualitative description only); Different types of sensors and applications; Strain and
pressure sensors -Piezoelectric, magnetostrictive sensors, ultrasonic sensors; Fibre optic
methods of pressure sensing; Temperature sensor -bimetallic strip, pyroelectric detectors;
Hall-effect sensor; Smoke and fire detectors
Textbooks:
1. Mechanics, D.S. Mathur, S.Chand and Company Limited, 2000.
2. A Text Book of Optics, 25/e, Brij Lal, M N Avadhanulu & N Subrahmanyam, 2012, S.
Chand Publishing.
3. Ian R Sinclair, Sensor and Transducers 3rd eds, 2001, Elsevier (Newnes)
4. David J. Griffiths, “Introduction to Electrodynamics”-4/e, Pearson Education,2014
5. M.N. Avadhanulu, P.G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook of Engineering Physics, S.Chand, 2014.
References:
1. Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, 2008, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Prithwiraj Purkait, Budhaditya Biswas and Chiranjib Koley, Chapter 11 Sensors and
Transducers, Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, 1st eds.,
2013 McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.
3. Elements of Properties of Matter, D. S. Mathur, S. Chand Publishing
Journal(s):
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of damped and forced oscillations.
2. Understand concepts of quantum mechanics
3. Understand interference, diffraction and polarization of light waves
4. Know about the maxwell’s equations and its propagation
5. Use principles and working of few common sensing devices

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 1
CO5 1 1 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PROJ2999 CAPSTONE PROJECT – INTRODUCTION
0 0 0 0 2 2
Pre-requisite NIL
Co- requisite NIL
Preferable NIL
exposure

1. To provide sufficient hands-on learning experience related to the design, development
and analysis of suitable product / process so as to enhance the technical skill sets in
the chosen field.
Course Logistics
Capstone Project may be a theoretical analysis, modeling & simulation, experimentation &
analysis, prototype design, fabrication of new equipment, correlation and analysis of data,
software development, applied research and any other related activities.
1. Project can be for one or two semesters based on the completion of required number
of credits as per the academic regulations.
2. Can be individual work or a group project, with a maximum of 3 students.
3. In case of group projects, the individual project report of each student should specify
the individual’s contribution to the group project.
4. Carried out inside or outside the university, in any relevant industry or research
institution.
5. Publications in the peer reviewed journals / International Conferences will be an
added advantage
Mode of Evaluation: Periodic reviews, Presentation, Final oral viva, Poster submission
Course Outcomes:
1. Formulate specific problem statements for ill-defined real life problems with
reasonable assumptions and constraints.
2. Perform literature search and / or patent search in the area of interest.
3. Conduct experiments / Design and Analysis / solution iterations and document the
results.
4. Perform error analysis / benchmarking / costing
5. Synthesis the results and arrive at scientific conclusions / products / solution
6. Document the results in the form of technical report / presentation

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PROJ3999 CAPSTONE PROJECT – FINAL
0 0 0 0 6 6
Pre-requisite PROJ2999
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

1. To provide sufficient hands-on learning experience related to the design, development
and analysis of suitable product / process so as to enhance the technical skill sets in
the chosen field.
Course Logistics:
Capstone Project may be a theoretical analysis, modeling & simulation, experimentation &
analysis, prototype design, fabrication of new equipment, correlation and analysis of data,
software development, applied research and any other related activities.
1. Project can be for one or two semesters based on the completion of required number
of credits as per the academic regulations.
2. Can be individual work or a group project, with a maximum of 3 students.
3. In case of group projects, the individual project report of each student should specify
the individual’s contribution to the group project.
4. Carried out inside or outside the university, in any relevant industry or research
institution.
5. Publications in the peer reviewed journals / International Conferences will be an
added advantage
Mode of Evaluation: Periodic reviews, Presentation, Final oral viva, Poster submission
Course Outcomes:
1. Formulate specific problem statements for ill-defined real life problems with
reasonable assumptions and constraints.
2. Perform literature search and / or patent search in the area of interest.
3. Conduct experiments / Design and Analysis / solution iterations and document the
results.
4. Perform error analysis / benchmarking / costing
5. Synthesis the results and arrive at scientific conclusions / products / solution
6. Document the results in the form of technical report / presentation

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PROJ2888 PROJECT EXHIBITION 1
0 0 0 0 1 1
Pre-requisite
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

To provide platform for the student to exhibit their project work to
1. Excite interested students in continuing/initiating in the work of interest
2. Attract startups/industry to commercialize the project work
3. acquire comments on improving the quality of the work from other
students/academicians/industry
Mode of Evaluation: Poster submission, Viva-Voce Examination
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
PROJ3888 PROJECT EXHIBITION 2
0 0 0 0 1 1
Pre-requisite PROJ2888
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

To provide platform for the student to exhibit their project work to
● Excite interested students in continuing/initiating in the work of interest
● Attract startups/industry to commercialize the project work
● acquire comments on improving the quality of the work from other
students/academicians/industry
Mode of Evaluation: Poster submission, Viva-Voce Examination
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
VIVA3555 COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
1 0 0 0 0 1
Pre-requisite Completion of minimum of six semesters
Co- requisite
Preferable
exposure

1. Designed to test the students on the Aerospace Engineering concepts, and tools, and
the process of identifying and solving engineering problems.
UNIT 1 Engineering Mechanics

Free-body diagrams and equilibrium; friction and its applications including rolling friction,
belt-pulley, brakes, clutches, screw jack, wedge, vehicles, etc.; trusses and frames; virtual
work; kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies in plane motion; impulse and momentum
(linear and angular) and energy formulations; Lagrange’s equation.
UNIT 2 Mechanics of Materials

Stress and strain, elastic constants, Poisson's ratio; Mohr’s circle for plane stress and plane
strain; thin cylinders; shear force and bending moment diagrams; bending and shear stresses;
concept of shear centre; deflection of beams; torsion of circular shafts; Euler’s theory of
columns; energy methods; thermal stresses; strain gauges and rosettes; testing of materials
with universal testing machine; testing of hardness and impact strength
UNIT 3 Thermodynamics
Thermodynamic systems and processes; properties of pure substances, behaviour of ideal
and real gases; zeroth and first laws of thermodynamics, calculation of work and heat in
various processes; second law of thermodynamics; thermodynamic property charts and
tables, availability and irreversibility; thermodynamic relations
UNIT 4 Fluid Mechanics

Fluid properties; fluid statics, forces on submerged bodies, stability of floating bodies;
control volume analysis of mass, momentum, and energy; fluid acceleration; differential
equations of continuity and momentum; Bernoulli’s equation; dimensional analysis; viscous
flow of incompressible fluids, boundary layer, elementary turbulent flow, flow through
pipes, head losses in pipes, bends and fittings; basics of compressible fluid flow.
UNIT 5 Machining and Machine Tool Operations

Mechanics of machining; basic machine tools; single and multi-point cutting tools, tool
geometry and materials, tool life and wear; economics of machining; principles of non-
traditional machining processes; principles of work holding, jigs and fixtures; abrasive
machining processes; NC/CNC machines and CNC programming

Mode of Evaluation: 12 Quizzes with Multiple Choice Questions. Best 10 quizzes are
considered for computing 100M. Student shall score atleast 80% in atleast 8 quizzes to be
considered for grading
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
1. Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering
2. Design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health care and
safety, manufacturability, and sustainability
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
BTEN1001 INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY-I
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the student to the basics of biology such as classification, cell structure,
biomolecular structure, metabolism, function
● Introduce the cellular basis of life.
● Provide the basis for classification of living organisms.
● Describe the important biomolecules
● Describe the applications of biomaterials
● Describe the different metabolic pathways
UNIT 1 6 hours
Introduction to Biology, Cellular basis of life, differences between prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
Classification based on carbon and energy sources, Tools of molecular taxonomy
UNIT 2 8 hours
Biomolecules, structure and functions of proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and sugars. Structure and
function of hemoglobin, antibodies and enzymes. Industrial applications of enzymes
UNIT 3 10 hours
Bioenergetics, Respiration: Glycolysis and TCA cycle, Electron transport chain and oxidative
phosphorylation. Anaerobic respiration and Fermentation and its industrial applications
Mechanism of photosynthesis, Light and dark reactions
UNIT 4 12 hours
Genetics: Mendel’s laws of inheritance. Gene interactions- Epistasis, Incomplete & Codominance,
Multiple alleles, Additive, complementation, Pleiotropism. Linkage, Crossing over. Gene mapping.
Cell cycle and regulation. Mitosis and Meiosis
UNIT 5 14 hours
Human physiology – Membrane transport- Active and passive. Cell signaling and communication.
Neurons – structure, function and types. Synapse-types, neurotransmitters, transmission of nerve
impulse. Neuromuscular junctions. Muscle- structure, function and types.

Textbooks:
1. N. A. Campbell, J. B. Reece, L. Urry, M. L. Cain and S. A. Wasserman, “Biology: A global
approach”, Pearson Education Ltd, 2018.
2. Arthur T Johnson, Biology for Engineers, CRC press, 2011
References
1. Alberts et. al. The molecular biology of the cell, 6/e, Garland Science, 2014
2. E. E. Conn, P. K. Stumpf, G. Bruening and R. H. Doi, “Outlines of Biochemistry”, John Wiley
and Sons, 2009.
3. John Enderle and Joseph Bronzino Introduction to Biomedical Engineering, 3/e, 2012.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain classification of living organisms.
2. Explain cell as the basis of life
3. Explain the importance of various biomolecules
4. Summarize application of enzymes and fermentation in industry.
5. Analyze metabolic pathways
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3
CO2 2 3
CO3 2 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 1 3 1 1 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
BTEN1021 INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY-II 2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the student to the Applications of Biotechnology in plant , animal and
industrial development

1. Describe the concept of Central Dogma of Molecular Biology
2. Describe the transfer of genetic information.
3. Introduce recombinant DNA technology
4. Introduce the techniques used for modification of living organisms
UNIT 1 10 hours
Biotechnology: Concept, scope and importance. Origin of life-theories. Structure of bacterial, plant
and animal cells-functions of cell organelles. Significance of biomolecules in biological systems
UNIT 2 12 hours
The central dogma of molecular biology. Concepts of genetic engineering, Restriction
endonucleases, cloning vectors, methods of gene transfer. Polymerase Chain Reaction. Introduction
to bioinformatics and biological databases
UNIT 3 12 hours
Biotechnology for Plant improvement: Strategies for engineering stress tolerance, transgenic
plants. Micropropagation of novel varieties. Production of secondary metabolites and their
importance. Molecular pharming.
UNIT 4 12 hours
Biotechnology for improvement of animals: Applications in animal husbandry, medicine and
animal husbandry. Transgenic animals. Gene therapy and genetic counselling. Bioethics.

UNIT 5 14 hours
Industrial and Microbial Biotechnology: Overview of industrial fermentation process and products.
Fermentation technology for production of Penicillin. Introduction to patents. Biotech industry in
India and abroad.
Textbooks:
1. J.M. Walker and R. Rapley, Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, 5/e, Royal society of
chemistry, 2009.
2. W. Godbey, An Introduction to Biotechnology, The Science, Technology nd Medical
Applications, 1/e, Woodhead Publishing, 2014.
References
1. P.K. Gupta, Elements of Biotechnology, 2/e, Rastogi Publications, 2014.
2. B. Albert’s, A. Johnson, J. Lewis, D. Morgan, M. Raff, K. Roberts and P.Walter, Molecular
Biology of the Cell, 6/e, Garland Publishers, 2014.
3. H. Lodish, A. Berk, C. A. Kaiser, M. Krieger, A. Bretscher, H. Ploegh, Amon and M. P. Scott,
Molecular Cell biology, 7/e, W.H Freeman and Company, 2014.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the scope and importance of biotechnology
2. Understand the application of biotechnology in transgenic plant development.
3. Understand the role of biotechnogy in animal husbandry and livestock improvement
4. Explain the potential of biotechnology in industry in strain improvement
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 1 3 1 1 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
FINA1031 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BANKING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
The significance of the banking sector in India has been continuously upward for several
decades. The sector is playing a role of a catalyst in the development of the economy. The
Banks started playing a critical role in the social development process and became a partner
in Government’s welfare schemes and policies. Principles of and Practices of Banking course
explores the fundamental principles and practices of banking and credit in India. It helps
students to understand basics of banking and regulation to recent developments in Banking
technology
1. To understand the Indian financial system, role of commercial Banks, RBI in India and
the regulations of Indian Banks.
2. To comprehend the banking Principles
3. To give the student adequate exposure to banking practice.
4. To acquaint and apply innovations in the banking sector.
5. To give an overall exposure to banking Principles and Practice.
UNIT 1 Banking System and Structure 9 Hours

Banking system and structure in India: Evolution of Indian Banks-Types of banks;
Commercial Banks, Cooperative Banks, Role of RBI; Banking Regulation, Constitution,
Objectives, Functions of RBI, Tools of Monetary control; Regulatory Restrictions on Lending.
Types of Banking- Retail, Wholesale and International Banking.
UNIT 2 Risk management and Basel Accords 9 Hours

Introduction to Risk Management and Basel I, II &III Accords. Role and functions of CIBIL.
Fair practices code for debt collection. Principles of Lending: Cardinal Principles, Non-fund-
based limits, Credit appraisal Techniques. Cash management services and its importance.
UNIT 3 Functional Banks 9 Hours

Banker Customer Relationship: Types, Different Deposit Products & Services, Services to
customers and Investors; PMLA Act; KYC Norms; Banker as lender: Types of loans, Overdraft
facilities, Discounting of bills, Financing book Debts and supply bills- Charging of Security
bills- pledge, mortgage

UNIT 4 Customer Protection 9 Hours

COPRA Act and its operational aspects; Banking Ombudsman Scheme; Role and duties
Paying and collecting Banks; Banker Protection under Negotiable Instrument Act-
Endorsement, Forged Instruments- Bouncing of Cheques and their implications;
Operational aspects of opening and maintaining accounts of various types of account
holders. Ancillary Services: Remittances & Safe Deposit lockers, Govt Business, EBT
UNIT 5 Banking Technology 9 Hours

Computer Systems: LAN,WAN, UPS, Core banking, Data warehousing, Data Mining. Digital
Banking: ATMs, Electronic Kiosks-CDK, BNA, PBP; Cards – Types, Networks, Wallets; PPI.
Electronic Banking – Internet & Mobile Banking. Trends In Communication Networks for
Banking: EFT System, SWIFT, RTGS, NEFT, Automated Clearing System. Digital Payment
Systems – NPCI
Textbooks:
1. Principles and Practices of Banking, IIFB, 5thEditionn 2021
2. Principles And Practices Of Banking (Paperback, N S TOOR & ARUNDEEP TOOR) 14th
Edition
References:
1. Shekhar&Shekhar (2010),Banking Theory and Practice, New Delhi: Vikas Publishing
House.
2. P.K. Srivastav(2011),Banking Theory and Practice, NewDelhi:Vikas Publishing House.
3. Sundaram& P.N. Varshney (2010), Banking Theory, Law and Practice, New
Delhi:S.Chand& Co.
4. Padmalatha Suresh and Justin Paul (2013),Management of Banking and Financial
Services, New Delhi: Pearson Education.
Journal(s):
1. GITAM Journal of Management, Visakhapatnam.
2. The Journal of Banking Studies, Mumbai.
Website(s):
1. htps://www.icai.org/
Course Outcomes:
1. Student acquires knowledge about theoretical aspects of banking and
2. Student acquires knowledge about relationship between banker and customer
3. Student learns about the practicalities of banking and the latest trends in banking.
4. Students develops skills about legal aspects and negotiable instruments.
5. Student enhance knowledge about latest banking trends and technology.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 0
CO2 1 2 0 1 0 0 2 1 1
CO3 2 2 3 2 1 0 0 1 1
CO4 1 2 3 2 1 2 2 0 1
CO5 0 0 0 0 1 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
HRMG1021 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
Success in today’s competitive business environment is increasingly a function of effective
management of its resources, particularly human resources, which are the most valuable
assets of an organization. The efficiency and quality of service of an organization depend on
its employee’s enthusiasm and satisfaction with their jobs, which are directly related to their
sense of being treated fairly. To become a successful manager, it is imperative to understand
human sensitivities and factors that motivate individuals. Human Resource Management
course provides the basic tools required as an HR professional in an organization
1. To Understand the fundamentals, evolution, function & challenges of HRM
2. To Explore the role of HRM in procurement, development of human resources
3. To Analyze the basic factors in designing the compensation and collective bargaining
4. To Evaluate safety and health and establish effective separation practices.
UNIT 1 Introduction 10 Hours

Introduction: Nature, scope and significance of HRM - Evolution of HRM – Recent trends in
HRM – Functions of HRM – Challenges of HR managers.)
UNIT 2 Procurement 10 Hours

Procurement: Human Resource Planning – HR Forecasting methods - Job analysis and Job
design – Recruitment - Selection – Induction.
UNIT 3 Development 10 Hours

Development: Identification of training needs - designing the training program – Methods
of training – Difference between Training & Development.
UNIT 4 Compensation and Integration 10 Hours

Compensation and Integration: Introduction - Basic factors in determining pay rates – Basic,
Supplementary and Executive Remuneration – types of employee benefits and services -
Quality of work-life – Collective Bargaining.

UNIT 5 Separation and maintaining 10 Hours

Separation and Maintaining: Communication and Counseling - Safety and Health – Internal
mobility - Retirement and Retirement benefits..
Textbooks:
1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, "Human Resource Management," Pearson, New Delhi,
16th edition.
2. George W Bohlander, Scott A Snell, "Principles of Human Resource Management,"
Cengage Learning, 2017.16th edition.
3. Aswathappa, K., Human Resource and Personnel Management: Text & Cases, TMGH
4. Subba Rao, P., Personnel and Human Resource Management (Text & Cases), Himalaya
References:
1. Edwin B Flippo, "Personnel Management," Tata McGraw Hill Publishing, New Delhi,
1984
2. John H. Bernardin, "Human Resource Management - An Experiential Approach," Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013
3. Mirza, Saiyadain, "Human Resource Management," Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013
4. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, "Human Resource Management," Pearson, New Delhi,
2015 14th edition.
Journal(s):
● Harvard Business Review, Harvard Business School Publication USA
● People Matters Online Magazine
● Human Capital Magazine
● Vikalpa, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad
Course Outcomes:
● Understanding the concept of HRM and its importance.
● Describe the process of workflow analysis and identify why it is essential to HRM.
● Understand the concepts of Training and Development
● List various factors determining pay rates.
● Analyze the role of the supervisor in employee safety and minimize accidents at the
workplace.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 2 1 0 2 3 1 0
CO2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1
CO4 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 0 1
CO5 0 0 2 3 0

APPROVED IN:
SDG No. & Statement: 8 Decent Work and

Economic Growth
SDG Justification: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and
productive employment and decent work for all

L T P S J C
MKTG3011 SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil
Co- requisite Nil
Preferable Nil
exposure
Course Description:
Sales Management focuses on the sales techniques and the management of the sales force.
The success of any sales and marketing department lies in the effectiveness of the Sales Force.
The goal of the Sales Management course is to examine the elements of an effective sales
force as a key component of the organization's total marketing effort. A successful Sales
Manager needs to understand the fundamentals of the sales process, the relationship between
sales and marketing, sales force structure and issues in recruiting, selecting, training,
motivating, compensating and retaining sales people.
1. To understand the planning and staffing needs in professional sales
2. To learn how to manage and motivate a professional sales team as a Sales manager
3. To analyse the key success factors for sales executive performance.
UNIT 1
Introduction to Sales Management - Evolution of Sales Management, importance of Sales
Management, types of Selling, difference between Selling and Marketing, Modern Day Sales
Activities, Selling Skills, Selling Strategies, Selling Process.
UNIT 2
Sales Planning and Budgeting: Sales planning process, sales forecasting methods, sales
budgeting process, methods used for deciding sales budget, types of quotas and quota
setting procedure, reasons for establishing or revising sales territories, routing and
scheduling sales persons, market cost analysis.
UNIT 3
Sales Force Management: Recruitment and selection of the sales force, training the sales
force, sales force motivation, sales force compensation, sales force control and evaluation.
UNIT 4
Introduction to Distribution Management -Definition, need for Distribution Channels,
designing the Marketing Channels, Motivating and Evaluating Channel Members, Capturing
the Customer requirements

UNIT 5
Managing Distribution Channels - Managing Channel Information Systems, reasons for
Channel Conflicts, Managing Conflict, Managing, Ethical issues in Sales and Distribution
Management
Textbooks:
1. Krishna K Havaldar, Vasnt M Cavale, Sales and Distribution Management, 2nd edition,
Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2011.
References:
1. Tapan K. Panda &Sunil Sahadev (2011), Sales and Distribution Management 2nd
edition Oxford Press.
2. S.L. Gupta, M.K.Rampal (2009) Cases in Sales and Distribution Management, Himalaya
Publication house.
3. K.Sridhara Bhat (2011) Sales and Distribution Management, 1st, Himalaya Publication
house.
4. S.A.Chunawalla (2012) Sales and Distribution Management, 3rd edition, Himalaya
Publication house.
5. Dinesh kumar (2012) Marketing Channels ,Oxford Press.
6. Richard R Still, Edward W Cundiff, Norman &A P Govoni(2011) Sales and Distribution
Management, 5th edition, Pearson Publications.
7. Spiro Stanton & Rich (2010) Management of Sales Force, 13th edition, Tata McGraw
Hill.
8. Prof. M.V. Kulkarni (2010) Sales and Distribution Management, Everest Publishing
House.
9. Anne T Coughlan etal (2011), Marketing Channels, 7th edition, Pearson education.
10. Mark W Johnston, Greg W Marshall (2009), Sales Force Management, 9th edition, Tata
McGraw Hill.
11. Dr.S.L.Guptha (2010), Sales and Distribution Management, 2nd edition, Excel books.
12. PingaliVenugopal (2012) Sales and Distribution Management, Sage Publications
Journal(s):
● Indian Journal of Marketing & Journal of Advertising Research
● GITAM Journal of Management, GITAM Institute of Management, GITAM Deemed
to be university, Visakahapatnam
● Harvard Business Review, Harvard Business School Publication Co. USA
● Vikalpa, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad

Course Outcomes:
1. Students would be able to understand the planning and staffing needs in professional
sales.
2. Students would learn how to manage and motivate a professional sales team, as a
sales manager.
3. Students would be able to analyze the key success factors for sales executive
performance.
4. Students would learn how to manage and motivate distribution channel members.
5. Students can manage distribution channels and manage conflicts
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 1 2 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 3 1 0
CO2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
CO4 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1
CO5 0 0 2 3 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

Programme Core

L T P S J C
EECE1011 ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP
0 0 2 0 0 1
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This workshop will enable the student to know the basics of electronic components and devices,
their identification and selection for a given circuit. This lab makes the student to operate and
use electronic devices, wire and fabricate various circuits on his own. The testing of the circuits
wired / fabricated can be tested with the knowledge of various sources and power supplies
introduced. Mini project is carried out towards end of the lab, which will inculcate good practice
of hands on experience and experiential learning.
CourseEducational Objectives:
● To introduce and make use of Active and Passive electronic components.

● To impart knowledge of regulated power supplies, function generators and CRO and
their applications.
● To enable wiring / soldering practice simple electronic circuits using various
components on breadboard / PCB.
● To teach students about Diode as a switch, transistor as a switch and hardware
components of a simple computer.
● To introduce solar panels and their wiring.
● To introduce hardware components like SMPS, switches, ports, input and output
devices of a simple computer.
● To wire and test a mini project.
List of Experiments
1. Study of resistance color codes, identification of active and passive electronic

components.
2. Study and use of bread board trainer kit.
3. Study of multimeter, oscilloscope, function generation and regulated power supply.
4. Soldering of electronic components on PCBs.
5. Study of battery types, specifications, construction and ratings.
6. Study of semiconductor device (Diodes, Transistors, Thyristors) functionality and
specifications
7. Study of Optoelectornic Devices (LEDs, Photoresistors, Photodiodes, Phototransistors)

8. Study of Basic Filter types and their design issues

9. Study of Voltage Regulators and Power Supplies
10. Study of Audio Electronic Circuits (Microphones, Preamplifiers, Mixer circuits)
11. Embedded System design with Arduino and Arduino IDE
Case Studies/Mini Projects

Any three design projects related to
● Power Supply Design
● Amplifier Design
● Signal Source Design
● Filter Design
● Electromechanical Design
● Arduino
TextBooks:
1. Louis E. Frenzel, Jr., Practical Electronic Design for Experimenters, Mc Graw Hill
Publishers, 2020
References:
1. Paul Scherz, Simon Monk, Practical Electronics for Inventors, 4/e, Mc Graw Hill
Publishers, 2021
CourseOutcomes:
1. decode the resistance / inductance / capacitance values & tolerances (L4).

2. understand and use RPS, voltmeter, ammeter, multimeter, function generator and
CRO (L4).
3. study and use breadboard for various circuit wiring (L5).
4. fabricate simple circuits on a PCB and test them (L6).
5. understand various hardware parts of a computer (L2).
6. complete a mini project using Arduino and test it (L6).
7. List various electronic devices and list their specifications (L2)
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 3
CO5 2 3 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE1021 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
2 1 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, Transform Techniques
exposure
Course Description:
Signals contain information about the behaviour or nature of some phenomenon and are
functions of one or more independent variables. A system processes the signal for producing
desired behaviour. Signal processing plays an extremely important and continually growing role
in areas of science and technology such as communications, aeronautics and astronautics,
acoustics, seismology, biomedical engineering and speech processing. This course introduces
the basic concepts and mathematical tools required for signal processing..
● To explain the mathematical representation /classification of continuous-time and

discrete-time signals and systems
● To provide an understanding of characterization of linear-time invariant systems
using impulse response and convolution function
● To familiarize the application of Fourier series, Fourier transform and their
properties to continuous-time and discrete time signals and systems
● To impart the knowledge of Laplace and Z-transform and their properties to analyse
continuous-time and discrete-time signals respectively.
UNIT 1 Signals and Systems 8 hours
Signals and Systems: continuous-time and discrete-time signals, transformations of the

independent variable, exponential and sinusoidal signals, the unit impulse and unit step
functions, continuous-time and discrete-time systems, basic system properties
UNIT 2 Linear Time Invariant Systems 7 hours
Discrete-time LTI systems: the convolution sum, continuous time LTI systems: the
convolution integral, properties of linear time-invariant systems

UNIT 3 Fourier analysis of Continuous Time Signals and Systems 9 hours
Fourier series representation of continuoustime periodic signals, convergence of the Fourier

series, properties of continuous-time Fourier series (CTFS).Representation of Aperiodic
signals: the continuous-time Fourier transform (CTFT), the Fourier transform for periodic
signals. properties of the continuous-time Fourier transform, systems characterized by linear
constant-coefficient differential equations.
UNIT 4 Fourier analysis of Discrete Time Signals and Systems 9 hours
Representation of aperiodic signals: the discrete-time Fourier transform, properties of the

discrete-time Fourier transform, the Fourier transform for periodic signals, systems
characterized by linear constant-coefficient difference equations.
UNIT 5 Analysis of CT and DT signals using Laplace/Z-Transform 7 hours
The Laplace Transform: the region of convergence (roc) for Laplace transforms, the inverse
Laplace transform, properties of the Laplace transform.The Z-Transform: The region of
convergence for the z-transform, the inverse-z transform, properties of the z-transform.
Simulation Assignments
This course shall involve at least 5 simulation assignments based on (but not limited to)
● Basics of MATLAB
● Generation of Continuous Time signals and Discrete Time Sequences
● Implementation of Continuous-Time and Discrete-Time Systems
● Reconstruction of Continuous Time Periodic Signals from their Fourier Series
Coefficients
● Filtering and Fourier Transform Analysis of Continuous Time Signals
Textbooks:
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, S. Willsky with S.Hamid Nawab, Signals and Systems, 2/e, Pearson
Education, 1997.
References:
1. Bhagawandas P. Lathi, Linear Signals and Systems, Oxford University Press, 2009
2. Simon Haykin, Barry Van Veen, Signals and Systems, 2/e, Wiley Student Edition, 2007

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Describe the mathematical model of continuous - time/discrete - time signals and

systems and perform mathematical operations on signals (L2)
2. Determine the output response of continuous time/ discrete time LTI system using
convolution integral and convolution sum (L2).
3. Analyse the characteristics of linear – time invariant systems(L4).
4. Derive the frequency domain representation of signals and systems using transform
techniques(L3).
5. Determine the output response of LTI systems using CTFT and DTFT(L2).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 1 1
CO4 2 1 2 1
CO5 3 2 1 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE1031 NETWORK THEORY AND ANALYSIS
2 1 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE1001: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
exposure
Course Description:
This course aims to develop the basic concepts of network analysis, which are the pre-
requisites for all the electronics engineering courses. The course deals with understanding
various network reduction techniques such as source transformation, network theorems and
apply these techniques to simplify different complex R-L-C networks. Design techniques of
resonant circuits is imparted. Analysis and synthesis of two-port networks are dealt. Transient
Response of complex electrical systems and design of stable system is also elaborated.
● To impart knowledge about solving different complex circuits using various network
reduction techniques such as source transformation, network theorems.
● To explain the analysis AC and DC transient response for complex R-L-C circuits.
● To familiarize AC steady state response for complex R-L-C series and parallel circuits
and to analyze the circuits.
● To distinguish between series and parallel resonance and design resonant circuits.
● To acquaint the students with evaluation of two port network parameters.
UNIT 1 Introduction 8 hours
Introduction: Ohms law, Kirchoff's laws, series and parallel circuits, source transformations,
delta-wye conversion, linearity and superposition theorem with simple examples, Thevenin's
and Norton's theorem with simple examples, maximum power transfer theorem with simple
examples. mesh, super mesh analysis, nodal, super node analysisdiscrete-time systems, basic
system properties.

UNIT 2 Time Domain Analysis of Circuits 7 hours
Time domain analysis of circuits: transient analysis of first order and second order systems,
initial and final conditions in networks. dc transients: source free and forced response of RL,
RC and RLC circuits analysis using Laplace transform.
UNIT 3 Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis 9 hours
Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis: sinusoids, sinusoidal functions and complex functions,

instantaneous power, average power, effective values of current and voltage, apparent
power and power factor, complex power, phasors, phasor relationships for R, L and C and
steady state analysis of RL, RC and RLC circuits.
UNIT 4 Resonance 9 hours
Series resonance, parallel resonance, bandwidth, selectivity, quality factor
UNIT 5 Two Port Networks 7 hours
Impedance parameters, admittance parameters, hybrid parameters and transmission

parameters, relationships between parameters.
Textbooks:
1. M.E.VanValkenburg, Network Analysis, 3/e , Pearson Education, 1974
2. Sudhakar, ShyammohanS.Palli, Circuits & Networks: Analysis and Synthesis, 3/e, Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, 2006.
References:
1. William H Hayt, Jack E Kimmerly and Steven M.Durbin, Engineering Circuit Analysis,
8/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013
2. A. Chakrabarti, Circuit Theory: Analysis & Synthesis, 3/e, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2013.
Course Outcomes:
1. analyze basic AC and DC circuits using nodal, mesh analysis and network theorems,
retransformation and several methods of simplifying networks .
2. understand the concept of graphical solution to transient electrical network in time
domain analysis and apply Laplace Transform for steady state and transient analysis.
3. analyze sinusoidal or AC response of circuits and determine power and power factor
of circuits
4. distinguish between series resonance and parallel resonance concepts and
performance parameters
5. derive two port network parameters Z, Y, ABCD, h and their interrelationships and
determine for different network functions (L6).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 1 1
CO2 2 3 2 1
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 3 1 2
CO5 2 3 2 1

APPROVED IN:
BOS :24-12-21 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 22ndAC<<01-04-22>>
SDG Justification:

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND AMPLIFIER L T P S J C

EECE1041
CIRCUITS 3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite EECE1001: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering,

EECE1031: Network Theory and Analysis
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Alternate Exposure : This course familiarizes the student with structure, operation, modelling
and design of semiconductor devices and circuits. Laboratory experiments of this course
includes hardware experiments, SPICE simulations and end-to-end circuit design using EDA/PCB
design software. Study of these basic circuits is helpful to train the student to designamplifier
circuits, digital switches and balanced amplifiers
● To introduce the physical construction of bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) and

metal oxide field effect transistors (MOSFETs)
● To impart the knowledge on design and simulation of current mirror circuits

● To familiarize the analysis of the input impedance, output impedance, voltage gain
and bandwidth of MOSFET amplifier configurations.
● To explain the analysis and design of differential amplifiers
● To expose the student to semiconductor technology evolution, amplifier design
principles and circuit analysis techniques
UNIT 1 Bipolar Junction Transistors 8 hours
Bipolar Junction Transistors: device structure and physical operation, current-voltage

characteristics, the BJT as an amplifier and as a switch, BJT circuits at dc, biasing in BJT
amplifier circuits, small-signal operation and models.
UNIT 2 MOS Field-Effect Transistors 7 hours
Device structure and physical operation, current-voltage characteristics, MOSFET circuits at

dc, the MOSFET as an amplifier and as a switch, biasing in MOS amplifier circuits, small signal
operation and models.

UNIT 3 IC Design Philosophy 9 hours
IC Design Philosophy: comparison of the MOSFET and the BJT, IC biasing-current sources,
current mirrors and current-steering circuits, current-mirror circuits with improved
performance
UNIT 4 Single Stage MOSFET amplifiers 9 hours
Single Stage MOSFET Amplifiers: basic MOSFET amplifier configurations, MOSFET internal
capacitances and high frequency model, frequency response of the CS amplifier, discrete
circuit MOS Amplifiers
UNIT 5 Differential Amplifiers 7 hours
Differential Amplifiers: the MOS differential pair, small-signal operation of the MOS
differential pair, other non-ideal characteristics of MOS differential amplifier, the MOS
differential amplifier with active load.
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS LABORATORY

1. Current-Voltage Characteristics of BJT / Measurement of scale current & common

emitter current gain.
2. Measurement of small signal parameters (gm, ro, rπ, re) of BJT at a given operating
point Ic.
3. Design, Simulate and Implement BJT amplifier and Inverter logic gateCurrent-Voltage
Characteristics of MOSFET / Measurement of threshold voltage.
4. Measurement of small signal parameters (gm, ro, gmb) of MOSFET at a given

operating point (Id,Vds).
5. Design and simulation of basic NMOS current mirror, cascode NMOS current mirror
and current steering circuit.
6. Design, Simulation and Implementation of Common Source Amplifier for Gain, Power
dissipation requirements.
7. Design, Simulation and Implementation of Common Drain Amplifier (Voltage Buffer)

for Gain, Output Impedance, Level Shift requirements.
8. Analysis and Verification of Basic NMOS Differential Pair for Gain, Input Common
Mode Range, Maximum Input differential voltage requirements.
9. Design, Simulation and Implementation of Differential Amplifier with active current

mirror load for gain, power dissipation CMRR requirements.
10. Design, Simulation and PCB fabrication of BJT Astable Multivibrator Circuit.

Textbooks:
1. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Arun N. Chandorkar, Microelectronic Circuits, 6/e,

Oxford University Press, 2013
References:
1. Behzad Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, 2/e, Wiley Student Edition, 2013
2. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 10/e,
Pearson Education, 2009
3. Dharma Raj Cheruku, B T Krishna, Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2/e, Pearson
Education, 2008
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the device structure/physical operation, analyze BJT/MOSFET circuits using

their large signal and small signal models (L1).
2. Distinguish between discrete component circuit design and integrated circuit design
and appreciate the relative merits and demerits of BJT and MOSFET devices (L2).
3. Design current mirror circuits given the output resistance, voltage headroom and
output current requirements (L5).
4. Derive the low frequency and high frequency characteristics of common source,
common gate, common drain amplifiers (L4).
5. Analyze and design differential amplifier circuits for gain and linearity requirements
(L4/L6).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1
CO3 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2001 RANDOM SIGNALS AND NOISE
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, EECE1021: Signals and Systems
exposure
Course Description:
This course allows characterization of randomness in measured quantities and signals. This
characterization allows modelling of noise sources in communication systems and further helps
in designing analog and digital communication systems that transfer information in the
presence of noise
• To introduce the notion of probability as a tool to characterize random events.
• To impart the knowledge of characterizing and modeling random measurements as

random variables.
• Model random signals as random processes and characterize them in time domain and
frequency domain.
• To explain the classification of noise sources and modelling of noise performance of

systems.
• To expose the student to mathematical tools involved in analysing
UNIT 1 Probability and Random Variables 8 hours
Basics of Probability, Conditional Probability, Random Variables, Functions of a Single

Random Variable, Mean, Variance, and Characteristic Function, Functions of Two Random
Variables, Jointly Gaussian Random Variables, Central Limit Theorem.
UNIT 2 Random Processes 12 hours
Random Processes: Basic Concepts, Description of Random Processes, Statistical Averages,

Stationary Processes, Random Processes and Linear Systems, Random Processes in the
Frequency Domain: Power Spectrum of Stochastic Processes, Transmission over LTI Systems,
Gaussian and White Processes, Gaussian Processes, White Processes

UNIT 3 Characterization of Noise 10 hours
Noise – Sources and Classification, Thermal Noise, Shot Noise, Noise Equivalent Bandwidth
of a Filter, Noise Figure and Equivalent Noise Temperature of Two-Port Networks,
Narrowband Noise Representation.
This course shall have the below simulation assignments (but not limited to)
a) Generation and Histogram evaluation of uniformly distributed and Gaussian

distributed random numbers and plotting their histograms
b) Generation of discrete random variables with a specified probability mass function
c) Analyse the effect of transformation of random variables (both analytical and

simulation approaches)
d) Model a given random measurement as one of the known random variables and
identify the parameters
e) Compute the autocorrelation function and power spectral density of random signals at
the input and output of a linear system
Textbooks:
1. P. Ramakrishna Rao, Communication Systems, 2/e, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publications, 2018.
2. Proakis, Salehi, Communication Systems Engineering, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2010
References:
2. Athanasios Papoulis, S. Unnikrishna Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and

Course Outcomes:

1. Characterize random events and measurements using probability and random

variables (L3)
2. Model random signals as random processes and describe their characteristics using
autocorrection function and power spectral density functions respectively (L4)
3. Identify different sources of noise in electronic systems (L2)
4. Characterize electronic systems by their noise figure and noise temperature
5. Use the notion of noise measures to carry out link budget analysis of communication
links
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2011 ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS
2 0 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite EECE2001: Random Signals and Noise
Preferable MATLAB, EECE1021: Signals and Systems

exposure
Course Description:
This course reviews the properties of Fourier Transform and exposes the fundamental concepts
of modulation. Analog modulation schemes involving amplitude, angle are reviewed followed
their implementation aspects in broadcasting systems
● To introduce the need for modulation to communicate signals

● To familiarize the generation and detection of different analog modulation schemes
● To impart knowledge of specifications and real-world applications of analog
broadcasting systems
● To expose the noise performance analysis and comparison of analog modulation
schemes.
UNIT 1 Fourier Transforms and Signal Transmission Through 3 hours

Systems
Electromagnetic Spectrum, Ranges and Application Areas , Continuous-Time Fourier

Transform, Convolution and Correlation, Hilbert Transform, Signal Transmission through
Systems. Need for Modulation
UNIT 2 Amplitude Modulation 10 hours
Amplitude Modulation, Demodulation of AM Signals, AM Broadcast Transmitters, AM

Broadcast Receivers, Double Sideband Suppressed Carrier (DSB-SC) Modulation, Single
Sideband Modulation, Single Sideband Transmission and Reception, Compatible Single
Sideband (CSSB) System, Communication Receivers, Vestigial Sideband Modulation,
Comparison of Various Varieties of Amplitude Modulation
UNIT 3 Angle Modulation 10 hours
Angle Modulated Signals, Narrowband Angle Modulation, Spectrum of an Angle-Modulated

Signal, Power of an Angle-Modulated Signal and Effective Bandwidth, Generation of
Wideband Angle-Modulated Signals, effects of Channel Non-Linearities on FM Signals,

Detection of FM Signals, FM Broadcasting, FM Transmitters and Receivers, Radio and

Television Broadcasting: AM Radio Broadcasting, FM Radio Broadcasting, Television
Broadcasting
UNIT 4 Noise in Analog Communication Systems 4 hours
Noise Performance of AM and FM Systems, Effects of Transmission Losses and Noise in

Analog Communication Systems
This course shall involve simulation experiments on the below topics (but not limited to)
a) Modulation Property of Fourier Transform
b) Generation of Amplitude Modulated waveforms with different modulation index
c) Simulink modelling of Amplitude and Phase Modulation Generation/Detection

schemes
d) Time-Domain and Frequency Domain Analysis of different analog modulation schemes
Textbooks:
1. P. Ramakrishna Rao, Communication Systems, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2018.
2. Proakis, Salehi, Communication Systems Engineering, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2010.
3. Lathi, Modern Analog and Digital Communication Systems, 4/e, Oxford University Press,
2012.
References:
1. Simon Haykin, Michael Moher, Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications,

2/e Wiley, 2007
2. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems 4/e, Wiley, 2001
3. Kennedy,David, Electronic Communication System 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill,2012

Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the time domain and frequency domain description of different AM

modulations schemes and compare them (L2).
2. Compare various modulation schemes like AM, DSBSC, SSB,VSB in terms of power and
bandwidth efficiency (L4).
3. List the specifications and design concerns of broadcasting systems employing analog
modulation schemes (L3)
4. Compare the noise performance of different modulation schemes (L3)
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 2 2
CO2 1 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2021 DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Digital Logic Design is an introductory course which provides the basic concepts involved in the
design and analysis of digital circuits for computing systems. A digital circuit is constructed
using basic building blocks: logic gates and flip-flops. This course deals with the design of
various combinational and sequential circuits used to build more complex computing systems.
● To introduce number systems, conversion used for representing numbers in

computational structures
● To familiarize the implementation of simple logical operations using Combinational
circuits
● To acquaint the student with the design of combinational and sequential logic circuits
with practical design examples
● To expose different types of memories used in digital systems
● To impart the design of synchronous and asynchronous digital systems
● To demonstrate the use of standard chips and PLDs in building digital computational
structures
UNIT 1 Binary Systems and Logic Gates 10 hours
Binary Systems: digital systems, binary numbers, number base conversions, octal and
hexadecimal numbers, complements, signed binary numbers, binary codes, binary logic.
Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates: basic definitions, axiomatic definition of boolean algebra,
basic theorems and properties of boolean algebra, boolean functions, canonical and
standard forms, digital logic gates.
UNIT 2 Simplification of Boolean functions 10 hours
Simplification of Boolean functions: The map method, four-variable map, five-variable map,
product of sums simplification, don’t-care conditions, NAND and NOR implementation,
exclusive-OR function

UNIT 3 Combinational Logic Circuit Design 6 hours
Combinational Logic: combinational circuits, analysis procedure, design procedure, binary

adder-subtractor, decoders, encoders, multiplexers. Memories: random-access memory,
memory decoding.
UNIT 4 Sequential Logic Circuit Design 9 hours
Synchronous Sequential Logic: sequential circuits, latches, flip-flops, analysis of clocked

sequential circuits, state reduction and assignment, design procedure. Registers and
Counters: registers, shift registers, ripple counters, synchronous counters, ring counter.
UNIT 5 Implementation of Digital Logic Circuits 5 hours
Transistors as Switches, NMOS Logic Gates, CMOS Logic Gates, MOS Implementation of static
latches and flipflops. Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable Logic Array,
Programmable Array Logic, Complex Programmable Logic Devices, Field Programmable Gate
Arrays. FPGA Design Flow
List of Laboratory Experiments:
1. Verification of Truth Tables of Logic gates and implementation of Basic gates using
Universal Gates
2. Implementation of the given Boolean functions using logic gates in both SOP and
POS form.
3. Simplification of the given Boolean function using K-map and implement using logic
gates.
4. Realization and verification of Full adder and Full Subtractor using logic gates.
5. Implementation of the given function using decoder and logic gates.
6. Implementation of the given function using Multiplexer and logic gates.
7. Verification of State Tables of SR, D, JK and T-Flip-Flops.
8. Verify the operation of Shift Registers using D flip-flops.
9. Design and verify the operation of 4-bit and Mod-N Ripple Counters using JK flip-
flops.
10. Verilog Modelling and Simulation of 1-bit full adder, 2 X 4 Decoder, Mod-13 Counter.
11. Study of PLA, CPLD, FPGA Datasheets and appreciating their architectural highlights.
12. FPGA Implementation of 1-bit full adder, 2 X 4 Decoder, 4-Bit Counter.

Textbooks:
1. Michael D. Ciletti, M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 5/e, Pearson Education, 2014
2. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 7/e, Oxford University Press,
2013
References:
1. ZviKohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, 2/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
2. John F. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles and Practices, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2008
3. Charles Roth, Jr., Larry Kinney, Fundamentals of Logic Design, 7/e, Cengage Learning,
India, 2013.
4. Weste, Harris, CMOS VLSI Design, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Course Outcomes:
1. convert any number into different base representations(L2).
2. simplify logic expressions using Boolean laws and realize using basic and universal logic
gates(L3).
3. design combinational circuits for the given specifications(L4).
4. design synchronous sequential circuits for the given specifications (L4)
5. differentiate asynchronous and synchronous counters and implement Multiplexers

and D flip flops using CMOS technologies(L3).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 3 2
CO2 1 2 3 1
CO3 1 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 1
CO5 1 3 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2031 ANALOG CIRCUITS
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE1041: Electronic Devices and Amplifier Circuits
exposure
Course Description:
This course equips the student with design principles of electronic system building blocks
including feedback, oscillators, output stages, frequency selective filters, wave shaping circuits.
Laboratory experiments of this course shall include hardware experiments, SPICE simulations
and end-to-end circuit design using EDA/PCB design software. Skills learnt in this course shall
help the student in improving existing circuits using negative feedback, building power
Amplifiers, signal processing circuits etc.
● To acquaint the students with the advantages and techniques of different negative
feedback circuit configurations.
● To introduce the basic principles of oscillator circuits and design/simulate discrete
component and op-amp oscillator circuits.
● To impart knowledge on analysis of the linearity, power efficiency and power
dissipation of different output stages/power amplifiers
● To explain the basics and design of analog frequency selective filters using
Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations
● To demonstrate the design of non-linear wave shaping circuits
UNIT 1 Feedback 8 hours
Feedback Amplifiers: The general feedback structure, properties of negative feedback, basic
feedback topologies, the series-shunt feedback amplifier, the series-series feedback
amplifier, shunt-shunt and shunt-series feedback amplifiers, determining loop gain.
UNIT 2 Oscillators 6 hours
Oscillators: Basic principles of sinusoidal oscillators, op amp RC oscillator circuits, LC and

crystal oscillators.

UNIT 3 Output Stages and Power Amplifiers 7 hours
Output Stages and Power amplifiers: Classification of output stages, class A output stage,
class B output stage, class AB output stage, power BJTs, class C output stage, MOS power
transistor.
UNIT 4 Analog Filter Design 9 hours
Filter Transmission, Types, and Specification, The Filter Transfer Function, Butterworth and
Chebyshev Filters, First-Order and Second-Order Filter Functions, The Second-Order LCR
Resonator. Active Filter Design.
UNIT 5 Multivibrator Circuits 7 hours
Bistable Multivibrators, Generation of Square and Triangular Waveforms Using Astable

Multivibrators, Monostable Multivibrator, Integrated-Circuit Timers, NonlinearWaveform-
Shaping Circuits
1. Feedback Amplifier - calculation of gain, input resistance, output resistance with

and without feedback, frequency response characteristic.
2. Design and Implementation of Two stage RC Coupled amplifier.
3. Oscillators (Colpitts, RC phase-shift, Wein-bridge)
4. Class A power amplifier.
5. Class B Push - pull power amplifier.
6. Tuned voltage amplifier.
7. Analysis and simulation of RC differentiator/integrator
8. Bistable/Monstable/Astablemultivibrators with 555 timer
9. Operational Amplifier Circuits (Adders, Integrators, Differentiators, Filters).
10. Op-amp based AM/FM Modulator/Demodulator Circuits.
11. Data Converters
12. Active Filter Design
Textbooks:
1. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Arun N. Chandorkar, Microelectronic Circuits, 6/e,

Oxford University Press, 2013.
2. D Choudhury Roy, Shail B. Jain, Linear Integrated Circuits, New Age International, 2003.

3. RamakanthGayakward, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 4/e, Pearson

Education, 2007.
References:
1. Behzad Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics, 2/e, Wiley Student Edition, 2013.
2. R.F Coughlin, F.F Driscoll, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, 6/e, Pearson
Education, 2008.
3. S. Salivahanan, V.S. KanchanBhaskaran, Linear Integrated Circuits, Tata Mc- Graw Hill,
2008.
4. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, 3/e,
Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2002.
Course Outcomes:
1. analyse the characteristics of different negative feedback amplifier configurations

(L4).
2. choose and design negative feedback circuits to improve the characteristics of given
open loop amplifier (L3).
3. describe the basic principle of sinusoidal oscillators and identify the usage of different
oscillator circuits (L1).
4. design analog filters for the given design specification (L5).
5. design different wave shaping circuits for signal processing applications

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 1 2
CO2 2 3 1 1
CO3 2 3 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 2
CO5 3 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2041 CONTROL SYSTEMS
2 1 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite MATH1021: Transform Techniques
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
In everyday life many applications of control like control of temperature in air conditioners,
water level maintenance, steering of car course etc., a never-ending list are encountered. These
controls may be manual or automatic. Human body is an excellent example of automatic
control system. Control system engineering deals with set of devices that control the behaviour
of other devices or systems to achieve desired results. This course introduces the student to the
principles and applications of control systems in everyday life.
● To expose various concepts of block diagram reduction techniques

● To create mathematical modelling of the system.
● To demonstrate stability of the system in time domain.
● To impart knowledge on stability of the system in frequency domain.
● To get acquainted with state variable analysis.
UNIT 1 Introduction 8 hours
Introduction: Concepts of control systems, different examples of control systems, open loop
and closed loop control systems and their differences, block diagram representation of
systems considering electrical systems as examples, block diagram algebra, representation
by signal flow graph, reduction using Mason’s gain formula, feedback characteristics, effects
of feedback
UNIT 2 Mathematical Modelling and Control System Components 7 hours
Mathematical Modelling and Control System Components: Introduction to mathematical

modelling of physical systems, impulse response and transfer functions, equations of
electrical networks, modelling of translational and rotational mechanical systems, time
response of first and second order systems with standard input signals, time domain
specifications, steady state error and error constants.

UNIT 3 Stability 9 hours
Concept of stability, Routh Hurwitz criterion, construction of root locus, correlation between
time and frequency responses, determination of frequency domain specifications, effects of
P, PI, PD and PID Controllers.
UNIT 4 Stability of Control Systems 9 hours
Stability of control systems from Bode plots, polar plots and Nyquist plots, all pass and
minimum phase systems, numerical examples.
UNIT 5 State Variable Analysis 7 hours
State, state variables, state variable representation, transfer function form to state variable
form (diagonal form), state variable form to transfer function form, transfer function form
to canonical form.
Textbooks:
1. Benjamin C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 7/e , Prentice Hall of India, 1997
2. M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, 3/e, Wiley Eastern Ltd., TMH, 2008.
References:
1. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering , 2/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
2. R.C. Sukla, Control Systems, 3/e, Dhanpatrai and Sons,1998.
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve numerical on block diagrams reduction techniques (L3)
2. Represent the mathematical model of a given system (L2).
3. Determine the response of different order systems for various step inputs (L4).
4. Analyse the stability of the system (L4).
5. Comprehend solution of state equation (L3).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 2
CO3 2 3 1 1
CO4 3 2 2 1
CO5 3 3 1 1
APPROVED IN:
BOS :24-12-21 ACADEMIC COUNCIL: 22ndAC 01-04-22
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2051 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite MATH1011: Several Variable Calculus
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
The concept of electromagnetism is evolved from static electric and magnetic fields when time
is added as fourth dimension. Electromagnetism is the principle with which all electrical
machines function. Electromagnetism is used as a mode of propagation of energy at very
frequencies. This is a foundation course for understanding the concept of wave transmission in
free space or in any media carrying data / message / voice / audio from transmitter to receiver.
● To demonstrate the concepts of static electric and magnetic fields and their
importance in electromagnetics
● To impart the knowledge of basic characteristics of an electromagnetic field.
● To explain the principle of transmission of energy using electromagnetic wave
● To familiarize the electromagnetic fields and mechanism of transmission of energy in
free space / dielectric medium
UNIT 1 Electrostatics 8 hours
Electrostatics: Coulomb’s law, electric field intensity, field due to a line charge, electric flux
density, Gauss’s law, electric potential, potential gradient, energy stored, Laplace’s and
Poison’s equations
UNIT 2 Magnetostatics 7 hours
Magnetostatics: steady current, Biot-Savart’s law, static magnetic field due to line current,
magnetic flux density, Ampere’s circuital law, Lorentz force equation, magnetic vector
potential, energy stored.

UNIT 3 Time-varying fields and Maxwell’s equations 9 hours
Time-varying fields and Maxwell’s equations: time varying fields, Faraday’s law of
electromagnetic induction, displacement current, Maxwell’s equations in point form and
integral form, boundary conditions of electromagnetic fields, polarization, magnetization.
UNIT 4 Uniform Plane Wave: 9 hours
Uniform Plane Wave: wave equation, wave propagation in free space, wave propagation in
conductor and dielectrics, Poynting theorem, skin effect, wave polarization, direction
cosines.
UNIT 5 Plane Waves at Boundaries and in Dispersive Media 7 hours
Plane Waves at Boundaries and in Dispersive Media: reflection of uniform plane waves by
perfect conductor – normal and oblique incidence, standing wave ratio, reflection and
transmission of uniform plane waves by perfect dielectric – normal and oblique incidence.
Textbooks:
1. William H. Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, 8/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. Matthew N.O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, 4/e, Oxford University Press, 2014.
References:
1. E. C. Jordan, EM Waves and Radiating Systems, PHI, 2/e Prentice Hall, 2012
2. David K. cheng, Field and Wave Electromagnetics, 2/e, Pearson Education, 1989
3. Electromagnetics with Applications, J.D. Kraus, D. A. Fleish, 5/e, McGraw Hill, 1999
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply vector calculus to understand the behaviour of static electric fields in standard
configurations. (L3)
2. Apply vector calculus to understand the behaviour of static magnetic fields in standard
configurations. (L3)
3. Describe and analyze electromagnetic wave propagation in free-space, conductor and

dielectric media. (L2)
justify the concept of electromagnetic waves in terms of transporting energy or
information (L6)

4. Describe the reflection of plane wave at normal and oblique incidence in free space and
dispersive media (L4).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 1 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 1 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 3 2 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:


L T P S J C
EECE3001 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite EECE1021: Signals and Systems

Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, Python

exposure
Course Description:
Unprecedented developments in the interpersonal communications and on demand

entertainment is enabled with the Digital Signal Processing (DSP) engineering. DSP is the heart
of digital revolution that brought music players, mobile phones, etc. into every walk of common
man life. It unified the electronics, communications, and computer science. All electronic
systems today use powerful DSP concepts as their foundations. A thorough understanding of
digital signal processing fundamentals and techniques is imparted in this course.
● To introduce the frequency analysis of discrete time LTI systems

● To identify different hardware structures for IIR systems
● To explain the numerical computation of DFT / FFT along with their properties and
applications
● To expose the design of IIR filters
● To expose the design of FIR filters
UNIT 1 Discrete Time Systems 8 hours
Transform Analysis of Discrete Time LTI Systems: Frequency response of LTI systems. System
Functions for Systems Characterized by Linear Constant Coefficient Difference Equations:
Stability, causality, impulse response for rational system functions. Structures for IIR Discrete
Time Systems: Direct, parallel and cascade form.
UNIT 2 Discrete Fourier Transform 7 hours
The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT): Representation of periodic sequences. The discrete
Fourier series, Fourier representation of finite duration sequences, the discrete Fourier
Transform (DFT), computation of DFT, properties of the DFT, circular convolution and linear
convolution using DFT, overlap-add method, overlap-save method.
UNIT 3 Fast Fourier Transform 5 hours

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT): Radix-2 decimation-in-time and decimation-in-frequency FFT

algorithms, inverse FFT.
UNIT 4 Design of IIR Filters 9 hours
Design of IIR Filters: Design of analog prototypes from digital filter specifications using
Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations, design of IIR filters from analog filters,
Butterworth filters and Chebyshev filters design using impulse invariance, bilinear
transformation
UNIT 5 Design of FIR Filters 8 hours
Design of FIR Filters: Linear discrete time systems with generalized linear phase, design of
linear phase FIR filters using window functions (rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Blackman
and Kaiser) frequency sampling technique.
Part 1: Digital Signal Processing System Design/Simulation with MATLAB (Using

MATLAB/Octave/Python)
1. Generation of discrete time signals in time domain.
2. Implementation of discrete time systems in time domain.
3. Frequency analysis of discrete time signals using DTFT.
4. Frequency analysis of discrete time systems using DTFT
5. Discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and properties
6. FIR filter design.
7. IIR filter design.
Part 2: Real-Time Digital Signal Processing Implementation (Using TMS320C6478 LCDK Kit)
1. Study of TMS320C6478 DSK and code composer studio.
2. Sinusoidal waveform generation.
3. FIR filter implementation on LCDK Kit.
4. IIR filter implementation on LCDK Kit.
5. Mini project on DSP (Example: DTMF generation and detection using correlation
processing/FFT).

Textbooks:
1. A.V. Oppenheim, R. W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
References:
1. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and

Applications, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Sanjay K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing- A Computer Based Approach, 4/e, Tata Mc
Graw Hill Publications, 2011
3. Ifeachor E.C, Jervis B.W, Digital Signal Processing – A Practical Approach, 2/e, Pearson
Education, 2002
Course Outcomes:
1. list the advantages of digital signal processing over analog signal processing (L1)
2. describe discrete time signals and generate them using MATLAB
3. describe the frequency domain analysis of discrete time signals and systems and carry
out the analysis using MATLAB
4. realize a digital filter in different forms and compare their complexity
5. compute the DFT/IDFT of a sequence and understand the complexity issues
6. design a digital FIR/IIR filter for given design specification and implement design using
MATLAB

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 1 2 2
CO2 2 1 1 2 2
CO3 2 1 2 3 2
CO4 3 1 1 2 1
CO5 2 2 1 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3011 DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite EECE1021: Signals and Systems

Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, EECE2011: Analog Communications
exposure
Course Description:
Noise-free and reliable long-distance communication has become a reality due to the advances
in digital communications. This course introduces the process of analog-to-digital conversion
and elaborates on techniques communicating digital data in both power limited and
bandlimited channels. Noise performance of various digital modulation schemes is also
introduced to create insight on choice of proper digital modulation technique for a particular
application
● To expose the student to advantages of digital communication over analog

communications
● To represent information in analog signal using digital samples using sampling,
quantization and encoding
● To elaborate the Understanding Inter Symbol Interference and methods to mitigate
its effect
● To expose the student to digital passband modulation techniques and illustrate
power vs bandwidth trade-offs
● To compare the noise performance of different digital modulation schemes
UNIT 1 Analog to Digital Conversion 8 hours
Advantages of Digital Communication over Analog Communication Systems. Analog to Digital

Conversion: sampling process, pulse modulation schemes- pulse amplitude, pulse width,
pulse position modulation. pulse code modulation (PCM), differential pulse code
modulation, delta modulation, time division multiplexing.
UNIT 2 Baseband Transmission Of Digital Data 7 hours

Baseband Transmission of Digital Data: The Intersymbol Interference Problem, The Nyquist
Channel, Raised-Cosine Pulse Spectrum, Baseband Transmission of M-ary Data, The Eye
Pattern.
UNIT 3 Digital Band-Pass Modulation Techniques 9 hours
Binary Amplitude-Shift Keying, Phase-Shift Keying, Frequency-Shift Keying, Summary of

Three Binary Signalling Schemes, Noncoherent Digital Modulation Schemes, M-ary Digital
Modulation Schemes, Mapping of Digitally Modulated Waveforms onto Constellations of
Signal Points.
UNIT 4 Noise in Digital Communications 5 hours
Bit Error Rate, Detection of a Single Pulse in Noise, Optimum Detection of Binary PAM in
Noise, Optimum Detection of BPSK, Detection of QPSK and QAM in Noise, Optimum
Detection of Binary FSK, Differential Detection in Noise, Summary of Digital Performance
UNIT 5 Spread Spectrum and OFDM Communication Techniques 8 hours
Spread Spectrum Modulation: Pseudo-noise sequences, notion of spread spectrum, direct

sequence spread spectrum with coherent binary phase shift keying, Frequency hop spread
spectrum. Introduction to Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Modulation and
Demodulation in an OFDM System, Applications of OFDM.
1. MATLAB Simulation of Sampling and reconstruction of analog signals.
2. MATLAB Implementation of Uniform Quantizer and quantization noise analysis
3. MATLAB Simulation of DPCM scheme
4. PCM transmission
5. Simulation of Baseband Transmission and Equalization using MATLAB Simulink
6. MATLAB Simulink modelling of ASK Generation and Detection
7. MATLAB Simulink modelling of PSK Generation and Detection
8. MATLAB Simulink modelling of FSK Generation and Detection
9. Simulation and Noise Performance Analysis of Digital modulation schemes using

MATLAB/Simulink/ LABVIEW/MULTISIM.
10. Real-Time Implementation of Digital Modulation Schemes on SDR Kits

11. MATLAB Implementation of Spread Spectrum and Orthogonal Frequency Division

Multiplexing Systems
Textbooks:
1. Simon Haykin, Michael Moher, Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications, 2/e
Wiley, 2007.
2. Proakis, Salehi, Fundamentals of Communication Systems, 2/e, Pearson Education,

2017
References:
1. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems 4/e, Wiley, 2001.
2. Proakis, Salehi, Communication Systems Engineering, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2010.
3. P. Ramakrishna Rao, Communication Systems, 2/e, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publications,

2018.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the sampling of analog signals and their reconstruction in time and frequency
domain
2. Explain the time division multiplexing of analog telephone signals using pulse code
modulation
3. Describe the different carrier modulation schemes and compare their BER performance
and bandwidth requirements
4. Derive the Nyquist criterion for distortion less baseband transmission.
5. Distinguish between band-limited and power–limited systems and their constraints.
6. Describe the generation and detection of DS and FH spread spectrum, OFDM systems

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 2 1 3 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 1 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3022 ANTENNA ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite EECE2051: Electromagnetic Waves
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
In today’s world, all modes of communications are tending towards wireless. Any wireless
device is to be equipped with antenna, which converts the energy suitably for radiation into
free space or vice versa. Concepts of radiation and various types of antennas based on various
classifications are introduced in this course. Synthesis of antennas, that is, building an antenna
array for generating a desired radiation pattern is also presented.
● To introduce the basic characteristics and fundamental parameters of antennas

● To familiarize the concepts of wire antennas
● To acquaint the student with knowledge of high frequency antennas
● To impart knowledge about types of antenna arrays and their analysis and synthesis
● To introduce antennas for mobile communications
UNIT 1 Antenna Characteristics 5 hours
Introduction, historical advancements, types, radiation mechanism, review of fundamental

parameters – radiation pattern, power density, intensity, directivity, gain, beam width, band
width, efficiency, polarization, impedance, effective height, equivalent areas, Friis
transmission equation
UNIT 2 Wire Antennas 5 hours
Radiation from Small Electric Dipole, Quarter Wave Monopole and Half Wave Dipole –
Current Distributions, Field Components, Radiated Power, Radiation Resistance, Beam
Width, Directivity, Effective Area and Effective Height, Natural Current Distributions, Far
Fields
UNIT 3 Aperture Antennas 5 hours
Point Sources – Definition, Patterns, arrays of 2 Isotropic Sources - Different Cases, Principle
of Pattern Multiplication, Uniform Linear Arrays – Broadside Arrays, Endfire Arrays, EFA with

Increased Directivity, BSAs with Non-uniform Amplitude Distributions – General

Considerations and Binomial Arrays.
UNIT 4 Antenna Arrays and Synthesis 9 Hours
Antenna Synthesis: Introduction, Continuous Sources, Schelkunoff Polynomial Method and

Fourier transform Method
UNIT 5 Antennas for Mobile Applications 8 hours
Antennas for Mobile Communication: Introduction, Characteristics of MSAs, Feeding

Techniques, Methods of Analysis Regularly Shaped Broadband MSAs: Introduction, RMSAs
Text Books:
1. Contantine A. Balanis, Antenna Analysis and Design, 3/e, Wiley Publications, 2009.
2. Broadband Microstrip Antennas, Girish Kumar,K. P. Ray, Artech House antennas and
propagation library)
References:
1. A.R. Harish, M. Sachidananda, Antennas and Wave Propagation, 1/e, Oxford

University Press, 2007.
List of Experiments
The laboratory component shall include the below experiments (but not limited to)
1. Design and measure all the antenna parameters and polarization of half wave dipole
antenna (Using HFSS)
2. Design and measure all the antenna parameters and polarization of quarter wave
monopole antenna (Using HFSS)
3. Design and measure all the antenna parameters and polarization of a horn antenna
(Using HFSS)
4. Design an N-element linear array and plot its antenna radiation pattern and measure
the antenna parameters (Using MATLAB)
5. Design an N-element broadside and end fire array and plot their radiation pattern
(Using MATLAB)
6. Design a linear array for given specifications using Schelkunoff polynomial method
(Using MATLAB)
7. Design and measure all the antenna parameters and polarization of microstrip patch
antenna (Using HFSS)
8. Design and measure all the antenna parameters of microstrip patch antenna array
(Using HFSS)
9. Design Project / Case Studies

Course Outcomes:

Explain the radiation mechanism of an antenna and its fundamental parameters and
observe practically the radiation pattern of antennae(L2).
1. Distinguish the wired antennas based on their field components(L2).

2. Examine the radiation pattern of aperture antennas theoretically and practically(L3).
3. Explain how to improve the strength and directivity of antenna using antenna arrays
(L2).
4. Identify the requirement of microstrip and smart antenna in applications(L2).
5. design micro strip antenna using simulation software (L6).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 3 1 3 1
CO2 2 3 3 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 1 2 2
APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3031 COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3011: Digital Communications
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the student to the fundamental principles and tools used in building data
communication networks. This course shall augment other courses that require networking
services including Internet of things, Wireless Networks and Wireless Sensor networks.
● To introduce the basics of computer network technology, typical network scenarios,

layering models and service descriptions
● To familiarize the principles and usage of networking applications including web,
HTTP, DNS and socket programming
● To acquaint the principles and design issues of transport layer services and the
protocols supporting these services for different network applications
● To acquaint the data plane and control plane aspects of network layer
● To demonstrate the data link layer aspects and physical layer technologies enabling
the internet
UNIT 1 Computer Networks and the Internet 8 hours
Services description and definition of protocol, Network Edge and Network Core. Delay, Loss
and Throughput in Packet-Switched Networks, Protocols layers and their service models.
UNIT 2 Application Layer 7 hours
Wire Antennas: Infinitesimal dipole, small dipole antenna, half wavelength dipole, region of
separation, ground effects, image theory.
UNIT 3 Transport Layer 9 hours
Transport Layer: Introduction to transport layer services, multiplexing and demultiplexing,

connectionless transport: UDP, principles of reliable data transfer, connection-oriented
transport: TCP.

UNIT 4 Network Layer 8 Hours
Network Layer (Data Plane): Overview of network layer, Internet Protocol: IPv4, Addressing,
IPv6. Network Layer (Control Plane): Routing algorithms, Internet control message protocol
(ICMP).
UNIT 5 Link Layer and LANs: 8 hours
Link Layer and LANs: Introduction to the link layer, error detection and correction techniques,
multiple access links and protocols, switched local area networks. Wireless links and network
characteristics, 802.11 Wireless LANs.
1. Basic Networking: Network interface exercises, ARP exercises, Exercises with ICMP
and ping, Exercises with IP address and subnets mask
2. Bridges, LANs and the Cisco IOS: Exercises on Cisco IOS, A simple bridge experiment,
Spanning tree exercises, Exercise on the Cisco IOS web browser UI
3. Static and dynamic routing: A simple router experiment, RIP exercises, Routing
experiments with ICMP, OSPF exercise, Static routing experiment, Traceroute
experiment
4. UDP and its applications: Using the sock program, UDP exercises, Path MTU discovery
exercise, Exercises with FTP and TFTP
5. TCP IP and its applications: Exercises on TCP connection control, Exercise on TCP
interactive data flow, Exercise on TCP bulk data flow, Exercises on TCP timers and
retransmission
6. The Web, DHCP: Socket programming, HTTP exercises, DHCP exercises
Textbooks:
1. J. F. Kurose and K. W. Ross, “Computer Networking – A top down approach featuringthe

Internet”, 5/e, Pearson Education, 2017
References:
1. L. Peterson and B. Davie, “Computer Networks – A Systems Approach”, 5/e, Elsevier

India, 2011
2. B. A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
3. Andrew Tanenbaum, “Computer networks”, 7/e, Prentice Hall, 2015.

4. D. Comer, “Computer Networks and Internet/TCP-IP”, Prentice Hall of India, 2007
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the notion of services, protocols, layering and fundamentals metrics of data
networks(L1)
2. Appreciate the need and operation of different application layer protocols and their
services(L1).
3. Explain the different transport layer services, protocols and their operation(L4).
4. Demonstrate the architecture of internet and identify the use of different routing
algorithms (L4).
5. Compare the capabilities and use of different MAC layer protocols, devices
employed in different physical layer technologies (L4).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 2
CO4 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 3

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

MICROPROCESSORS AND L T P S J C
EECE3041
MICROCONTROLLERS 3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE2021: Digital Logic Design
exposure
Course Description:
Electronic gadgets became part and parcel of a common man these days. Microcontroller is an
essential heart of any electronic gadget. It is the device which is responsible for the operation
the gadget whatever may be the application of use. Microprocessor is that component which
drives the microcontroller. Essential features of the microprocessor as well as the
microcontroller are introduced in this course. Interfacing this controller with many a number of
peripherals is also treated elaborately
● To familiarize the concepts and architecture of 16 bit microprocessor 8086

● To explain assembly language programming of 8086 microprocessor
● To demonstrate the architecture, instruction set and programming of 8051
microcontroller
● To impart the knowledge of C programming to interface various peripherals like data
converters, timers, serial port etc
● To demonstrate microcontroller based embedded system
UNIT 1 8086 Architecture 8 hours
The Processor 8086: Register organization of 8086, architecture of 8086, signal description
of 8086, physical memory organization, I/O addressing capability.
UNIT 2 Instruction Set and Interrupts 7 hours
Instruction Set and Interrupts: Addressing modes of 8086, instruction set of 8086, assembly
language programs (example programs), interrupts and interrupt service routines, interrupt
cycle of 8086, non-maskable interrupt, maskable interrupt (INTR).

UNIT 3 8051 Microcontroller 5 hours
Introduction to Microcontroller 8051: Intel family of 8 bit microcontrollers, architecture,

signal description, register set of 8051, important operational features of 8051, program
status word (PSW).
UNIT 4 Programming 8051 Timers and Serial Ports 9 Hours
Programming 8051 Timers and Serial Port: Basic registers of timer, modes of operation,
programming timers in C (examples), Basics of serial communication, baud rate in 8051,
SBUF, SCON, serial port programming in C (examples).
UNIT 5 Interfacing 8051 with ADC/DAC 8 hours
Interfacing of Peripherals to 8051: ADC 0808/0809 chip with 8 analog channels, programming
ADC 0808/0809 in C, DAC interfacing DAC 0808, programming DAC in C. Introduction to ARM
Processor: The ARM family history, ARM family variations.
1. Experiments with Microprocessor 8086 using Assembler:

2. Arithmetic operations on 8 bit and 16 bit operands.
3. Transfer block of data from one memory location to another memory location.
4. Programs using monitor routines.
5. Compute maximum, minimum and sorting (ascending and descending).
6. Generate Fibonacci series, average of N numbers and factorial of N.
Experiments with Microcontroller 8051 using Keil-C51:
1. Arithmetic operations on 8051.

2. Transfer given string serially with suitable baud rate.
3. Generation of waveforms using timers of 8051.
4. Interface DAC with 8051 to generate waveforms.
5. Interface ADC with 8051 to read analog data and display read data.
Simulation Experiments with ARM Development System
1. Demonstration of ARM Development System and Tools
2. Basic Experiments involving memory and I/O interfacing
Textbooks:
1. AK Ray, KM Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, 2/e,Tata McGraw

Hill Publications, 2009.

2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie, Mazidi, Rolin D. Mc Kinlay, The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and C, Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002
3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, SepehrNaimi, Janice Mazidi, ARM Assembly
Language Programming &Architecture, Pearson Education, 2002
References:
1. Barry B. Brey, The Intel Microprocessors: Architecture, Programming and Interfacing,

8/e, Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, 8086 Micro Processor: Programming and Interfacing the PC, 1/e,
Delmar Cengage Learning, 2007.
3. Douglas V Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, 2/e,

Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2006.
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the concepts of architecture, instruction set and addressing modes of

8086 microprocessor.
2. Develop programs of 8086 microprocessor to perform various tasks and verify the
programs with 8086 kits.
3. Differentiate between microprocessor and microcontroller and understand the

basics of 8051 microcontroller and perform experiments with microcontroller 8051
using Keil-C51.
4. Interpret the interfacing of microcontroller with different peripheral devices such as

timers, serial port, ADC and DAC etc. and verifying it practically using trainer kits.
5. Identify the architectural highlights of ARM processors.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 2 3
CO2 1 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 3
CO5 1 3 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3051 VLSI DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite EECE2021: Digital Logic Design
Co-requisite None
Preferable SPICE
exposure
Course Description:
VLSI Design allows large number of electronic devices to be integrated in a single small chip
resulting in high speed of operation and low power dissipation. This has dramatically improved
the evolution of telecommunication systems and electronic appliances. This course introduces
the student to the two popular VLSI design methodologies including FPGA design and full
custom IC design. FPGAs are used in the design of low-volume digital integrated circuits with
reconfigurability and less design time. Full custom methodology allows high-volume design of
integrated circuits with low area, high speed and ultra-low-power dissipation. Further, students
will be exposed to industry-standard FPGA boards and IC design tools.
● To introduce the design flow of integrated circuits using hardware description

languages and programmable logic devices.
● To explain the architecture and usage of different types of programmable logic
devices including PLAs, PLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs
● To describe semiconductor technology evolution, the different steps of IC fabrication
process and appreciate the role of mask layout in the design process.
● To provide an understanding of the constraints imposed by fabrication engineer and
learn to prepare mask layouts as per design rules
● To comprehend the design of combinational and sequential circuits from MOS
schematic to layout.
UNIT 1 Modeling Digital Circuits with HDLs 10 hours
VLSI Design Methodologies: Computer Aided Design: Hardware description languages,

Verilog description of combinational circuits, Verilog modules, Verilog assignments,
procedural assignments, modeling flip-flops using always block, delays in Verilog,
compilation, simulation, and synthesis of Verilog code, Verilog data types and operators,
simple synthesis examples, Verilog models for multiplexers, modeling registers, counters and

finite state machines using Verilog always statements, behavioral and structural Verilog,
testing a Verilog model
UNIT 2 Programmable Logic Devices 6 hours
Programmable Logic Devices: Simple programmable logic devices (SPLDs), Complex

programmable logic devices (CPLDs), Field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), implementing
functions in FPGAs.
UNIT 3 Full Custom IC Design 7 hours
IC Design Technology: Integrated Circuit (IC) era, Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) and
related VLSI technology, basic MOS transistors, enhancement mode transistor action, NMOS
fabrication, CMOS fabrication, comparison of NMOS, CMOS, BICMOS, GaAs technologies.
Basic Electrical Properties of MOS Circuits: Drain current vs drain-source voltage
relationships, MOS transistor threshold voltage, pass transistor, NMOS inverter, CMOS
inverter
UNIT 4 MOS Circuit Design Process 9 Hours
MOS Circuit Design Process: MOS Layers, stick diagrams, design rules and layout, 2µm micron
based design rules, layout diagrams, symbolic diagrams. CMOS Circuit and Layout Design
using Static Complementary CMOS Logic Style. Delay and Power Analysis of CMOS Logic
Circuits
UNIT 5 Subsystem Design and Layout 8 hours
Subsystem Design and Layout: Some architectural issues, switch logic, gate (restoring) logic,
examples of structured design, parity generator, multiplexers, general logic function block.
Design of Latches and Flipflops using Static Complementary CMOS
Part 1: FPGA Implementation of Digital Circuits
1. Verilog modelling, simulation and FPGA implementation of combinational logic

circuits: basic gates, multiplexer, comparator, adder/subtractor.
2. Verilog modelling, simulation and FPGA implementation of combinational building

blocks: Multipliers, decoders, address decoders, parity generator, ALU.
3. Verilog modelling, simulation and FPGA implementation of sequential logic circuits:

D-Latch, D-Flip flop, registers.
4. Verilog modelling, simulation and FPGA implementation of sequential building

blocks: Ripple counters, synchronous counters, shift registers (serial-to-parallel,
parallel-to-serial)

5. Verilog modelling, simulation, and FPGA implementation of finite state machines:

Mealy state machine, Moore state machine,
6. Digital system design examples: GCD processor example, arithmetic multiplier.
Part 2: Full Custom Design of Digital Circuits
Full custom IC design flow: Schematic, symbol, simulation, layout, Design Rule Checking (DRC),
layout vs. schematic (LVS), RC Extraction (RCX) and post layout simulation of
1. CMOS inverter
2. NAND gate
3. Complex Gates
4. One-bit full adder
5. D-flip flop.
6. Delay and Power Analysis of CMOS Digital Circuits
Textbooks:
1. Charles H. Roth, Lizy Kurian John, ByeongKil Lee, Digital Systems Design using Verilog,
1/e, Cengage Learning, 2016
2. Douglas A, Pucknell, Kamran Eshraghian, Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, 1/e,
Prentice Hall, 2012.
3. Weste, Harris, CMOS VLSI Design, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2014
References:
1. Kang, Leblibici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. Jan M. Rabaey, Digital Integrated Circuits, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Jackson, Hodges, Analysis and Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, 3/e, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2010
Course Outcomes:
1. Model combinational/sequential logic circuits and their testbenches at different

levels of abstraction in Verilog (L3).
2. Describe and compare the architectures of different programmable logic devices

(L2).
3. Explain the evolution of IC technology and its fabrication process (L1).
4. Derive the stick diagram and mask layout for a given MOS circuit (L5).

5. Build combination and sequential building blocks at the subsystem level using
different MOS circuit styles (L5).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 3
CO5 1 3 3 3
PPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

Programme Elective

L T P S J C
EECE1071 BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
• To understand the fundamental concepts and principles of battery technologies

• To identify the selection of appropriate battery types for specific requirements
• To develop problem-solving skills related to designing and optimizing battery systems.
• To analyse the performance and durability of various batteries
• To explore emerging trends in the context of energy storage and electric vehicles
Course Contents:
UNIT 1: Primary and Secondary Batteries 7

hours
Definition and basic concept of primary batteries. Historical development and early types
(zinc-carbon, alkaline) Electrochemical reactions in primary batteries, Anode, and cathode
processes. Types of Primary Batteries, Types of Secondary Batteries, Advantages, and
limitations.
UNIT 2: Lithium Based Batteries 7

hours
Components of Lithium-ion cell and their functions, Working of Lithium-ion cell, Types of
Lithium-ion cell and their comparison, Lithium-ion battery safety-mechanisms, Cathode &
Anode materials.
UNIT 3: Solid State Batteries 8

hours

Basic design and operation, Battery parameters and state of the art characterization
techniques, Cathode and Anode materials for solid state batteries, Electrolytes for solid state
batteries
UNIT 4: Battery Comparison, Manufacturing, and Packaging 9

hours
Battery comparison related to performance, durability, and safety of these batteries in the
electric vehicle applications. manufacturing aspects of cylindrical, pouch and prismatic cells,
modules, and packs for electric vehicle applications.
UNIT 5: Batteries and Electric Vehicles 9

hours
Electric Vehicle Operation, Battery Basics, Introduction to Electric Vehicle Batteries, Fuel Cell
Technology, Choice of a Battery Type for Electric Vehicles. Battery thermal characteristics and
challenges, Active and passive cooling strategies for batteries, Thermal runaway prevention
and mitigation. Battery sizing, Understanding of SOC, Cell balancing, BMS topologies, SoC
estimation.
Textbooks:
1. Nalini, B., Abhilash, K.P., Nithyadharseni, P., 2022. Solid State Batteries-Design,
Challenges and Market Demands. Springer International Publishing
2. Reddy, T.B., 2011. Linden's handbook of batteries. McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Díaz-González, F., Sumper, A. and Gomis-Bellmunt, O., 2016. Energy storage in power
systems. John Wiley & Sons.
4. Scrosati, B., Abraham, K.M., van Schalkwijk, W.A. and Hassoun, J. eds., 2013. Lithium
batteries: advanced technologies and applications. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Scrosati, B., Garche, J. and Tillmetz, W. eds., 2015. Advances in battery technologies
for electric vehicles. Woodhead Publishing.
Course Outcomes: At the end of this course the student should be able to:
• Describe various types of battery mechanism based on electro chemical reactions (L1)
• Classify different types of batteries based on type of design and material used (L2)
• Apply mathematical formulas for designing the batteries and their parameter
calculation(L3)
• Analyze performance, durability, and safety procedures for manufacturing of

batteries(L4)
• Evaluate a problem description in electric vehicles and predict optimal choice of
battery configuration (L5)
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO4 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO5 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1

L T P S J C
EECE2141 TELECOMMUNICATIONS FOR SOCIETY 3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Introduction
A large number of telecommunication technologies are serving different needs of the society
including landline telephones, mobile phones, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, infrared, optical and satellite
systems. This course gives a introductory overview of features, equipment, capabilities and
operation of the above communication technologies.
Course Objectives:
• To acquaint the students to telephone network system using tradition, internet systems
used for voice/fax communication
• To familiarize the students to cellular wireless networks, their evolution, services, data
rates and systems
• To expose the student to different personal and medium-haul wireless networks
including Bluetooth, Zigbee, Wi-fi and RFID systems
• To provide an understanding of optical networks that connect different telephone,
wireless, ISPs and other networks together to provide ultra high data rate
communication over long distances
• To familiarize the students to satellite communication systems that provide long
distance over the horizon wireless communication, television broadcasting and location
services
Module I 7hours
Telecommunication Systems: Telephones, Telephone System, Facsimile, Internet Telephony.
Module II 7 hours
Cell Phone Technologies: Cellular Telephone Systems, A Cellular Industry Overview, 2G and
3G Digital Cell Phone Systems, Long Term Evolution and 4G Cellular Systems, Base Stations
and Small Cells.
Module III 7 hours

Wireless Technologies: Wireless LAN, PANs and Bluetooth, ZigBee and Mesh Wireless
Networks, WiMAX and Wireless Metropolitan-Area Networks, Infrared Wireless, Radio-
Frequency Identification and Near-Field Communications, Ultrawideband Wireless,
Additional Wireless Applications.

Module IV 7 hours
Optical Communication: Optical Principles, Optical Communication Systems, Fiber-Optic
Cables, Optical Transmitters and Receivers, Wavelength-Division Multiplexing, Passive Optical
Networks, 40/100-Gbps Networks and Beyond.
Module V 7 hours
Satellite Communication: Satellite Orbits, Satellite Communication Systems, Satellite
Subsystems, Ground Stations, Satellite Applications, Global Navigation Satellite Systems
Text Book(s)
1. Louis E. Frenzel Jr., Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, 4/e, Mc Graw

Hill Publications, McGraw-Hill Education, 2016.
References
1. Wayne Tomasi, Electronic Communication Systems, 5/e, Pearson Education, 2009.

2. Wayne Tomasi, Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, 4/e, Pearson
Education, 2013.
3. Dennis Roddy, Electronic Communications, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2003.
Course Outcomes
• Describe the landline telephone network system and enumerate the different services
(L2)
• Explain the cellular wireless networking systems, their evolution, services, data rates
and systems (L2)
• Identify the proper wireless communication technology for a given application
depending on distance, datarate, portability requirements. (L3)
• List the different sources, channels and detectors for optical communication and
enumerate the data rates achieved with different technologies (L3)
• demonstrate the knowledge, operation and services of different satellite and local
technologies (L2)

L T P S J C
EECE2151 ELECTRONIC APPLIANCES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Introduction:
This course provides a bird’s eye view of physical construction, specifications, and applications of different
electronic appliances we see around in our daily life. Extensive emphasis is placed on cell phone technology,
networking equipment, digital audio and video equipment and industrial control devices.
Course Objectives
• to familiarize the student to the concepts of cellular networks, digital modulation techniques,
wireless transmission methods and location technology
• to expose the student to different long-haul and short-haul networks, their distance
limitations, transmission rates and physical channel characteristics
• to acquaint the knowledge of standards, equipment and quality of digital audio used in
personal audio and broadcast audio applications
• to familiarize the format of digital video signals and acquaint the different video transmission
and storage technologies
• to impart the knowledge of electronic application used for industrial automation and control
Module I 7 hours
Cell Phones: Introduction, The Cellular Concept, What ’s Inside a Cell Phone? What Type of Cell
Phone Do You Have?, Digital Modulation and Wireless Transmission Methods Access Methods and
Duplexing, OFDMA, A Look Inside a 3G Cell Phone, The Latest Cell Phone Technology, Mobile TV,
Location Technology
Module II 7 hours
Networking: Introduction, Is Everything Networked? Types of Networks, Network Interconnection
Methods, Wired Networking Technologies, Types of Cables, Ethernet, How Is Ethernet Used? SONET,
Optical Transport Network, How the Internet Works, Wireless networks, Broadband Technology.
Module III 7 hours

Audio Electronics: Introduction, The Nature of Sound, Digital Audio, AV Receiver, Special Sound
Applications.

Module IV 7 hours
Video Technology: Introduction, Video Fundamentals, 3D Television, Cable Television, Satellite TV,
Cellphone TV, Closed circuit TV, Digital Video Discs.
Module V 7 hours
Industrial Control: Introduction, Open and Closed loop control, Sensors, Output devices, Thyristors,
Programmable Logic controllers.
Text Book(s)
1. Louis E. Frenzel Jr., Electronics Explained, Elsevier Publications, 2010.
References
1. Wayne Tomasi, Electronic Communication Systems, 5/e, Pearson Education, 2009.
Course Outcomes
• list the different specifications and transmission/location technologies used by cell phones
(L2)
• choose the appropriate networking technology for internetworking based on distance,
datarate, channel characteristics (L3)
• enumerate the different audio transmission/storage standards used in personal and audio
receiver devices (L3)
• describe the format of digital video signals and choose an appropriate video transmission and
storage technologies based on capacity and quality requirements (L2)
• elaborate the usage of different devices used for industrial automation and control (L2)

L T P S J C
EECE2161 PRACTICAL ELECTRONICS
2 1 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Many engineering products integrate electronic circuitry for converting physical signals into electrical
quantities and vice versa. This course introduces the operation of (and design using) electronic
components and systems. The course further demonstrates the usage and design of electronic
components including amplifiers, filters, power supplies, oscillators, and actuators
Course Objectives:
● To demonstrate the use of electronic measurement/testing devices and passive

components used in electronic system design
● To acquaint the different choices for power supply design based on ampere-hour
rating and their design aspects
● To familiarize the different circuit topologies for amplifying demonstrate the sensing
and actuation of physical quantities and their interfacing with Raspberry PI.
● To familiarize the different types of filters and their design aspects
● To demonstrate the usage and design aspects of electromechanical systems and signal
sources
Unit – I 8 Hours
Common Circuit Design Techniques: Testing and Measurement Devices: Drawing Circuits, Series-
Dropping Resistor, Voltage Dividers, Special Sensor Resistors, Potentiometers, Variable Voltage
Dividers, Transistor Switches. Design Examples and Projects
Unit – II 8 Hours
Power Supply Design: Power Supply Choices and Specifications, Common Voltages, Designing a
Battery Supply, Ampere-Hour Ratings, Battery Supply Design Procedure, Specifying a Linear Supply,
Linear Supply Design Procedure, Linear Supply Design Example, Design Projects
Unit – III 8 Hours
Amplifier Design: Amplifier Types, Specifying Amplifiers, A Microphone Amplifier, Designing with Op
Amps, Primary Op Amp Application Circuits, Differential Amplifier, Power, Amplifiers, Design Projects

Unit – IV 8 Hours
Filter Design: Types of Filters, Filter Specifications, Filter Design Guidelines, Filter Response Options,
RC Filter Design, Bandpass LC Filters, Band Reject Filters. Design Project
Unit – V 8 Hours
Signal Source Design: Signal Source Specifications, Sine Wave Oscillators, Clock Oscillators,
Multivibrators, Frequency Synthesizers, Design Project. Electromechanical Design: Switches, Relays,
Solenoids, Motors, Motor Control, Servo Motors, Design Project
Text Books
1. Louis E. Frenzel, Practical Electronic Design for Experimenters, Mc Graw Hill Publications,
2020.
References
1. Simon Monk, Hacking Electronics, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 2017

2. Simon Monk, Electronics Cookbook,
Course Outcomes
● demonstrate the use of electronic measurement/testing devices and passive components

used in electronic system design (L2)
● choose the appropriate power supply system specifications for an electronics application and
design the relevant circuit. (L4)
● choose and design the appropriate amplifier circuit topology for speech, instrumentation or
high-power applications (L3)
● derive the appropriate specifications for a filter based on noise / interference signals and
design the relevant circuit (L4)
● describe the usage of different electromechanical systems and signal sources (L2)

L T P S J C
EECE2171 ARDUINO FOR BEGINNERS
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Introduction
This course exposes engineering (or non-engineering students) to simple way of building low cost,
easy to use, embedded computing systems using Arduino for their products. Arduino is an open-
source electronics platform based on easy-to-use hardware and software. Arduino boards can read
inputs - light on a sensor, a finger on a button, or a Twitter message - and turn it into an output -
activating a motor, turning on an LED, publishing something online.
Course Objectives
● To expose the student to the Arduino board, specification, and IDE for developing
embedded control systems.
● To familiarize the different types of displays and their utility in different applications
● To demonstrate the use of different actuators and their interfacing with Arduino.
● To familiarize the different communication modules available for interfacing with
Arduino and relaying sensed data over the internet.
● To impart the knowledge of building embedded hardware and software projects
with emphasis on community service and engagement.
Unit – I 6 Hours
Introduction to Arduino UNO, Board features and Specifications, IDE Software and LED Blinking.
Switch and Sensor Interfacing: Temperature Sensor, Humidity Sensor, Ultrasonic Distance Sensor,
Accelerometer and Gyroscope
Unit – II 5 Hours
Interfacing Arduino with Displays: Liquid Crystal Displays, 7-segment displays, 8x8 dot matrix displays
Interfacing Arduino: Servo and Stepper Motors, DC Motors, Infrared sensor, RFID Applications
Unit – IV 5 Hours
Programming Arduino : Interfacing with SD Card Module, Screen Displays, Touch Screen, Camera
Unit- V 5 Hours
Communication Systems with Arduino: Interfacing Arduino with Bluetooth, GNSS, nRF24L01 radio
transceiver modules

List of Experiments
The laboratory component shall involve the use of Arduino Boards and Modules to carryout
the below experiments (but not limited to)
1. LED Blinking and Switch Sensing

2. Interfacing Arduino with Temperature and Ultrasonic Distance Sensor
3. Interfacing Arduino with LCD and 7-segment displays
4. Interfacing Arduino with Servo and Stepper Motors
5. Data Sensing and Logging into SD Card
6. Interfacing Arduino with Bluetooth
7. Interfacing Arduino with NRF24L01 Radio Module
8. Two mini projects
TextBooks
1. Neil Cameron, Arduino Applied, Comprehensive Projects for Everyday Electronics, Apress,
2019
1. Simon Monk, Programming Arduino, Getting Started with Sketches, Mcgraw hill
publications, 2016Rajesh Singh, Anita Gehlot, Bhupendra Singh, Sushabhan Choudhury,
Arduino meets MATLAB: Interfacing, Programs and Simulink, Bentham Science Publishers,
2018
References
1. Simon Monk, Programming Arduino, Next Steps, Mcgraw Hill Publications, 2018
2. Simon Monk, Hacking Electronics, 2/e, Mc Graw Hill Publications, 2019
3. https://in.mathworks.com/discovery/arduino-programming-matlab-simulink.html
4. Mitsuo Hirata, Ivan Godler, Control System Design: Getting Started with Arduino and
MATLAB, Techshare, 2016
Course Outcomes:
● enumerate the different features of the Arduino board, list their specifications, and
demonstrate the use of IDE for developing embedded control systems (L2)
● compare the different displays and demonstrate their interfacing with Arduino (L3)
● demonstrate the use of different actuators and their interfacing with Arduino (L3)
● analyze the proper communication modules for a particular application based on
data rate, distance, cost considerations (L3)
● design and build embedded hardware and software project with relevance to
community service and engagement (L4)

L T P S J C
EECE2181 RASPBERRY PI FOR BEGINNERS
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable Arduino for Beginners
exposure
This course exposes engineering (or non-engineering students) to simple way of building low cost,
high performance heavy weight embedded computing systems using Raspberry PI for their products.
The Raspberry Pi is a debit card-sized low-cost computer that connects to a computer Desktop or TV
and uses a standard mouse and Keyboard. It has a dedicated processor, memory, and a graphics driver,
just like a PC. It also comes with its operating system, Raspberry Pi OS, a modified version of Linux
Course Objectives:
● To expose the student to the Raspberry PI board, specification, and python library
support for developing embedded control systems (L2)
● To familiarize the basic python language constructs, programming environment and
different libraries for application development (L3)
● To demonstrate the sensing and actuation of physical quantities and their interfacing
with Raspberry PI.
● To familiarize the different communication modules available for interfacing with
Raspberry PI and relaying sensed data over the internet.
● To impart the knowledge of building embedded hardware and software projects with
emphasis on community service and engagement.
Unit – I 6 Hours
Raspberry PI Setup and Management: Introduction to Raspberry PI, Board features and
Specifications, Raspberry Pi Setup and Management, Operating System Installation and Interfacing
with VGA. Setting up IP Adresss, Wifi connection and Network printing
Unit – II 5 Hours
Python: Running Python Programs from the Terminal, Variables, Reading input and displaying
output, Strings and Manipulation, Operators and looping structures, Creating and Manipulating lists
and dictionaries.

Interfacing Raspberry PI with GPIO: Installing RPI.GPIO library, controlling hardware (LED, Servo
Motors, DC Motors.
Unit – IV 5 Hours
Interfacing Raspberry PI with Sensors and Actuators: Resistive Sensor, Temperature Sensor, ADCs
Unit- V 5 Hours
Setting up Raspberry PI Webserver, Publishing to Webservices, Robot Car

List of Experiments
The laboratory component shall involve the use of Raspberry PI 4 boards to carryout the
below experiments (but not limited to)
1. LED Blinking and Brightness control
2. Controlling Relays and Motors using User Interfaces
3. Measuring and Displaying Light, Temperature, Acceleration, Distance
4. Setting up webserver on Raspberry PI
5. Publishing to Web Services
6. Interfacing with Camera and Touch Screen
7. Design Projects
a. Home Automation System
b. Robot Car
TextBooks
1. Simon Monk, Raspberry Pi Cookbook, Oreilly Publications, 2018.
2. Simon Monk, Programming Raspberry PI, Getting Started with Python, 3/e, Mcgraw hill
publications, 2017
References
5. John C. Shovic, Raspberry Pi IoT Projects: Prototyping Experiments for Makers, Apress,
2016
6. Colin Dow, Internet of Things Programming Projects, Packt Publishing, 2018.
7. https://in.mathworks.com/discovery/raspberry-pi-programming-matlab-simulink.html
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kTXzaBOrEXY&list=PLn8PRpmsu08rl1WhIlK-gj2H-
6koUAHoh&index=12
Course Outcomes
● List the specifications of the Raspberry PI board, programming environment and python
library support for developing embedded control systems (L2)
● Develop python applications using built in libraries for interfacing with Raspberry PI
peripherals (L3)
● demonstrate the sensing and actuation of physical quantities and their interfacing with
Raspberry PI (L4)
● interface the different communication modules available for interfacing with Raspberry PI and
develop applications for relaying and obtaining the data from the internet (L4)
● design and build embedded hardware and software projects with emphasis on community
service and engagement

L T P S J C
INFORMATION THEORY AND ERROR
EECE3121
CONTROL CODING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3011: Digital Communications

exposure
Course Description:
This course provides a basic understanding of the measure of information, source coding,
channel capacity and channel coding techniques. Source coding is used to compress the size of
the data generated from digital source by reducing redundancy. Channel capacity is a much-
used metric for the maximum amount of traffic or signal that can move over a particular
infrastructure channel. Channel coding is used for error detection and/or error correction by
adding some redundant bits to source coded data in order to improve performance.
CourseEducational Objectives:
● To introduce the principles and applications of information theory in terms of

probability and entropy and practical aspects of data compression and source coding
techniques.
● To explain the quantitative measure of information which may be used in order to
build efficient solutions to communication engineering problems such as calculating
the capacity of a communication channel with and without noise.
● To explain linear block codes, cyclic codes and convolution coding techniques for
channel performance improvement against errors.
● To describe suitable error control coding technique for burst error correction.
UNIT 1 Source Coding 9 hours
Introduction to information theory, uncertainty and information, average mutual

information and entropy, source coding theorem, Huffman coding, the Lempel-Ziv
algorithm.
UNIT 2 Channel Capacity and Coding 5 hours
Channel models, channel capacity, information capacity theorem, the Shannon limit,
Channel Coding, Type of errors.

UNIT 3 Linear Block Codes 12 hours
Linear Block Codes for Error Correction: Introduction to error correcting codes, basic
definitions, matrix description of linear block codes, parity check matrix, decoding of a
linear block code, syndrome decoding. Cyclic Codes: Introduction to cyclic codes,
polynomials, the division algorithm for polynomials, a method for generating cyclic codes,
burst error correction, cyclic redundancy check (CRC) codes.
UNIT 4 Convolutional Codes 6 hours
Convolutional Codes: Introduction to convolutional codes, tree codes and trellis codes,
polynomial description of convolutional codes, distance notions for convolutional codes,
the generating function.
UNIT 5 Turbo and LDPC Codes 10 hours
Turbo Codes: Code concatenation, Concatenating codes in parallel, Iterative decoding of

turbo codes, implementing MAP. Low density parity check codes: Codes with sparse parity
check matrix. Decoding and encoding algorithms, High level architecture for LDPC
decoders
Textbooks:
1. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2/e, Tata McGraw- Hill,
2010.
2. Simon Haykin, Communication Systems, 4/e, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.
3. Yuan Zing, Practical Guide to Error Control Coding with MATLAB, Artech Book
Publishers, 2010.
References:
1. Amitabha Bhatacharya, Digital Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practices, 3/e,
Pearson Education, 2007.
3. Bruce Carlson, Paul B. Crilly, Communication Systems, 5/e, Tata McGraw Hill,
2009.
4. R.P Singh and S.D. Sapre, Communication Systems,2/e by Tata McGraw-Hill,2007
CourseOutcomes:
1. Determine the amount of information per symbol, information rate and Entropy of a
discrete memory less source (L4).
2. Design lossless source codes for discrete memory less source to improve the efficiency
of information transmission (L5)

3. Evaluate the information capacity of discrete memory less channels and determine
possible code rates achievable on such channels (L6)
4. Understand control of burst errors (L2).
5. Apply linear block codes, cyclic codes and convolutional codes for error correction and
error detection (L3).
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 1 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 3 1 2 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3131 WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite EECE3011: Digital Communications
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
Wireless communication involves the transmission of information over a distance without the
help of wires, cables or any other forms of electrical conductors. Wireless communication is
playing a vital role in present day communications. Wireless communication can be used for
cellular telephony, wireless access to the internet, wireless home networking, and so on.
● To understand about Radio wave propagation

● To study about fading and multipath effects on propagation
● To study and understand the different diversity techniques
● To understand about the cellular concepts
● To study about spread spectrum techniques in wireless communications
UNIT 1 Mobile Radio Propagation: Large Scale PathLoss 9 hours
Introduction of RADIO wave propagation, Free space propagation model, The Three Basic
Propagation Mechanisms, Reflection, Ground Reflection(Two Ray) model, Diffraction,
Scattering, Outdoor Propagation models, Okumura model, Hata model, Indoor
Propagation models.
UNIT 2 Mobile Radio Propagation: Small Scale fading and multipath 9 hours
Small scale multipath propagation, Impulse Response Model of a multipath channel,

parameters of the Mobile multipath channel, Types of small-scale fading, Rayleigh and
Ricean Distributions.
UNIT 3 Diversity Techniques 9 hours
Derivation of Selection Diversity Improvement, Derivation of Maximal Ratio Combining

Improvement, Practical Space Diversity Considerations, Selection Diversity, Feedback and
Scanning Diversity, Maximal Ratio Combining, Equal Ratio Combining, Polarization
Diversity, Frequency Diversity, Time Diversity, RAKE Receiver.

UNIT 4 Cellular Concept-System Design Fundamentals 9 hours
Introduction, Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff Strategies,

Interference and System Capacity,Trunking and Grade of Service, Improving Coverage and
Capacity in Cellular Systems.
UNIT 5 Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications 9 hours
Introduction, Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Time Division Multiple Access
(TDMA), Spread Spectrum Multiple Access, Space Division Multiple Access.
Textbooks:
1. Rappaport Thoedore S., Wireless Communications, Principles and Practice, 2/e,

Prentice Hall of India, 2003
References:
1. Haykin, S., Moher M., Modern Wireless Communications,1/e, Pearson Education,

2011.
2. Kamilo Feher, Wireless Digital Communications, 1/e, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.
3. Lee W.C.Y., Mobile Cellular Telecommunication, 2/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. Proakis J.G., Digital Communications, 5/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe about Radio wave propagation (L2)

2. Can explain about the effects of multipath and fading. (L2)
3. Can explain about different diversity techniques (L2)
4. Can analyse the Cellular System Design(L3)
5. Can understand the significance of spread spectrum in wireless communications(L2)

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 2
CO2 1 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE 3141 FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATIONS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
Recent years have seen an exponential increase in demand for large bandwidth and high data
rate applications. This is driven by rapid advances in the field of fiber optic communications. An
exhaustive understanding of optical fibers and fiber optic communications is necessary to
communication engineers to address future needs of high data rate communications. This
course introduces the student to optical fibers, optical sources and detectors, couplers and
connecters, wavelength division multiplexing, modulation techniques and applications of fiber
Optics.
1. To understand principle of light transmission in optical fibers.

2. To introduce types of optical fiber and its channel impairments
3. To familiarize the optical sources, detectors, couplers and connectors
4. To introduce modulation techniques, types of noise and detection
5. To explain the design considerations of fiber optic communication systems.
UNIT 1 Optic Fiber Waveguides 9 hours
Introduction, Ray theory, Step – Index Fiber, Graded – Index Fiber, optical fiber
configurations, Attenuation, Pulse Distortion and Information Rate in Optic Fibers,
Construction of Optic Fibers, Optic Fibers, Optic Fiber Cables.
UNIT 2 Light Sources and Detectors 9 hours
Light-Emitting Diodes, Light-Emitting – Diodes Operating Characteristics, Laser Principles,

Laser Diodes, Laser-Diode Operating Characteristics, Distributed – Feedback Laser Diode,
Optical Amplifiers, Fiber Laser, Principles of Photo detection, Photomultiplier,
Semiconductor Photodiode, PIN Photodiode, Avalanche Photodiode, comparison
between photodetectors.
UNIT 3 Couplers and Connectors 9 hours

Principles, Fiber end Preparation, Splices, Connectors, Source Coupling, Distribution

Networks and Fiber Components, Distribution Networks, Directional Couplers, Star
Couplers, Switches, Fiber Optical Isolator, Wavelength- Division Multiplexing.
UNIT 4 Modulation, Noise and Detection: 9 hours
Light-Emitting-Diode Modulation and Circuits, Laser-Diode Modulation and Circuits,

Analog-Modulation Formats, Digital-Modulation Formats, Optic Heterodyne Receivers,
Thermal and Shot Noise, Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Error Rates, Modal Noise, Amplifier Noise,
Laser Noise, and Jitter, Additional Noise Contributors, receiver Circuit Design.
UNIT 5 System Design and Fiber Optical Applications 9 hours
Analog System Design, Digital System Design, power budget and rise time budget
calculations, Applications of Fiber Optics.
Textbooks:
1. Joseph. C. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communications”, Pearson Education, Asia, 2002.
2. John Powers,” Fiber Optic Systems” Irwin Publications, 1997.
3. Howes M.J., Morgan, D.V,” Optical Fiber Communication”, John Wiley.1992.
4. John M.Senior, “Optical Fiber Communication: Principles and Practice”, 2/e, Pearson
Education, 2006
References:
1. Gerd Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, 4/e, Tata McGrawHill, 2008.
2. S. C. Gupta, Text Book on Optical Fibre Communication and its Applications,

3. D. K. Mynbaev, Gupta, Scheiner, Fiber Optic Communications, Pearson Education,

India, 2005.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the advantages and applications of Fiber Optic Communications (L3).

2. Distinguish between the various modes of operation of Optical fibers (L2).
3. Identify the various causes for signal degradation due to losses, dispersion,
polarization (L2).
4. Describe the optical detectors, couplers and connecters and their applications in Fiber
optic communications(L4).
5. Illustrate the importance of Wavelength Division Multiplexing (L4).
6. Design analog and digital links(L6)
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3 2
CO3 1 3 2 2
CO4 1 2 2 2
CO5 1 3 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3151 SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
The satellites are an essential part of telecommunication systems worldwide, which carry large
number of data, telephone traffic in addition to television signals. This course deals with the
satellite inventions, frequency allocation to different regions worldwide, and gives information
about satellite orbits, satellite launching methods, design of satellite and satellite subsystems,
satellite link over the earth, satellite application in communication, internet and remote
sensing.
1. To introduce invention of satellite and developments in worldwide.
2. To explain the basics of orbital mechanics, the types of satellite orbits, the location of
ground stations, and the look angles from ground stations to the satellite
3. To provide the knowledge of various modulation and multiplexing techniques in
satellite communication.
4. To familiarize the link budget for satellite performance
5. To examine concepts of propagation losses in satellite networking for voice and
internet communication, data networks, and scientific data.
UNIT 1 Overview of Satellite Systems 9 hours
Over view of satellite system: Introduction, Frequency allocation to satellite services,

INTELSAT, INSAT.
UNIT 2 Orbits & Launching 9 hours
Introduction, Kepler’s laws, Orbital Elements, Tracking and orbit determination, orbital
correction/control, satellite launch systems, multistage rocket launchers and their
performance.
UNIT 3 Elements of Communication Satellite Design 9 hours

Spacecraft subsystems, reliability considerations, spacecraft integration, Satellite

Antennas/Access, Satellite onboard processing
UNIT 4 Satellite Link Design 9 hours
Performance requirements and standards, design of satellite links, Satellite Access

(Deletion part), Satellite based personal communication.
UNIT 5 Earth Station Design 9 hours
Configurations, antenna and tracking systems, satellite broadcasting. Satellite applications

in remote sensing (Radarsat).
Textbooks:
1. Dennis Roddy, Satellite Communications, 4/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. T. Pratt, S. W. Bostian, Satellite Communication, 2/e, John Wiley and Sons,2006.
References:
1. Dharma Raj Cheruku, Satellite Communication, 1/e, IK International Publishing,

2010.
2. D. C. Agarwal, Satellite Communication, 1/e, Khanna Publishers, 1991.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basic information about satellite communications system (L2)

2. Identify the frequency allocations to satellite services, orbital mechanism
substations(L4).
3. Design the communication link and its budget for satellite (L4).
4. Explain about earth station receivers and its main subsystems (L5).
5. Identify the remote sensing applications (L3).
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4001 WIRELESS NETWORKS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite EECE3031: Communication Networks
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Any sort of communication i.e., data or voice or video is wireless these days. Internet of Things
(IoT) basically is dependent on wireless networks. Thus, networking is also to be wireless for
ease of operation and compatibility. Networking may be limited to very small space or
extending across continents. All possible networking systems and their architecture are
introduced in this course. The evolution of cellular communication networks starting from 1G
to 4G (LTE and LTE advanced) is also elaborated.
1. To understand wireless LAN Technology.

2. To study the Internet of Things and Bluetooth technology.
3. To familiarize the principles of cellular networks and evolution of cellular networks.
4. To explore the advancements in 4G LTE and LTE Advanced
5. To describe the mobile applications and mobile IP.
UNIT 1 Wireless LAN Technology 10 hours
IEEE 802 architecture, IEEE 802.11 architecture and services, IEEE 802.11 medium access
control, IEEE 802.11 physical layer, gigabit Wi-Fi, other IEEE standards, IEEE 802.11
wireless LAN security.
UNIT 2 Bluetooth and IEEE 802.15 9 hours
The Internet of Things, Bluetooth motivation and overview, Bluetooth Specifications,

Bluetooth high speed and Bluetooth smart, IEEE 802.15, ZigBee 402.
UNIT 3 Cellular Wireless Networks 8 hours
Principles of cellular networks, first-generation analog, second-generation TDMA, second-

generation CDMA, third-generation systems.
UNIT 4 Fourth Generation Systems and LTE-Advanced 9 hours

Purpose, motivation, and approach to 4G, LTE architecture, evolved packet core, LTE
resource management, LTE channel structure and protocols, LTE radio access network, LTE
Advanced. tropospheric error, multipath.
UNIT 5 Mobile Applications and Mobile IP 9 hours
Mobile application platforms, mobile app development, mobile application deployment,

mobile IP.
Textbooks:
1. Cory Beard, William Stallings, Wireless Communication Networks and Systems,

2. William Stallings, Wireless Communication and Networking, 2/e, Pearson Education,

2005.
References:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications, Principles and Practice, 2/e,

2. Kaveh Pahlaven, P. Krishna Murthy, Principles of Wireless Networks, 1/e, Pearson

Education, 2002.
3. Kamilo Feher, Wireless Digital Communications, 1/e, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe about the different WLAN technologies (L2).

2. Explain the concepts of Internet of Things and Bluetooth (L2)
3. Illustrate about IEEE 802.15, ZigBee 402 (L3).
4. Explain the principles of cellular networks and its evolution(L2)
5. Demonstrate the motivation towards 4G, LTE architecture resource management and
protocols

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 1 3 3 2
CO5 1 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3161 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
"The course is structured to introduce students to the basic principles of locating features on
the Earth’s surface. While it is a compulsory course for students in remote sensing, it also meets
the needs of students in the earth sciences and other location-based disciplines. It is also
expected to expose to hands-on training in the use of locational equipment like compass-
clinometer, handheld GPS and GNSS.
1. To Introduce the basic principles of Global Positioning System

2. To understand the signal structure of GPS and other navigation systems
3. To introduce different coordinate frames and time references
4. To understand the principle involved in position determination
5. To understand the Integration of GPS sensors with different real time applications.
UNIT 1 Overview of GPS 9 hours
Basic concept, system architecture, space segment, user segment, GPS aided Geo-
augmented navigation (GAGAN) architecture.
UNIT 2 GPS Signals and other constellations 9 hours
Signal structure, anti-spoofing (AS), selective availability, multi constellation: GALILEO

constellation and signal structure, GLONASS constellation and signal structure.
UNIT 3 GPS Coordinate Frames and Time References 8 hours
Geodetic and geo centric coordinate systems, ECEF coordinate world geodetic 1984 (WGS
84), GPS time.
UNIT 4 GPS Orbits and Satellite Position Determination 9 hours

GPS orbital parameters, description of receiver independent exchange format (RINEX),

observation data and navigation message data parameters, GPS position determination.
GPS error sources – clock error, ionospheric error, tropospheric error, multipath.
UNIT 5 Integration of GPS with Sensors 10 hours
GPS/Inertial Integration, the Kalman Filter, GPSI Integration Methods, Sensor Integration
in Land Vehicle Systems: Generic vehicle navigation system architecture, Generic vehicle
tracking system architecture. Generic emergency messaging system architecture.
Textbooks:
1. B. Hoffman Wellenhof, H. Liehtenegger, J. Collins, GPS Theory and Practice, Springer

Wien, 2001.
2. GottapuSasibhushana Rao, Global Navigation Satellite Systems, Tata McGraw Hill

Education, 2010.
References:
1. B.Parkinson, J.Spilker, Jr., GPS Theory and Applications, Vol. I, II, AIAA, 370
L’Enfant Promenade SW, Washington, DC 20024, 1996.
2. James Ba, Yen Tsui, Fundamentals of GPS Receivers A Software Approach, John
Wiley and Sons, 2001
3. GPS Principles and Applications, Second Edition Elliott D. Kaplan, Christopher J.

Hegarty, Norwood : Artech House, 2005.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify GPS components and their functions

2. Interpret the navigational message and signals received by the GPS satellite and
Galileo.
3. Analyse GPS coordinate frames and time references.
4. Understand different GPS orbital parameters, Position finding and Identify error
sources in GPS observations.
5. Integration of GPS with different real time applications.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 3 1 3 2
CO4 2 3 1 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4011 SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite EECE3031: Communication Networks
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course is to expose the students to the most recent technological developments in mobile
communication systems. The course is intended to understand the basic concepts of cellular
and mobile communications, various elements in the design of a cellular system and describes
the advances in mobile communications. The case studies such as how to improve the coverage
area, reduce the interference, frequency and channel assignment towards real time
applications also developed in the course.
1. To understand and analyse transmission of electrical energy using conducting medium

2. To analyse transmission lines and their parameters using Smith chart
3. "To classify the guided wave solutions- TE, TM."
4. To introduce strip lines and their characteristics
5. To provide an understanding of various microwave components.
6. To explain the measurement of the parameters of waveguide components.
UNIT 1 Introducing SDN 8 hours
SDN Origins and Evolution – Introduction – Why SDN? - Centralized and Distributed
Control and Data Planes - The Genesis of SDN
UNIT 2 SDN Abstractions 8 hours
How SDN Works - The Openflow Protocol - SDN Controllers: Introduction – General
Concepts - VMware - Nicira - VMware/Nicira - OpenFlow-Related - Mininet - NOX/POX -
Trema - Ryu - Big Switch Networks/Floodlight - Layer 3 Centric - Plexxi - Cisco OnePK
UNIT 3 Programming SDN'S 8 hours
Network Programmability - Network Function Virtualization - NetApp Development,

Network Slicing
UNIT 4 SDN Applications and Use Cases 8 hours

SDN in the Data Center - SDN in Other Environments - SDN Applications - SDN Use, Cases
- The Open Network Operating System 3
UNIT 5 SDN'S Future and Perspectives 8 hours
SDN Open Source - SDN Futures
Textbooks:
1. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive

Approach Morgan Kaufmann Publications, 2014
2. Thomas D. Nadeau & Ken Gray, SDN - Software Defined Networks by O'Reilly, 2013
References:
1. SiamakAzodolmolky, Software Defined Networking with OpenFlow Packet

Publishing, 2013
2. Feamster, Nick, Jennifer Rexford, and Ellen Zegura. "The road to SDN: an intellectual
history of programmable networks." ACM SIGCOMM Computer Communication
Review 44.2 (2014): 87-98.
3. Kreutz, Diego, et al. "Software-defined networking: A comprehensive survey."

Proceedings of the IEEE 103.1 (2015): 14-76.
4. Nunes, Bruno AA, et al. "A survey of software-defined networking: Past, present, and
future of programmable networks." Communications Surveys & Tutorials, IEEE 16.3
(2014): 1617-1634.
5. Sasindu Wijeratne, Ashen Ekanayake, Sandaruwan Jayaweera, DanukaRavishan and

Ajith Pasqual ”Scalable High Performance SDN Switch Architecture on FPGA for Core
Networks.”2019,Pp no:1
Course Outcomes:
1. Discuss the input impedance, characteristic impedance and reflection coefficient of a

transmission line
2. Analyse VSWR, input impedance, reflection coefficient of a transmission line using
Smith chart and impedance matching techniques using quarter wave transformer and
single stub
3. Describe the construction of a microstrip line and determine its parameters
4. Determine solutions to wave equations leading to TE and TM modes of transmission
in a rectangular waveguide

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 1 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 1 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 1 3 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
TRANSMISSION LINES AND
EECE3171
WAVEGUIDES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite EECE2051: Electromagnetic Waves
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Transmission of any signal requires a medium for communication. This medium may be guided
or free space. The guided media can be of many forms based on the frequency of operation.
Various types of the guided media of communication are treated and elaborated in this course.
Performance analysis of all types of transition lines, stripline and waveguides are presented to
enable the selection of suitable line for a given application.
1. To understand and analyse transmission of electrical energy using conducting medium

2. To analyse transmission lines and their parameters using Smith chart
3. "To classify the guided wave solutions- TE, TM."
4. To introduce strip lines and their characteristics
5. To provide an understanding of various microwave components.
6. To explain the measurement of the parameters of waveguide components.
UNIT 1 Transmission Lines 8 hours
Transmission line parameters, transmission line equations, transmission line examples,

input impedance, characteristic impedance, reflection coefficient, VSWR, RF lines
UNIT 2 Smith Chart and Applications 8 hours
Graphical methods and applications, Smith chart construction, application, measurement

of VSWR, impedance, reflection coefficient, quarter wave transformer, single stub
matching techniques.
UNIT 3 Strip Lines 8 hours
Introduction, microstrip line, characteristic impedance of microstrip line, losses in

microstrip line, quality factor Q of micro strip line.
UNIT 4 Waveguides 8 hours
Introduction, microwave frequencies. Rectangular Waveguides: Solutions to wave

equations, TE Modes, TM modes, power transmission, power losses, excitation of Modes

UNIT 5 Waveguide Components 8 hours
Introduction to scattering parameters and their properties, wave guide tees, H-plane Tee,
E-plane Tee and Magic Tee, directional coupler, Faraday rotation, ferrite devices, gyrators,
isolators, circulators and their properties
Text Books:
1. B. Hoffman Wellenhof, H. Liehtenegger, J. Collins, GPS Theory and Practice, Springer

Wien, 2001.
2. GottapuSasibhushana Rao, Global Navigation Satellite Systems, Tata McGraw Hill

Education, 2010.
References:
1. B.Parkinson, J.Spilker, Jr., GPS Theory and Applications, Vol. I, II, AIAA, 370
L’Enfant Promenade SW, Washington, DC 20024, 1996.
2. James Ba, Yen Tsui, Fundamentals of GPS Receivers A Software Approach, John
Wiley and Sons, 2001
3. GPS Principles and Applications, Second Edition Elliott D. Kaplan, Christopher J.

Hegarty, Norwood : Artech House, 2005.
Course Outcomes:
1. Discuss the input impedance, characteristic impedance and reflection coefficient of a

transmission line
2. Analyse VSWR, input impedance, reflection coefficient of a transmission line using
Smith chart and impedance matching techniques using quarter wave transformer and
single stub
3. Describe the construction of a microstrip line and determine its parameters
4. Determine solutions to wave equations leading to TE and TM modes of transmission
in a rectangular waveguide
5. Explain the operation of a rectangular cavity resonator and compute its quality factor
6. Identify different microwave waveguide components and determine their scattering
matrix

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 1 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 1 2 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 1 2 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3181 EMI AND EMC TECHNIQUES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Electromagnetic Pollution is a major concern in today’s world. This course is designed for
understanding Electro Magnetic Interference and to provide knowledge related to sources of
EMI and aspects of EMC measurements about radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility
are necessary to know about radiation levels. This course focuses on understanding the concept
of coupling mechanisms of EMI and immunity to conducted EMI and EMC standards.
1. To understand the concepts of electro-magnetic interference and electro-magnetic

compatibility.
2. To impart the knowledge of sources of EMI and their constraints.
3. To illustrate concepts of EMC measurements.
4. To develop the skill to analyse Electro-Magnetic Interference and aspects of EMC and
its Standards.
UNIT 1 Natural and Nuclear Sources of EMI/EMC 9 hours
Electromagnetic environment, history, concepts, practical experience and concerns,

frequency spectrum conservations, an over-view of EMI/EMC, natural and nuclear sources
of EMI
UNIT 2 EMI from Apparatus, circuits and Open Area Test Sites 12 hours
Electromagnetic emissions, noise from relays and switches, non-linearities in circuits,

passive inter-modulation, crosstalk in transmission lines, transients in power supply lines,
electromagnetic interference (EMI), open area test sites and measurements
UNIT 3 Radiated and Conducted Interference Measurements and ESD 12 hours
Anechoic chamber, TEM cell, GH TEM cell, characterization of conduction

Currents/voltages, conducted EM noise on power lines, conducted EMI from Equipment,
immunity to conducted EMI detectors and measurements. ESD, Electrical fast
transients/bursts, electrical surges

UNIT 4 Grounding, Shielding, Bonding and EMI Filters 9 hours
"Principles and t ypes of grounding, shielding and bonding, characterization of filters,

power lines filter design"
UNIT 5 Cables, Connectors, Components and EMC standards 6 hours
EMI suppression cables, EMC connectors, EMC gaskets, isolation transformers,

optoisolators, national and international EMC standards
Textbooks:
1. V.P. Kodali, Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility, 2/e, IEEE Press, 2000
References:
1. Clayton R Paul, Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility, John Wiley and Sons,

2010
2. Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility IMPACT series, IIT Delhi (Units1- 9)
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe the electromagnetic interference and the concept of different coupling

mechanisms of EMI
2. Understand how to conduct radiated and conducted interference measurements
3. Explain about characteristics of EMI filters
4. Describe the significance of EMC standards
5. Determine EMI from apparatus and circuits
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 2 2 3 2

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3191 RADAR SYSTEMS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the basic concepts and principles used in radar system. The course also
explores different types of radars and their operation with schematic and analytical approach.
The course describes applications of different radars used for military and civilian applications.
1. To understand the basics of radar and study the effect of various parameters on the
performance of radar.
2. To analyse how the Doppler frequency shift is used for measuring the velocity of a
moving target.
3. To estimate the position of the target using CW and MTI radars.
4. To interpret various radar tracking systems.
5. To determine the signal-to-noise ratio, receiver noise, probability of detection and
false alarms
UNIT 1 Introduction to Radar 9 hours
Radar equation, radar block diagram and operation, radar frequencies, applications of
Radar, prediction of range performance, minimum detectable signal, receiver noise,
probability density functions, signal to noise ratio, integration of radar pulses, transmitter
power, Pulse repetition frequency and range ambiguities.
UNIT 2 CW and FMCW Radars 8 hours
The Doppler effect, CW radar, Frequency-modulated CW radar: range and Doppler

measurement, FMCW altimeter; multiple frequency CW radar. Radar Clutter: Introduction
to radar clutter, surface clutter radar equation, sea clutter, detection of targets in sea
clutter
UNIT 3 MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar 8 hours

Introduction, Pulse radar with Doppler information, MTI radar with delay-line canceler,
MTI radar with power-amplifier and power-oscillator transmitter, Delay-line cancelers:
blind speeds, double cancellation; staggered PRFs, range-gated Doppler filter, Limitations
to MTI performance, Non-coherent MTI, pulse Doppler radar.
UNIT 4 Tracking Radar 6 hours
Tracking with radar, sequential lobing, conical scan, monopulse tracking radar amplitude
comparison monopulse radar with one angular coordinate, phase comparison monopulse
radar, low-angle tracking, tracking in range, comparison of trackers
UNIT 5 Radar Receivers and detection of Radar signals in noise 9 hours
Radar Receivers and detection of Radar signals in noise: The radar receiver, noise figure,
radar displays, duplexers, receiver protectors, matched filter receiver, pulse compression
Special Purpose Radars-Synthetic aperture radar (SAR), Over-The-Horizon Radar, air-
surveillance radar, electronic counter-counter measures.
Textbooks:
1. MerillISkolnik, Introduction to Radar Systems, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
References:
1. Mark A. Richards, James A. Scheer and William A. Holm, Principles of Modern radar:
Basic principles, 1/e, Yes Dee Publishing Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
2. Byron Edde, Radar: Principles, Technology, Applications,1/e, Pearson Education,

1993
3. Simon Kingsley, Shaun Quegan, Understanding Radar Systems, 1/e, SciTech,1999.
4. M A Richards, J A Scheer, W. A. Holm, Principles of Modern M A Richards, J A

Scheer, W. A. Holm, Principles of Modern Radar-Basic Principles, 1/e, Yesdee, 2010.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify different segments of a Pulse radar and the function of each block and explain
the effect of various parameters on the performance of radar
2. Illustrate the concepts of CW, FMCW radars and the effect of radar clutters on Doppler
radars
3. Distinguish between MTI and pulse Doppler radars
4. Compare various tracking systems
5. Recognize the need of radar receivers and analyze some special purpose radars

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 1 3 3
CO2 1 3 1 2 2
CO3 2 3 1 2 3
CO4 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 1 3 2 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3201 MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
Microwave frequencies are extensively used in domestic, telecommunications, commercial,

industrial, defence, aeronautical fields. Generation of microwave energy at various frequency
bands and at various power levels is the basic requirement of the usage of these frequencies.
Such generation techniques are elaborated in this course. Measurement techniques of all
parameters of microwaves which are vital at designing or analysing a system are essentially
enumerated in this course.
1. To understand the concept of negative resistance devices used for amplification at

microwave frequencies
2. To study and analyse the Linear beam tube devices commonly used in microwaves
subsystems i.e. Two cavity Klystron and Reflex Klystron.
3. To explain the operation of microwave devices using slow-wave structures like Helix
traveling wave tube.
4. To analyse the operation of crossed-field device, Conventional Magnetron.
5. To study the measurement of different microwave parameters like impedance,
frequency, wavelength, guided wavelength, VSWR etc at gigahertz frequencies using
the microwave bench setup.
UNIT 1 Transferred Electron Devices 10 hours
Introduction, GUNN effect diodes (GaAs diode), GUNN diode principle of operation (RWH
theory). Avalanche Transit Time Devices: Introduction, Operation of IMPATT Diode,
Operation of TRAPATT diode, parametric amplifiers, applications.
UNIT 2 Microwave Linear Beam Tubes 9 hours
High frequency limitations of conventional tubes, Klystrons, Re-entrant cavities, velocity

modulation process, bunching process, reflex Klystron, velocity modulation, power output
and efficiency

UNIT 3 Helix Traveling Wave Tubes 8 hours
Slow wave structures, amplification process, convection current, axial electric field, wave
modes, gain considerations
UNIT 4 Microwave Crossed Field Tubes 8 hours
Magnetron oscillator types, principle of operation of cylindrical magnetron, equations of

electron motion, cyclotron angular frequency, pi mode separation.
UNIT 5 Microwave Measurements 10 hours
Introduction, microwave bench measurement setup, frequency and wavelength

measurements, measurement of power, VSWR, impedance, coupling factor, directivity,
isolation of a directional coupler.
Textbooks:
1. Samuel Y. Liao, Microwave Devices and Circuits, 3/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2003
2. Sushrut Das, Microwave Engineering, 1/e, Oxford University Press, 2015
References:
1. R.E. Collins, Foundations for Microwave Engineering, 2 /e, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
2. GottapuSasibhushana Rao, Microwave and Radar Engineering, 1/e, Pearson

Education, 2014
3. M Kulkarni, Microwave and Radar Engineering, 1/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Course Outcomes:
1. Explanation about the principle of operation of Transferred Electron Devices,

Avalanche Transit Time Devices and Parametric Devices
2. Recognition of the limitations of existing vacuum tubes at microwave frequencies and
performance of linear beam tubes such as Two cavity Klystron and Reflex Klystron
3. Evaluation of the performance of microwave tubes with slow wave structures such as
Helix traveling wave tube
4. Analysis of the performance of crossed field microwave tubes such as Magnetron.
5. The student will be able to conduct experiments for measuring frequency,
wavelength, power, VSWR, impedance of microwave circuits

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 3 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 2 3 1
CO4 2 2 1 3 2
CO5 1 2 1 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4022 RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable
exposure
Course Description:
This course mainly concentrates on the RF and microwave concepts, Smith chart analysis,
amplifier and oscillator circuit design at RF frequency and applications of RF circuits
1. To understand Basic RF frequency advantages and circuit design process.

2. To impart the knowledge of basic resonant and impedance matching circuits
3. To explain the use of smith chart for calculating certain parameters.
4. To explore the design of RF amplifiers.
5. To understand RF oscillators and their design process.
UNIT 1 Introduction to RF and Microwave concepts and 8 hours

applications
Introduction, Reasons for using RF/Microwaves, RF/Microwave applications, Radio

frequency waves, RF and Microwave circuit design, General active circuit block diagrams
UNIT 2 RF Electronics Concepts 8 hours
Introduction, RF/Microwaves versus DC or low AC signals, EM spectrum, Wave length and

frequency, Resonant circuits, Impedance transformers, RF impedance matching, Three
element matching.
UNIT 3 Smith Chart and its Applications 8 hours
Introduction, A valuable graphical aid the smith chart, Derivation of smith chart, stability
circles, Description of two types of smith charts, Smith charts circular scales, Smith charts
radial scales, the normalized impedance-admittance (ZY) smith chart introduction
UNIT 4 RF and Microwave Amplifiers 8 hours
Introduction, Types of amplifiers, Small signal amplifiers, Multistage small signal amplifier
design, High-power amplifiers, Microwave power combining/dividing techniques, Signal
distortion due to inter modulation products, Multistage amplifiers

UNIT 5 RF and Microwave Oscillator Design 8 hours
Introduction, Oscillator versus amplifier design, Oscillation conditions, Design of transistor

oscillators, Generator-tuning networks
List of Experiments
The laboratory component shall involve design and simulation of below systems (but not
limited to) using AWR Microwave Office or Advanced Design Systems (ADS) Software
1. Design of IF amplifier
2. Design of Mixer
3. Design of low noise amplifier
4. Design a sub circuit of a microwave circuit.
5. Design of Power amplifier
6. Design of Microwave components and passive circuits
7. Design of E, H junctions.
8. Impedance calculation of transmission line.
9. Frequency response of FET
10. Design layout of passive circuit.
11. Design Magic-T junctions.
12. Design of Microwave filters.
Textbooks:
1. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics”, Prentice

hall,2001.
2. Joseph Helszain,“Microwave Engineering, Active and Non-reciprocal Circuits”,
McGraw HillInternational Edition, 1992
References:
1. R.E. Collins, Foundations for Microwave Engineering, 2 /e, John Wiley & Sons,
2009
Education, 2014
3. M. Kulkarni, Microwave and Radar Engineering, 1/e, Pearson Education, 2014
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain different types of Smith charts used for RF and Microwave circuit design
2. Determine wave length and frequency

3. Evaluate the normalized impedance-admittance using Smith chart

4. Design Multi stage small signal amplifier
5. Explain Signal distortion due to inter modulation products
6. Describe construction of Generator-tuning networks
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 1 2 2 3 1 2 3
CO3 1 3 2 2 1 2 3
CO4 1 2 2 2 2 2 3
CO5 1 3 2 3 2 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3212 ARM SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable
exposure
Course Description:
The emphasis of this course is to familiarize with the advanced 32-bit ARM microcontroller
architecture, programming and develop applications. This course provides the knowledge of
LPC2148 microcontroller architecture and pipelining concept used in it. Programming of LPC
2148 with polling and interrupt methods are emphasized. The students are exposed to the
interfacing external peripheral devices.
1. To provide a clear understanding on the RISC and CISC and ARM philosophy.
2. To program ARM 32 microcontroller in assembly language.
3. To familiarize the pipelining concept used in advanced microcontrollers.
4. To describe the concepts of peripheral interfacing with ARM microcontroller.
5. To introduce programming with embedded C.
UNIT 1 Introduction to ARM 7 Architecture 8 hours
The RISC design philosophy, ARM design philosophy, embedded system hardware- AMBA
bus protocol, embedded system software- applications. ARM core data flow model,
Registers, CPSR-Processor modes.
UNIT 2 ARM Instructions Set 8 hours
Fundamentals of ARM instructions, Barrel shifter, Classification and explanation of

instructions with examples-Data processing, Branch, Load-store, SWI and Program Status
Register instruction, Introduction to THUMB, Differences between ARM and THUMB,
Register usage in Thumb.
UNIT 3 Exception Handling 9 hours
ARM processor exceptions and modes, vector table, exception priorities, link register
offsets. Interrupts- assigning interrupts, interrupt latency, IRQ and FIQ exceptions with
example- code for enabling and disabling IRQ and FIQ exceptions, Comparison between
exception and interrupts. Interrupt handling schemes- nested interrupt handler, non-
nested interrupt handler. Basic interrupt stack design

UNIT 4 Introduction to ARM7 Microcontroller 9 hours
LPC2148 ARM 7 microcontrollers, Features of LPC2148, Architecture of LPC2148,

addressing mode, Memory organization, ARM register model, programmer model,
oscillator, PLL, CPSR, SPSR,3stage pipelining.
UNIT 5 Interfacing with ARM 8 hours
LED,GPIO programming with embedded C, LCD interfacing, programming of LCD, ADC,

Interfacing of LM35 temperature sensor, DAC, Timers, ART programming, transfer of a
character and receive of a character program.
List of Experiments
1. LED Blinking using LPC2148 (Slow GPIO)
2. LED Blinking using PLL in LPC2148
3. LED Blinking using Timers
4. LED Blinking using Interrupts
5. Serial Communication with ARM7 using Polling
6. Serial Communication using Interrupts
7. Interfacing LPC2148 with ADC
8. Preemptive Task Based Scheduling – using VxWorks
9. Demonstration on the use of Interrupt Service Routines
10. Case Study / Socially Relevant Design Project
Text Books:
1. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency and Microwave Electronics”, Prentice

hall,2001.
2. Joseph Helszain,“Microwave Engineering, Active and Non-reciprocal Circuits”,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 1992 References:
4. Gottapu Sasibhushana Rao, Microwave and Radar Engineering, 1/e, Pearson Education,
2014
References:
Education, 2014
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the ARM philosophy and ARM data flow model (L1).
2. Analyse and understand ARM instruction set and THUMB instruction set (L4).
3. Understand the exception, interrupts and interrupt handling schemes (L2).
4. Describe the architectural features of LPC2148 microcontrollers (L2).
5. Explain the hardware and interfacing peripheral devices to LPC2148 (L2).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 3 1
CO3 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3221 INTERNET OF THINGS
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The Internet of Things (IoT) is a network of a wide variety of devices like vehicles, humans, soil
etc. These devices gather data using sensors, which can be used for monitoring or control. This
course is an introduction to the embedded devices, communication protocols used in IoT.
● Introduce the fundamental concepts of IoT and physical computing

● Illustrate diverse methods of deploying smart objects and connect them to network.
● Expose the student to a variety of embedded boards and IoT Platforms
● Familiarize the student with application program interfaces for IoT.
● Enable students to create simple IoT applications.
UNIT 1 5 hours
Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT): Introduction and Definition of Internet of Things,

IoT Growth, Application Areas of IoT, Characteristics of IoT, Things in IoT, IoT Stack,
Enabling Technologies, IoT Challenges, IoT Levels, IoT vs. Cyberphysical Systems, IoT vs
WSN
UNIT 2 6 hours
Introduction to Sensors, Microcontrollers, and Their Interfacing: Introduction to Sensor

Interfacing, Types of Sensors, Controlling Sensors through Webpages, Microcontrollers
UNIT 3 6 hours
Protocols for IoT – Messaging and Transport Protocols: Messaging Protocols, Transport
Protocols (Li-Fi, BLE), Protocols for IoT – Addressing and Identification: Internet Protocol
Version 4 (IPv4), Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6), Uniform Resource Identifier (URI)

UNIT 4 5 hours
Cloud for IoT: IoT with Cloud – Challenges, Selection of Cloud Service Provider for IoT
Applications, Introduction to Fog Computing, Cloud Computing: Security Aspects, Case
Study: How to use Adafruit Cloud?
UNIT 5 6 hours
Data Analytics – Visualizing the Power of Data from IoT, Data Analysis, Machine Learning,
Types of Machine Learning Models, Model Building Process, Modelling Algorithms, Model
Performance.
Application Building with IoT: Smart Perishable Tracking with IoT and Sensors, Smart
Healthcare – Elderly Fall Detection with IoT and Sensors, IoT–Based Application to Monitor
Water Quality
Smart Warehouse Monitoring, Smart Retail
List of Experiments (2 Hours each)

1. Blinking led with Arduino using software delay, LED Control with switch
2. Temperature measurement using LM35 and display both on LCD and serial monitor
3. Control DC motor with H-bridge and as well as PWM
4. Raspberry pi installation and led control
5. DHT11 sensor interfacing to Raspberry pi and Transfer the data to Thingspeak server
6. Interfacing camera and raspberry pi
7. Accelerometer ADXL345 with i2c with raspberry pi
8. Nodemcu to control LED with thinger.io
9. With Nodemcu HTTP protocol get and post
10. With nodemcu Webserver control led
11. MQTT protocol using Nodemcu
12. Blinky app with led control
Textbooks:
1. Shriram K Vasudevan, Abhishek S Nagarajan, RMD Sundaram, Internet of Things,

Wiley India, 2019
References:
1. Simon Monk, Programming Arduino: Getting Started with Sketches, Mc Graw Hill
Publications, 2011
2. Simon Monk, Programming the Raspberry Pi, Getting Started with Python, Mc Graw
Hill Publications, 2015
3. Simon Monk, Hacking Electronics: Learning Electronics with Arduino and Raspberry Pi,
Mc Graw Hill Publications, 2017
4. Manoj R. Thakur, NodeMCU ESP8266 Communication Methods and Protocols :
Programming with Arduino IDE Amazon Media, 2018.
Course Outcomes


1. enumerate the characteristics and challenges in IoT application areas (L1)
2. choose an appropriate sensor for measuring a physical quantity and interface the data
to a computing system (L3)
3. elaborate the role of different IoT protocols, used for data communication between
different IoT devices and cloud (L3)
4. choose an appropriate cloud service provider and design/choose the security
requirements for an IoT application (L4)
5. apply the different data mining and machine learning algorithms for analyzing the data
collected from sensor nodes
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2 1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 3 1
CO4 1 3 2 1 2 3 1
CO5 1 3 2 2 3 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3231 IOT ARCHITECTURE AND PROTOCOLS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3031: Communication Networks

exposure
Course Description:
The purpose of this course is to impart knowledge on IoT Architecture and various protocols,
study their implementations
1. To Understand the Architectural Overview of IoT

2. To Understand the various IoT Protocols (Datalink, Network,Transport, Session,
Service)
UNIT 1 Designing the Architecture of an IP-based Internet of 9 hours

Things
IoT Architecture-State of the Art – Introduction, State of the art, Reference Model and
architecture, IoT reference Model - IoT Reference Architecture- Introduction, Functional
View, Information View, Deployment and Operational View, Physical/link Layer, Network
Layer, Transport Layer, Appllication Layer.
UNIT 2 Interoperability 8 hours
Cloud IoT platform architecture, REST Architectures, The Richardson maturity model
UNIT 3 IoT Data Link Layer & Network Layer Protocols 10 hours
PHY/MAC Layer(3GPP MTC, IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.15), WirelessHART,ZWave,Bluetooth

Low Energy, Zigbee Smart Energy, DASH7 - Network Layer-IPv4, IPv6, 6LoWPAN,
6TiSCH,ND, DHCP, ICMP, RPL, CORPL,CARP
UNIT 4 Transport & Session Layer Protocols 10 hours
Transport Layer: TCP, MPTCP, UDP, DCCP, SCTP,TLS, DTLS, Session Layer: HTTP, CoAP,
XMPP, AMQP, MQTT, REST, Websocket

UNIT 5 Service Layer Protocols & Security 8 hours
Service Layer: one M2M, ETSI M2M, OMA, BBF, Security in IoT Protocols: MAC, 802.15.4 ,
6LoWPAN, RPL, Application Layer
Textbooks:
1. Internet of Things: Architectures, Protocols and Standards,SimoneCirani, Gianluigi

Ferrari, Marco Picone, Luca Veltri.
2. Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos,

David Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a
New Age of Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
3. Peter Waher, “Learning Internet of Things”, PACKT publishing, BIRMINGHAM –

MUMBAI 3. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of
Things”, ISBN 978-3-642-19156-5 e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2, Springer
4. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”,

1stEdition, VPT, 2014. (ISBN: 978-8173719547)
References:
1. Misra, S., Mukherjee, A., & Roy, A. (2021). Introduction to IoT. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. doi:10.1017/9781108913560
2. IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for Internet of
Things, David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton and Jerome
Henry, Cisco Press, 2017
3. Hersent, Olivier, David Boswarthick, and Omar Elloumi. The internet of things: Key
applications and protocols. John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the concepts of IoT Architecture Reference model and IoT reference
architecture.
2. Understand the concept of Cloud IoT Architecture.
3. Analyze various IoT Data Link & Network layer Protocols.
4. Analyze various IoT Transport & Session layer Protocols.
5. Analyze various IoT Service layer Protocols.
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 3 2 1 3
CO2 1 2 3 1 2
CO3 1 2 3 2 3
CO4 2 2 3 2 3
CO5 2 2 3 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3241 IOT APPLICATIONS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3221: Internet of Things

exposure
Course Description:
This course will introduces application areas of IoT technologies by conducting Industrial case
studies and IoT Standards,IoT legal perspectives at design phase
1. Introducing the application areas of IoT technologies by conducting Industrial case

studies
2. Processing the knowledge on IoT Standards and IoT legal perspectives at design phase
UNIT 1 Smart Water and Environment 6 hours
Smart Environment: Forest Fire Detection, Air Pollution, Snow Level Monitoring, Landslide
and Avalanche Prevention, Earthquake Early Detection. Smart Water: Potable water
monitoring, Chemical leakage detection in rivers, Swimming pool remote measurement,
Pollution levels in the sea, Water Leakages, River Floods
UNIT 2 Smart Metering and Smart Cities 6 hours
Smart Cities: Parking, Structural Health, Noise Urban maps, Smart Phone Detection,
Electromagnetic Field Levels, Traffic Congestion, Smart Lighting, Waste Management,
Smart Roads. Smart Metering : Smart Grid, Tank level, Photovoltaic Installations, Silos
Stock Calculation
UNIT 3 Smart Health ,Home Automation, Retail and Logistics 10 hours
Home Automation: Energy and Water Use, Intrusion Detection Systems. Health: Fall
Detection, Medical Fridges, Sportsmen Care, Patients Surveillance, Ultraviolet Radiation
Smart Retail: Supply Chain Control, NFC Payment, Intelligent Shopping Applications,
Smart Product Management. Logistics: Quality of Shipment Conditions, Item Location,
Storage Incompatibility Detection, Fleet Tracking

UNIT 4 Smart Industrial control and Agricultural 10 hours
Industrial Control: M2M Applications, Indoor Air Quality, Temperature Monitoring, Ozone
Presence, Indoor Location, Vehicle Auto-diagnosis, Perimeter Access Control, Liquid
Presence, Radiation Levels, Explosive and Hazardous Gases. Agricultural: Green Houses,
Golf Courses, Meteorological Station Network, Compost, Hydroponics, Offspring Care,
Animal Tracking, Toxic Gas Levels
UNIT 5 IoT Legal Perspectives and Standardization 8 hours
Self-Regulation, International Legal Framework, Security and Privacy: Privacy Enhancing

Technologies, Legal Challenges for a Privacy Framework, Responsibility for Violations of
Privacy, Tackling Environmental Concerns
Standardization:ISO, IEC, ETSI, IEEE, IETF, ITU-T, OASIS, OGC and one M2M
Textbooks:
1. Ovidiu Vermesan, Peter Friess, Internet of Things From research and innovation to
market deployment, 2014, River Publishers Series in Communication, USA.
2. Introduction to IoT by Sudip Misra, Anandarup Mukherjee, CAMBRIDGE, 2021 Edition
3. Internet of Things and its Applications: Made simple (English Edition)
References:
1. Ovidiu Vermesan, Peter Friess, Internet of Things Converging Technologies for Smart
Environments and Integrated Eco Systems, 2013, River Publishers Series in
Communication, USA.
2. Libelium Inc, Internet of Things: Case Studies,

http://www.libelium.com/resources/case-studies, White papers, Spain.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explore Smart Water & Environment applications and IoT Use Cases and IoT Use
Cases
2. Investigate Smart Metering & Smart Cities applications and IoT Use Cases
3. Investigate Smart Health ,Home Automation , Smart Retail & Logistics applications and
IoT Use Cases
4. Comprehend the Smart Industrial control & Agricultural applications and IoT Use
Cases
5. Understand the standardization of IoT and IoT Legal perspectives
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 3 1
CO3 1 2 3 2
CO4 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 2 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3242 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course aims to provide fundamentals of wireless sensor networks and its application to
critical real time.
1. To learn basic principles behind a Wireless Sensor Network.

2. To study network protocols, services and applications.
3. To study the importance localization, secure aggregation, security.
4. To study simulation of wireless networks.
5. To understand the routing protocols.
UNIT 1 Basics of WSN Vs Ad HoC 10 hours
Basics of Ad Hoc Networks and their applications, enabling technologies, classification of

Ad-hoc networks, Overview of different challenges in implementing Ad Hoc Networks,
Overview of different solutions proposed for overcoming the challenges in these
networks, self-organizing behavior, Properties, Differences between the self-organizing
systems and the conventional ones, Mechanisms for ensuring self-organization in
MANETs, Co-operation in MANET’s, Dealing with misbehaviors in MANETs, Incentive
mechanisms for countering misbehaviors, Basic concepts of wireless sensor networks,
Features of MWSNs ,Different types of MWSNs, Human-Centric Sensing. Case study: The
great duck island experiment.
UNIT 2 Introduction to Sensor Node 9 hours
Architecture and components of a sensor node, Characteristics and requirements of

sensor node, Design challenges, Different sensing scenarios using WSN, Challenges in
implementing WSNs, Sensor-web introduction, Types of sensor node behavior, Security of
WSN, Operating systems and execution environments, Some examples of sensor nodes,
Optimization goals and figures of merit, Gateway concepts, Case study: Design of SWAN
sensor node.

UNIT 3 MAC Protocols 9 hours
Need for MAC protocols for MANETs, Classification of MAC protocols ,Hidden and exposed
terminal problems ,MAC protocols MACA ,MACAW, DBTMA, MARCH, MAC protocols for
sensor networks, Routing challenges in MANET’s Proactive, reactive, and hybrid routing
protocols, Examples routing protocols, Factors in performance evaluation, Issues with the
adoption of ad hoc routing protocols for WSN, Data-centric routing, Position-based
routing, Data aggregation Clustering-based routing algorithm.
UNIT 4 Coverage and Topology 8 hours
Hours Coverage problem in WSNs, Types of coverage, OGDC coverage algorithm,

Placement problem, Basics of topology management in WSNs, Different classifications of
topology management algorithms, Topology discovery, sleep-cycle management, and
clustering.
UNIT 5 IoT Legal Perspectives and Standardization 9 hours
Hours Sensor network platform and tools, operating systems for WSN, Hardware-Berkeley
motes, Programming challenges, Node level software platforms, Node level simulators.
Textbooks:
1. Ovidiu Vermesan, Peter Friess, Internet of Things From research and innovation to
market deployment, 2014, River Publishers Series in Communication, USA.
2. Introduction to IoT by Sudip Misra, Anandarup Mukherjee, CAMBRIDGE, 2021

Edition
3. Internet of Things and its Applications: Made simple (English Edition)
References:
1. Ovidiu Vermesan, Peter Friess, Internet of Things Converging Technologies for Smart
Environments and Integrated Eco Systems, 2013, River Publishers Series in
Communication, USA.
2. Libelium Inc, Internet of Things: Case Studies,

http://www.libelium.com/resources/case-studies, White papers, Spain.

Course Outcomes:
1. Compare and contrast Ad hoc and wireless sensor networks, describe existing
applications of wireless sensor networks.
2. Explain node architecture and software aspect of WSN.
3. Illustrate various network level protocols for MAC and routing.
4. Analyze control, clustering, localization, positioning.
5. Distinguish between the various hardware, software platforms that exist for sensor
networks.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 3 1 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 1 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 2 1 3 1
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3251 SENSORS AND SIGNAL CONDITIONING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course gives an understanding of how the physical parameters are transduced into
proportional electrical signals. The knowledge acquired in this course is helpful in advanced
courses like Bio medical Instrumentation , Analytical Instrumentation, Opto Electronic
Instrumentation. The course helps the students to develop an understanding of how the sensors
are to be selected, calibrated and incorporated into an automated process system.
1. To provide basic knowledge sensors and transducer technology and measurement

systems.
2. Expose studenst to various sensors and transducers for measuring different
quantities.
3. To provide better familiarity with the Theoretical and Practical concepts of
Transducers
4. To provide familiarity with different sensors and their applications in real life.
UNIT 1 Introduction to Measurement System 8 hours
Introduction to measurement systems, Static characteristics of MS: Accuracy, precision,

Linearity, Hysteresis, Threshold, Repeatability, Reliability, Maintainability, Span,
Calibration. Sources of errors, Dynamic characteristics of M.S, - Zero order, first order
instruments and their responses for impulse, step, ramp & sinusoidal Inputs and frequency
response. Basics of signal conditioning: signal amplifictaion, filtering, Instrumentation
amplifier.
UNIT 2 Resistive Sensors 8 hours
Introduction to Sensors, Introduction to Transducers, Classicificationof Transducers,

Resistive sensors: Potentiometers ,Strain gauges and types, Bridge configuration,
compensation. Resistive Temperature Detectors (RTD), Thermistors, Light-Dependent
Resistors (LDR), Signal conditioning for resistive sensors: measurement of resistance ,
voltage dividers, Wheatstone bridge. Balance and deflection measurements

UNIT 3 Reactive Sensors 8 hours
Reactance variation and Electromagnetic Sensors : Variable & Differential, Inductive

sensors – Reluctance variation, Eddy current, Linear Variable Differential Transformers
(LVDT), Rotary Variable Differential Transformer(RVDT). Variable Capacitive Transducers:
Capacitance Principles, Capacitive Displacement Transducers, Capacitive Hygrometer and
Capacitive Proximity Sensors, Signal conditioning for reactance variation sensors :
problems and alternatives, ac bridges, carrier amplifiers.
UNIT 4 Self Generating Sensors 8 hours
Self-generating sensors: Thermoelectric Sensors, Piezoelectric Sensors, Pyroelectric

sensors, Photovoltaic sensors , Electrochemical sensors, Signal conditioning for self-
generating sensors: chopper and low-drift amplifiers, offset and drifts amplifiers ,
electrometer amplifiers.
UNIT 5 Digtal Sensors, Semicondcutor Device Sensors 9 hours
Digital sensors: Position Encoders, Variable Frequency Sensors – Quartz Digital

Thermometer, Vibrating Wire Strain Gauges, Vibrating Cylinder Sensors. Sensors based on
MOSFET Transistors, Charge coupled Sensors. MEMS Overview: Unique Characteristics of
MEMS, Typical Application Areas of MEMS, MEMS Accelerometer, Optical MEMS, MEMS
as a switch, MEMS Micro actuators. Principles of micro sensors: MEMS for Pressure, Force
and Temperature Measurement.
Textbooks:
1. Doeblin E.O, "Measurement Systems – Applications and Design" , McGraw Hill

International, 4th Edition, 1990.
2. Patranabis D, "Principles of Industrial Instrumentation", TMH, 2nd Edition, 1997.
3. "Murthy D V S, ""Transducers and Instrumentation"", PHI, 1995"
4. Ramon Pallas-Areny, John G. Webster, "Sensors and Signal Conditioning", , John

Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition.
5. Graham M. Brooker, "Introduction to Sensors for Ranging and Imaging" Scitech

Publishing 2009
References:
1. A K Sawhney, "A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and

Instrumentation", Dhanpat Rai and Sons
2. Ian Sinclair, "Sensors and Transducers", Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2011
3. John P. Bentley, "Principles of Measurement Systems", Pearson Education, 3rd Edition,

2000.
4. Julian Garder, Vijay K. Varadan, "Microsensors, MEMS and Smart Devices" John Wiley
& Sons Ltd. (2006).

5. Jon Wilson , “Sensor Technology Handbook”, Newnes 2005.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify suitable sensors and transducers for real time applications.

2. Translate theoretical concepts into working models.
3. "Design the experimental applications to engineering modules and practices.
4. Design engineering solutions to the Industry/Society needs and develop products.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 1
CO4 1 2 3 2 1 3 3 1
CO5 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4031 IOT SECURITY
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3221: Internet of Things

exposure
Course Description:
The Internet of Things (IoT) is a network of a wide variety of devices like vehicles, humans, soil
etc. These devices gather data using sensors, which can be used for monitoring or control. This
course is an introduction to the embedded devices, communication protocols used in IoT.
1. To learn the concepts about Internet of things

2. "The purpose of this course is to expose students to new developments in the areas
of cybersecurity for the Internet of Things (IoT)"
3. To learn the security principles and methodologies for Internet of Things
UNIT 1 Introduction: Securing The Internet of Things 8 hours
Security Requirements in IoT Architecture - Security in Enabling Technologies -Security

Concerns in IoT Applications. Security Architecture in the Internet of Things -Security
Requirements in IoT - Insufficient Authentication/Authorization - InsecureAccess Control
- Threats to Access Control, Privacy, and Availability - Attacks Specific to IoT. Vulnerabilities
– Secrecy and Secret-Key Capacity -Authentication/Authorization for Smart Devices -
Transport Encryption – Attack & Fault tree
UNIT 2 Identity & Access Management Solutions for IoT 8 hours
"Identity lifecycle – authentication credentials – IoT IAM infrastructure – Authorization

with Publish / Subscribe schemes – access control "
UNIT 3 Privacy Preservation and Trust Models for IoT 8 hours
"Concerns in data dissemination – Lightweight and robust schemes for Privacy protection
– Trust and Trust models for IoT – self-organizing Things - Preventing unauthorized
access."

UNIT 4 Cryptographic Fundamentals for IoT 8 hours
Cryptographic primitives and its role in IoT – Encryption and Decryption – Hashes –Digital
Signatures – Random number generation – Cipher suites – key management fundamentals
– cryptographic controls built into IoT messaging and communication protocols – IoT Node
Authentication
UNIT 5 Cloud Security for IoT 8 hours
Cloud services and IoT – offerings related to IoT from cloud service providers – Cloud IoT
security controls – An enterprise IoT cloud security architecture – New directions in cloud
enabled IoT computing
Textbooks:
1. "Practical Internet of Things Security (Kindle Edition) by Brian Russell, Drew Van
Duren "
2. "Johnson Jr, C. Richard, William A. Sethares, and Andrew G. Klein, “Software receiver
design: build your own digital communication system in five easy steps,” Cambridge
University Press, 2011."
3. "A. Narayanan et al., “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive

Introduction,” Princeton University Press, 2016"
References:
1. Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies,” O’Reilly, 2014
2. "T. Alpcan and T. Basar, “Network Security: A Decision and Game-theoretic Approach,”
Cambridge University Press, 2011."
Course Outcomes:
1. Ability to understand the Security requirements in IoT.

2. Understand the cryptographic fundamentals for IoT
3. "Ability to understand the authentication credentials and access contro"
4. Understand the various types Trust models and Cloud Security.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 2 3 2 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 3 3 1
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4032 CLOUD BASED IOT
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This module provides an overview of the Internet of Things (IoT) and Cloud Computing concepts,
infrastructures and capabilities. This will help students gain the necessary knowledge to
construct IoT systems and use cloud services for processing and storage of the data produced
by the IoT devices. Emphasis will be placed on the architecture and design of IoT systems, the
different technologies (wireless/mobile/sensor) governing system implementation and the
migration of the data to the Cloud for processing. Students will gain practical experience in the
development of Cloud-based IoT systems and exposure to appropriate hardware and software
platforms that underpin such development.
1. Evaluate industry-leading systems and technologies for public and private cloud
infrastructure
2. Learn how to use cloud services for IoT applications.
3. Implement cloud features to secure and harden the cloud infrastructure
UNIT 1 Introduction to cloud computing 8 hours
Characteristics of Cloud computing – Cloud Models – Cloud Services – IaaS, PaaS, SaaS,
DaaS– Cloud based services and applications
UNIT 2 Cloud Services and Platforms 8 hours
Compute Services, Storgae Services, Database services, Application Services, Content

Delivery Services, Analutics Services, Deployment and Management Services, identity and
Access management services : Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud Platform, Windows
Azure
UNIT 3 Cloud Application Architectures 9 hours
Development environments for service development: Amazon, Azure, Google Appcloud

platform in industry

UNIT 4 Privacy and Security 10 hours
Application Design- Machine Image Design-privacy design –Database management,

Security Concerns, Risk Issues, and Legal Aspects of Cloud Computing- Cloud Data Security.
UNIT 5 IoT Cloud- Case Study 10 hours
Case Study: Arduino IoT Cloud with NodeMCU, IBM Watson IoT Platform, Google Cloud
IoT Core, Microsoft Azura IoT, Amazon Web Service (AWS) IoT Core.
Textbooks:
1. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Cloud Computing: A Hands-On Approach”, A

HANDSON APPROACH Text Book series, 2013.
2. "RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola, S.ThamaraiSelvi,""Mastering Cloud Computing:

Foundations and Applications Programming"", Elsevier publication, 2013"
References:
1. Reese, G. (2009). Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and

Infrastructure in the Cloud. Sebastopol, CA: O'Reilly Media, Inc. (2009).
2. Thomas Erl, ZaighamMahmood, and Ricardo Puttini,Cloud Computing Concepts,

Technology & Architecture, PRENTICE HALL,2013
3. John R. Vacca, “Cloud Computing Security: Foundations and Challenges”, CRC Press,
2016.
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand the differences between traditional deployment and cloud computing.

2. Students able to learn about cloud services and cloud platforms.
3. Able to understand the different IoT cloud services.
4. To learn how to build a transactional web application for the cloud or migrate one to
it.
5. Design the IoT cloud application in different cloud platforms

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 1 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 1 3 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3261 REAL TIME SIGNAL PROCESSING
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, CSEN1001: Problem Solving and Programming with C, EECE3001:

exposure Digital Signal Processing
Course Description:
The course provides knowledge of DSP theory, algorithms and techniques that are applicable to
the design of contemporary real-time embedded systems. Topics in both classical and statistical
DSP methods are covered including optimal filtering, spectral estimation and adaptive filtering
with applications in analysis
1. Express concepts of real time concepts, architecture and addressing modes of

TMS320C6x processor.
2. Express instructions and interrupts of TMS320C6x Processor
3. Emphasize on data formats and constraints of DSP processors.
4. Present how to realize FIR and IIR filters.
5. Emphasize on adaptive filtering algorithms and optimization schemes.
UNIT 1 Introduction to Real Time Signal Processing 9 hours
Introduction: Introduction to real time concepts, Signal Processing and DSP systems,
Comparison between general purpose and DSP processors. Architecture:TMS320C6x
Architecture, Functional Units, Fetch and Execute, Packets, Pipelining, Registers.
Addressing modes: Linear and Circular Addressing Modes
UNIT 2 C6x Processor 9 hours
Instruction Set of the C6x Processor:TMS320C6x Instruction Set-Assembly Code Format,

Types of Instructions, Assembler Directives, Timers, Interrupts- Interrupt Control
Registers, Interrupt Acknowledgment, Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports, Direct Memory
Access.
UNIT 3 Data representation of DSP Processors 9 hours

Data representation of DSP Processors: Data Types, Floating-Point Format, Q-format

Number Representation, Finite Word Length Effects on Fixed-Point DSPs, Overflow and
Scaling, Real time implementation considerations, Memory Considerations, Code
Improvement, Constraints: Memory Constraints, Cross-Path Constraints, Load/Store
Constraints, Pipelining Effects with More Than One EP within an FP.
UNIT 4 FIR and IIR Filters 9 hours
"Finite Impulse Response Filters: Introduction to the z-Transform, Mapping from s-Plane
to z-Plane, Difference Equations, Discrete Signals, FIR Filters, FIR Lattice Structure,
Window Functions, Hamming Window, Hanning Window, Blackman Window, Kaiser
Window.
Infinite Impulse Response Filters:IIR Filter Structures, Direct Form I Structure, Direct Form
II Structure, Direct Form II Transpose, Cascade Structure, Parallel Form Structure."
UNIT 5 Adaptive Filters 9 hours
Introduction, Adaptive Structures, Adaptive Linear Combiner, Performance Function

Searching for the Minimum Code Optimization:Introduction to optimization, Optimization
Steps, Procedure for Code Optimization, Software Pipelining for Code Optimization, and
Execution Cycles for Different Optimization Schemes.
List of Experiments
1. To study about DSP Processors and architecture of TMS320C6713 DSP processor
2. Introduction to MATLAB and Code Composer Studio.
3. Write a MATLAB Program for the generation of basic signals such as unit impulse,
unit step, ramp, exponential, sinusoidal and cosine.
4. To study matrix multiplication using code composer studio.
5. Evaluate 4 point DFT of and IDFT of x(n) = 1, 0 ≤ n ≤ 3; 0 elsewhere.
6. Implement FFT algorithm.
7. Verify Blackman and Hamming windowing techniques.
8. Implement IIR Butterworth analog Low Pass for a 4 KHz cut off frequency.
9. Verify Circular Convolution using code composer studio.
10. Verify linear convolution of two sequence using code composer studio.
11. To implement Tone Generation.
12. To implement floating point arithmetic.
13. Write a MATLAB program to design a FIR Low pass, High pass, Band pass, Band stop
filter using Rectangular window.

14. Write a MATLAB program to design Chebyshev Type-I (Low pass filter, High pass,
Band pass& Band stop filter).
15. Real-time audio or image processing applications
Textbooks:
1. Boca Raton, Real-Time Digital Signal Processing from MATLAB to C with the
TMS320C6x DSPs CRC Press, (2011)
2. RulphChassaing and Donald Reay, "Digital Signal Processing and Applications

with the C6713 and C6416 DSK", Second edition, A John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
Publication. ISBN 9780471704065
References:
1. Kuo, woonseng-s gen, "Digital Signal Processors: Architectures, Implementations, and

Applications", Pearson education.
2. B. Venkataramani, M. Bhaskar, "Digital signal processors architecture, programming

and applications", TMH Edition
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the real world applications, architecture and addressing modes of DSP
processors.
2. Understand instructions and interrupts of TMS320C6x processor.
3. Analyze data formats and constraints related to DSP Processors
4. Realize FIR and IIR filters
5. Analyse adaptive filtering algorithms and optimization schemes for improving
performance.

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 1 2 2 3
CO2 2 1 1 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 1 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3271 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
UNIT 1 Digital Image Fundamentals and Transforms 10 hours
Elements of Visual perception, Image sensing and Acquisition , Imaging in different bands,
Digital Image Representation: Black and White, Gray scale and colour Images,
Relationship between pixels, Image transformations: 2D-DFT, DCT, DST, Hadamard,
Walsh, Hotelling transformation, 2D-Wavelet transformation, Wavelet packets. Examples
and case studies
UNIT 2 Image Enhancement 8 hours
Gray Level Transformations, Histogram modification and equalization, Enhancement

Using Arithmetic and Logic operations, Combining Spatial Enhancement Methods ,
Smoothening and Sharpening Spatial Filters, Smoothing and Frequency Domain Filters,
Homomorphic Filtering. Examples and case studies
UNIT 3 Image Restoration and Segmentation 10 hours
Noise Models, Restoration in the presence of Noise Only Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise
Reduction by Frequency Domain Filtering , Inverse filtering, Wiener filtering,
Segmentation: Morphological operations in Binary and Gray Images, Point, Line and Edge
segmentation. Edge linking and Boundary detection. Segmentation using thresholding,
Region based segmentation, Region merging, Region splitting, Splitting and merging,
Watershed segmentation, Region growing. Examples and case studies
UNIT 4 Image Compression 9 hours
Error free compression: Variable length coding, LZW, Bit-plane coding, Lossless predictive
coding, Lossy compression: Lossy predictive coding, transform coding, wavelet coding.
Image compression standards, CCITT, JPEG, JPEG 2000, Video compression standards.
Examples and case studies
UNIT 5 Image Representation and Recognition 8 hours

Boundary representation, Boundary description, Fourier Descriptor, Regional Descriptors

– Topological feature, Texture – Patterns and Pattern classes – Recognition based on
matching. Examples and case studies
This course introduces basic concepts, methodologies and algorithms of digital image
processing focusing on the following three major problems concerned with digital images: (1)
image enhancement and restoration for easier interpretation of images, (2) image compression
techniques and (3) image analysis and object recognition. Some advanced image processing
techniques (e.g., wavelet and multiresolution processing) will also be studied in this course. The
primary goal of this course is to lay a solid foundation for students to study advanced image
analysis topics such as computer vision systems, biomedical image analysis, and multimedia
processing & retrieval.
1. Introduce the scope of field of image processing and basic concepts in digital image
processing
2. Demonstrate different of image enhancement techniques.
3. Describe different segmentation & compression techniques.
4. Analyze different morphological techniques.
5. Construct a model for object recognition.
Textbooks:
1. R. C. Gonzalez, R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education. III Ed.,2016
2. Jain A.K., Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-Hall, 2002.
References:
1. Al Bovik (ed.), “Handbook of Image and Video Processing”, Academic Press, 2000.
2. M. Petrou, P. Bosdogianni, “Image Processing, The Fundamentals“, Wiley, 1999.
3. Bernd Jähne, Digital Image Processing, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2005.
4. J. C. Russ. The Image Processing Handbook. CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 4thedn., 2002.
Course Outcomes:

1. Describe the theory and algorithms that are widely used in digital image processing
2. Apply a proper image enhancement technique for given a set of noisy images.
3. Compare different image segmentation and compression techniques.
4. Formulate solutions using morphological concepts.
5. Develop any application using different image processing techniques.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 3 1 2 2
CO2 1 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 1 2 3 2 2 3
CO4 1 3 2 1 3 3
CO5 1 3 2 1 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3281 DSP PROCESSORS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable CSEN1001: Problem Solving and Programming with C

exposure
Course Description:
Digital Signal Processors are specialized computer chips designed to perform speedy and
complex operations on digitized waveforms. This course provides an exposure to the various
fixed point & a floating point DSP architectures and also applications of using these processors
to real-world situations.
● Impart the knowledge of basic DSP concepts and number systems to be used,
different types of A/D, D/A conversion errors.
● Learn the architectural differences between DSP and General-purpose processor.
● Learn about interfacing of serial & parallel communication devices to the processor.
● Implement the DSP & FFT algorithms.
UNIT 1 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing 9 hours
Introduction: Digital signal-processing system, discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and fast
Fourier transform (FFT), differences between DSP and other microprocessor architectures;
Number formats: Fixed point, floating point and block floating point formats, IEEE-
754 floating point, dynamic range and precision, relation between data word size and
instruction word size; Sources of error in DSP implementations: A/D conversion errors,
DSP computational errors, D/A conversion errors, Q-notation.
UNIT 2 Architecture of Programmable DSPS 9 hours
Multiplier and multiplier accumulator, modified bus structures and memory access in
PDSPs, multiple access memory, multiport memory, SIMD, VLIW architectures,
pipelining, special addressing modes in PDSPs, on-chip peripherals.
UNIT 3 Overview of Tms320c54xx Processor 9 hours
Architecture of TMS320C54XX DSPs, addressing modes, memory space of

TMS320C54XX processors. Program control, instruction set and programming, on-chip
peripherals, interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors, pipeline operation.

UNIT 4 Interfacing Memory And I/O Peripherals To PDSPs 9 hours
Memory space organization, external bus interfacing signals, memory interface,

parallel I/O interface, programmed I/O, interrupts and I/O, direct memory access (DMA)
UNIT 5 Implementations of Basic DSP Algorithms 9 hours
The Q-notation, convolution, correlation, FIR filters, IIR filters, interpolation filters,
decimation filters, an FFT algorithm for DFT filters computation of the signal spectrum.
Examples and case studies
Text Books:
1. Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Digital Signal Processing, Thomson Publications, 1st
Edition, 2004.
2. Lapsley et al, DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures & Features, S. Chand & Co,
1 st Edition, 2000.
3. B. Ventakaramani, M. Bhaskar, Digital Signal Processors Architecture Programming

and Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2006.
References:
1. Sen M. Kuo&WoonSergGan, Digital Signal Processors Architectures, Implementation

and Application,Pearson Practice Hall, 1st Edition, 2013.
2. Ifeachor E. C., Jervis B. W, Digital Signal Processing: A practical approach, Pearson

Education, PHI/, 2nd Edition, 2002.
3. Peter Pirsch ,Architectures for Digital Signal Processing, John Weily, 1 st Edition, 2007.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the basics of Digital Signal Processing and transforms.

2. Able to distinguish between the architectural features of General purpose processors
and DSP processors.
3. Understand the architectures of TMS320C54xx devices.
4. Discuss about various memory and parallel I/O interfaces.
5. Analyze the concepts of interpolation and decimation filters

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 3 3
CO2 1 3 2 2
CO3 1 3 3 2
CO4 1 3 2 3
CO5 2 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3291 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, EECE3001: Digital Signal Processing

exposure
Course Description:
Biomedical signal processing course introduces acquisition of biological signals and analysis
using signal processing techniques. The course describe the observations of physiological
activities of organism and extracting significant information. This course describes the methods
to analyse biological signals for filtering, removal of artifacts and classification of bio-signals
1. Understand the Sources, Types & Characteristics of Different Noises and Artifacts
Present in Biomedical Signals.
2. Design Time Domain and Frequency Domain Filters for Noise and Artifact Removal
from Biomedical signals.
3. Understand and Apply Various Methods for Analyzing Biomedical Signal
Characteristics.
4. Explore Alternative Techniques of Analyzing Biomedical Signals in Time and Frequency
Domain.
UNIT 1 Biosignals and Their Characteristics 9 hours
Source of Bioelectric potential, Resting and action potential, Propagation of action

potentials in nerves, Characteristics of biomedical signals, The nature of biomedical
signals signal analysis, Biomedical signal acquisition and processing, Difficulties in
biomedical signal acquisition and analysis, computer aided diagnosis. Examples and
case studies
UNIT 2 Signal Averaging 9 hours
Basics of signal averaging, signal averaging as a digital filter, limitations of signal

averaging. Removal of artifacts by averaging. Filtering for removal of artifacts:
Introduction, Random noise, structured noise and physiological interference,
stationary versus non stationary process. Finite time averaging :Introduction, finite
time estimation of mean value, estimation of variance, correlation, synchronous
averaging. Examples and case studies

UNIT 3 Frequency Domain Analysis and Adaptive Filtering 9 hours
Frequency domain analysis Introduction, Spectral analysis, linear filtering, Removal of high
frequency noise (power line interference). Adaptive filtering– LMS adaptive filter, adaptive
noise canceling in ECG, improved adaptive filtering in FECG. Examples and case studies
UNIT 4 Time Series Analysis 9 hours
Time series analysis – linear prediction models, process order estimation, lattice
representation, non stationary process, fixed segmentation, adaptive segmentation,
application in EEG, PCG signals, Time varying analysis of Heart-rate variability, model
based ECG simulator. Examples and case studies
UNIT 5 Biosignal Classification and Recognition 9 hours
Signal classification and recognition – Statistical signal classification, linear

discriminant function, direct feature selection and ordering, Back propagation neural
network based classification. Application in Normal versus Ectopic ECG beats. Examples
and case studies
Textbooks:
1. Arnon Cohen, Bio-Medical Signal Processing 2nd edition, CRC Press Inc., Boca Rato,
Florida, 2000
2. Rangaraj M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis-A case study approach,

2ndedition, Wiley, 2015
References:
1. D.C.Reddy, Biomedical Signal Processing- principles and techniques, Tata McGraw-Hill

Education, 2005
2. Tompkins, W.J. (ed.), Biomedical Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1993.
3. Eugene N.Bruce, Biomedical Signal Processing and Signal Modeling, Wiley

Publications, 2000.
Course Outcomes:
1. Describe various bio medical signals and their characteristics

2. Apply signal averaging for different applications
3. Analyze biomedical signals using Transforms
4. Analyze biomedical signals using time series analysis
5. Classify Biomedical signals
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 1 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3301 SPEECH PROCESSING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB, EECE3001: Digital Signal Processing

exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the student to audio engineering, its applications and perspectives in real
time environment. The morphological techniques in speech processing, homomorphic speech
processing, pitch estimation, Hidden Markov models of speech processing are discussed. It
familiarizes the student about different filters used in speech processing for noise less
transmission and uniform transmission of speech signals from source to destination.
1. To explore the applications of signal processing in audio engineering.

2. To provide an understanding of hearing perception and homomorphic speech
processing.
3. To familiarize speech recognition systems and voice verification
4. To introduce uniform lossless speech transmission, linear predictive coding of speech,
delta modulation of speech and voice recognition systems.
UNIT 1 Introduction to Speech Processing 9 hours
Speech signal, signal processing, digital speech processing. Digital models for speech
signals: Process of speech production, acoustic theory of speech production, uniform
lossless tube models, digital models for speech signals, hearing and auditory perception
UNIT 2 Time-Domain Methods for Speech Processing 9 hours
Time-dependent processing of speech, short-time energy and average magnitude, short-

time average zero-crossing rate, speech vs. silence discrimination, pitch period estimation
using the autocorrelation function. Digital representation of the speech waveform:
Instantaneous quantization, adaptive quantization, general theory of differential
quantization, delta modulation.

UNIT 3 Fourier Analysis of Speech 9 hours
"Short-Time Fourier Analysis: Fourier transform interpretation, linear filtering

interpretation, filter-bank summation method of short-time synthesis, spectrographic
displays, analysis-synthesis systems.
Homomorphic Speech Processing: Homomorphic systems for convolution, complex
spectrum of speech, pitch detection, formant estimation, homomorphic vocoder."
UNIT 4 Linear Predictive Coding of Speech 9 hours
Basic principles of linear predictive analysis, computation of the gain for the model,
solution of the LPCequations, relations between the various speech parameters, synthesis
of speech from linear predictive parameters, application of LPC parameters.
UNIT 5 Speaker Recognition Systems 9 hours
Speech recognition systems. Speech enhancement in noise, Single channel speech

enhancement methods, beamforming with microphone array speech, distortion
measurement.
Textbooks:
1. Rabiner L.R., Schafer R.W., Digital Processing of Speech Signals, 1/e, Prentice Hall of
India, 1978.
2. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing, Principles and Practice,

References:
1. Ian McLaughlin, Applied Speech and Audio Processing with MATLAB examples,
Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang, Fundamentals of Speech Recognition,

3. Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, Speech and Language Processing–An Introduction
to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition,
Pearson Prentice Hall 2009.
Course Outcomes:

1. Model speech production system and describe the fundamentals of speech
2. Extract and compare different speech parameters.

3. Choose an appropriate speech model for a given application.
4. Analyse speech recognition, synthesis and speaker identification systems
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 2 3
CO2 1 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 3 3
CO5 1 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3311 DIGITAL SIGNAL COMPRESSION
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable MATLAB
exposure
Course Description:
Compression of digital signals is an important aspect in computer and communications

technology. This course makes the students familiar with different types of compression
techniques as well as the mathematical foundation for textual, audio, image and video
compression and solve the problems associated with different source coding techniques.
1. To understand the concepts of data compression, and algorithms for lossy and lossless
data compression.
2. To impart the knowledge of scalar and vector quantization.
3. To understand the principles of Differential Encoding techniques.
4. To develop the skill to analyze transform coding, signal modeling and its extension to
compression with applications to speech, image and video processing.
UNIT 1 Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossless Compression 9 hours
"Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossless Compression: Overview, a brief introduction to

information theory, derivation of average information, models, coding.
Huffman Coding: Overview, the Huffman coding algorithm.
Arithmetic Coding: overview, introduction, coding a sequence, generating a binary code,
comparison of Huffman and arithmetic coding, adaptive arithmetic coding."
UNIT 2 Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossy Coding 9 hours
Mathematical Preliminaries for Lossy Coding: Overview, introduction, distortion criteria,

information theory revisited, models. Scalar Quantization: Overview, introduction, the
quantization problem, uniform quantizer, adaptive quantization, nonuniform
quantization.
UNIT 3 Vector Quantization and Differential Encoding 9 hours

"Vector Quantization: Overview, introduction, advantages of vector quantization over

scalar quantization, the Linde-Buzo-Gray algorithm Differential Encoding: Overview,
introduction, the basic algorithm, prediction in DPCM, adaptive DPCM, delta modulation,
speech coding."
UNIT 4 Transform and Suband Coding 9 hours
"Transform Coding: The Transform, Transforms of interest, quantization and coding of

transform coefficients, application to image compression—JPEG, application to audio
compression-the MDCT.
Subband Coding: Overview, introduction, filters, some filters used in subband coding, the
basic subband coding algorithm."
UNIT 5 Audio, Speech and Video Compression 9 hours
"Audio compression techniques, Standards for audio compression in multimedia

applications, MPEG audio encoding and decoding, Dolby AC-3 standard. Speech
compression techniques, Vocoders, Speech compression - quality measures, waveform
coding, source coders, Speech compression standards for personal communication
systems. Video compression techniques and standards, Motion estimation and
compensation techniques, H.261, Dolby AC-3. ".
Textbooks:
1. Sayood, Khalid, “Introduction to Data Compression”, Third Edition, Morgan Kaufmann,

2006.
5. David Salomon, “Data compression: the complete reference”, Third Edition, New
York: Springer, 2004.
References:
1. Mark Nelson, Jean Loup Gaily, “The Data Compression book”, 2nd Edition, MIS press.
2. Ida Mengyi Pu, Fundamental Data Compression, Elsevier Science, 2005
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand mathematical foundations of data compression and factual knowledge

about existing compression standards.
2. Analyze coding and compression techniques.
3. Differentiate modeling and coding aspect of compression.
4. design uniform, non-uniform and adaptive quantizers for a given input data with low
quantization error
5. Understand the compression formats of image, audio and video.
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 1 1 2 3 2
CO2 2 2 1 2 3
CO3 2 1 1 3 2
CO4 1 1 2 2 2
CO5 1 1 2 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND
EECE3322
DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable
exposure
Course Description:
The purpose of learning this course is to acquire knowledge about processor, memory, input / output
devices interconnected by bus. It encompasses the definition of the machine’s instruction set
architecture. The course emphasizes instruction set design, pipelining, memory technology, memory
hierarchy, virtual memory management, and I/O sub systems
1. To Identify the working of various sub-modules of computer system.

2. "To understand the process of instruction execution and the interaction between
CPU and memories"
3. To analyze the data transfer between the peripheral devices and CPU
4. "To interpret the design issues of RISC and CISC CPUs and the design issues of pipeline
architectures."
5. To infer the functionality of parallel processing
UNIT 1 Computer architecture, Computer system and its sub modules 9 hours
State Diagram various Architectures, Moore Machine, Mealy Machine, Van Neuman
architecture and hardware implementation of Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Buses Types,
Specifications of a computer, Concepts of Machine level programming, Assembly level
programming and High-level programming. Various addressing modes and designing of
an Instruction set. Concepts of subroutine and subroutine call, use of stack for handling
subroutine call and return
UNIT 2 CPU Design 9 hours

Introduction to CPU design, Instruction interpretation and execution, Micro- operation
and their RTL specification, Hardwired control CPU design, Micro programmed control
CPU design, Concepts of semiconductor memory, CPU-memory interaction, organization
of memory modules, Cache memory and related mapping and replacement policies,
Virtual memory, paging concepts, VAS to PAS and Vice-versa mapping

UNIT 3 Input / Output Devices 10 hours

Introduction to input/output processing, working with video display unit and keyboard
and routine to control them, Program controlled I/O transfer, Interrupt controlled I/O
transfer, DMA controller, Secondary storage and type of storage devices, Introduction to
buses and connecting I/O devices to CPU and memory, TRAP and Interrupts
UNIT 4 Arithmetic and Pipelining 9 hours

Addition and subtraction of signed numbers, design of fast adders, multiplication of
unsigned numbers, multiplication of signed numbers, fast multiplication, integer
division, floating-point numbers and operations, Introduction to RISC and CISC paradigm.
Design issues of a RISC processor and example of RISC processor
UNIT 5 Parallel Processing and Performance 8 hours

Hardware multithreading, vector (SIMD) processing, shared-memory multiprocessors,
cache coherence, message-passing multicomputer
List of Laboratory Experiments
This course shall have laboratory experiments on HDL Modelling and Simulation of the
below (but not limited to)
1. Basic Building Blocks of Computers including Multiplexers, Registers, Adders, Multipliers,

Logical functional units
2. Read Only Memory and Random Access Memories
3. 32-bit ALU
4. Register File
5. Single Cycle Datapath and Control
6. Software Development using MIPS Instruction Set and Simulation
7. Pipelined Datapath and Control (Optional)
8. Forwarding Unit in Pipelined Systems (Optional)
Textbooks:
1. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky & NaraigManjikian, Computer Organization

and Embedded Systems, 6/e, McGraw Hill Publications, 2010
2. "William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance,
8/e, Pearson Education India. 2010"
3. D. A. Patterson and J. L. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, 4/e, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2008
References:
1. Patterson, Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design, 4/e, Elsevier Publications, 2011
2. Kai Hwang and A. Briggs, Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, International
Edition McGraw Hill, 2012
3. Sima, Terence Fountain, Peter Kacsuk, Advanced Computer Architecture, Pearson

Education, 2011

Course Outcomes:
1. To Understand the functionality of CPU functional units and the interconnections

among these components
2. To interpret the CPU operations, instruction interpretation and execution.
3. To analyze the different types of I/O subsystems and I/O transfer techniques
4. To understand the arithmetic operation and design issues of pipelining architecture
5. To analyze the concept of arithmetic operation and parallel processing
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 2 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 3 1
CO4 3 1 2 3 1
CO5 2 2 1 2 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3332 HARDWARE MODELING WITH HDLS
2 0 2 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces to design digital logic circuits using Verilog HDL. The various modeling
styles in Verilog is explained for logic circuits. The use of Testbench and HDL synthesis in VLSI
using System Verilog is provided
1. To design combinational, sequential circuits using Verilog HDL

2. To understand behavioral and RTL modeling of digital circuits
3. To verify whether the design meets its timing constraint specifications
4. To analyze the program and their designs on a development board
5. To simulate, synthesize, and program their designs on a development board
UNIT 1 Hardware Modeling basics 9 hours
Lexical conventions, data types, system tasks and compiler directives, Modules, ports,
hierarchical names encapsulation, modeling primitives, Models of propagation delay and
net delay path delays and simulation
UNIT 2 Types of Modeling 10 hours
Gate-Level Modeling: Gate types, gate delays, Dataflow Modeling: Continuous

assignments, delays, expressions, operators, and operands, operator types, examples,
Behavioral Modeling: Structured procedures, procedural assignments, timing controls,
conditional statements, multiway branching, loops, sequential and parallel blocks,
generate blocks
UNIT 3 Timing and Delays 8 hours
Types of delay models, path delay modeling, timing checks, delay back annotation, BCD to
7-Segment Display Decoder, BCD Adder,32-Bit Adders, Traffic Light Controller, Shift-and-
Add Multiplier, Array Multiplier

UNIT 4 Verilog Test benches 10 hours
What is Verification, what is a Test bench, The Importance of Verification, Convergence

Model, What Is Being Verified, Functional Verification Approaches, Testing Versus
Verification, Design and Verification Reuse, The Cost of Verification
UNIT 5 HDL-based synthesis 8 hours
Technology-independent design, styles for synthesis of combinational and sequential

logic, synthesis of finite state machines, synthesis of gated clocks, design partitions and
hierarchical structures
This course shall involve Verilog Modelling and Simulation Assignments using Xilinx Vivado
/ Cadence INCISIV tools on the below topics (but not limited to)
1. Modeling and Simulation of Combinational Logic Circuits at Gate Level
2. Modeling Combinational Logic Circuits at Dataflow level
3. Modelling Combinational Logic Circuits at Behavioural Level
4. Modelling Combinational Logic Circuits at Structural Level
5. Verilog Modelling of Delays in Digital Circuits
6. Verilog Modelling of Sequential Logic Circuits
7. Verilog Modelling of Finite State Machines
8. Verilog Modelling using RTL Design methodology – GCD Processor Design
9. Case Study of RTL Modelling of Data Sorter, Min-Max Computation, Serial
Communication Controller
10. Modeling Testbenches for Combinational and Sequential Logic Circuits
11. Using Assertions in Verilog
Textbooks:
1. Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL, 2/e, Pearson Education, 2013

2. Charles Roth, Digital Systems Design using Verilog, Cengage Learning, 2014
3. M. G. Arnold, “Verilog Digital – Computer Design”, Prentice Hall (PTR), 1999
References:
1. Janick Bergeron, “Writing Test benches using System Verilog”, Springer,2014

2. J. Bhasker, System Verilog HDL Primer, B.S. Publications, 2012
3. J. Bhasker, Verilog Synthesis Primer, B. S. Publications, 2011
4. M. Ciletti, Advanced Digital Design with Verilog HDL, 2/e. Pearson Education, 2012
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand the basic concepts of verilog HDL

2. To model digital systems in verilog HDL at different levels of abstraction
3. To understand the concept of timing and delay
4. To know the simulation techniques and test bench creation
5. To analyze the process of HDL synthesis

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 1 2 1 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 1 3 1 1 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 1 2 3 2 2

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3341 FPGA SYSTEM DESIGN
2 0 2 0 0 3
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE2021: Digital Logic Design

exposure
Course Description:
This course emphasis on the various programmable logic devices. The various types of FPGA
and applications. The system on chipbased design in FPGA environment. Also deals with
hardware and software interations in a FPGA kit.
1. To understand the issues and tools related to FPGA design and implementation
2. To interpret the optimization techniques in low power system design
3. To understand the basics of platform based design
4. To demonstrate the challenges to design FPGA board
5. To analyze the interface of hardware and software
UNIT 1 Types of ASICs 9 hours
ASICs and VLSI Design flow, Programmable ASICs, Antifuse, SRAM, EPROM, EEPROM based
ASICs. Programmable ASIC logic cells and I/O cells, Programmable interconnects. Latest
Version, FPGAs and CPLDs and Soft-core processor
UNIT 2 Design Specification and Resource Scoping 9 hours
Trade off issues at System Level: Optimization with regard to speed, area and power,
asynchronous and low power system design. ASIC physical design issues, System
Partitioning, Power Dissipation, Partitioning Methods
UNIT 3 SoC Block-Based Design 10 hours
System-On-Chip Design, SoC Design Flow, Platform-based and IP based SoC Designs, Basic
Concepts of Bus-Based Communication Architectures, On-Chip Communication
Architecture Standards, Low-Power SoC Design, Performance Evaluation Methods for
Multiprocessor System-on-Chip Design
UNIT 4 FPGA Design Environment 8 hours

Introduction, Scripting Environment, Interaction with Version Control Software, A

Regression Test System, Common Tools in the FPGA Design Environment, Challenges that
FPGAs Create for Board Design, Engineering Roles and Responsibilities, FPGA Engineers,
Design Flows for Creating the FPGA Pinout, Board Design Check List for a Successful FPGA
Pin-Out
UNIT 5 Hardware/Software considerations 9 hours
Introduction, Software Interface, Definition of Register Address Map, Use of the Register
Address Map, Hardware/Software Co-Design and Verification, High performance
algorithms for ASICS/ SoCs as case studies ,Canonic Signed Digit Arithmetic, Distributed
Arithmetic.
Textbooks:
1. D. Gajski, S. Abdi, A. Gerstlauer, G. Schirner , Embedded System Design: Modeling,

Synthesis and Verification, Springer,2009
2. Louis Scheffer, Luciano Lavagno, and Grant Marti , Synthesis and Optimization of
Digital Circuits, McGraw-Hill, 2003
3. Luciano Lavagno, Grant Martin, EDA for IC System Design, Verification, and Testing ,
Taylor and Francis, 2015
4. Wayne Wolf , FPGA-Based System Design : 1st edition Prentice Hall,2004
References:
1. Wayne Wolf , Modern VLSI Design: System-on-Chip Design (3rd Edition), Pearson,
2002
2. Steve Kilts,AdvancedFpga Design: Architecture, Implementation, And Optimization, 1 st

edition, John Wiley,2016
5. David Pellerin, Scott Thibault, Practical FPGA Programming in C, Prentice Hall

Professional Technical Reference, 2005
Course Outcomes:
1. To demonstrate VLSI tool-flow and appreciate FPGA architecture

2. To analyze the on chip communication architectures and specifications
3. To understand the basics of system on chip
4. To interpret the FPGA design environment and challenges
5. To infer hardware and software co-design
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 1 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4042 VLSI DESIGN AUTOMATION
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite
Co-requisite
Preferable
exposure
Course Description:
This course emphasis the fundamentals principles and design processes used in the design of
chips using design automation tools. Specifically the course highlights the use of synthesizable
Verilog constructs for RTL design, files and algorithms used for logic synthesis and static timing
analysis concepts. The course then introduces the
1. To impart the synthesizable aspects of VLSI Constructs

2. To acquaint the students with timing constraints and analysis concepts
3. To elaborate different aspects of Logic Synthesis, Physical Synthesis process
4. To demonstrate the use of EDA tools for entire chip design process
UNIT 1 Introduction to Chip Design Flow and Synthesizable Verilog 9 hours

Introduction to building a Chip, Need for Design Automation, The Chip Design Flow,
Synthesizable Verilog Constructs, Verilog Modeling Examples, Verilog FSM Implementation,
Coding Style, Writing Synthesizeable RTL
UNIT 2 Logic Synthesis 9 hours

Logic Synthesis: HDL Compilation, Library Definition, LEF Format, Liberty (.lib), Contents of
Standard Cell Libraries, Elaboration and Technology Mapping, BDDs and Boolean
Minimization, Constraint Definition, Technology Mapping, Verilog for Synthesis, Timing
Optimization
UNIT 3 Static Timing Analysis 9 hours

Static Timing Analysis (STA): Timing Analysis, Timing Constraints, Static Timing Analysis
(STA), STA Example, Design Constraints (SDC), Understanding Timing Reports, Multi-Mode
Multi-Corner (MMMC)
UNIT 4 Floorplanning, Placement and Clock Distribution 9 hours

Physical Design: Moving to the Physical Domain, Multiple Voltage Domains, Floorplanning,
Hierarchical Design, Power Planning, Standard Cell Placement, Random Placement, Analytic
Placement, Analytic Placement Example, Placement in Practice, Clock Tree Synthesis, Clock

Distribution, Clock Concurrent Optimization (CCOpt). Clock Tree Synthesis in EDA Tools,
Clock Routing and Clock Tree Analysis, Clock Generation, Clock Domain Crossing (CDC)
UNIT 5 Routing, I/O Design and Packaging 9 hours

Global and Detailed Routing: Routing, Maze Routing, Routing in Practice, Signal Integrity (SI)
and Design for Manufacturing (DFM), Input/Output Circuits and Packaging, Packaging, I/O
Circuits - Digital IOs, Analog IOs, ESD Protection, Pad Configurations. Chip Finishing and Sign-
Off: Sign-off Timing, Chip Finishing, including Density Fill and Antenna Fixes, Sign-off
Validation, including IR Drop and EM Analysis, LEC, and DRC/LVS/ERC
Laboratory Experiments
This course shall be accompanied by laboratory experiments on the below topics (but not limited
to)
5. Basic Linux Commands, Networking commands
6. TCL/Perl Scripting
7. RTL Verilog Modeling and Simulation
8. Logic Synthesis
9. Static Timing Analysis
10. DFT Insertion and Fault Simulation
11. Floorplanning, Power Planning, Placement and Routing
12. Importing Layout into Virtuoso & Physical Verification
13. Case Study/Project: Chip Synthesis of a MIPS Processor
Textbooks:
1. https://www.eng.biu.ac.il/temanad/digital-vlsi-design/
2. Sebastian Smith, Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Sung Kyu Lim,Practical Problems in VLSI Physical Design, Springer,2008
4. S.H. Gerez, Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation, John Wiley ,1998
5. Sabih H Gerez, Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation, Wiley,2006
References:
6. N.A.Sherwani , “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, (3/e),Kluwer,1999

7. M. Sait , H. Youssef, “VLSI Physical Design Automation”, World scientific, 1999
8. M.Sarrafzadeh, “Introduction to VLSI Physical Design”, McGraw Hill (IE), 1996
9. Habib Youssef, VLSI Physical Design Automation, World Scientific,2001
Course Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the student will be able to
1. Write synthesizable RTL models in standard coding style

2. Perform logic synthesis with area/power/delay constraints using EDA tools
3. Analyze and fix digital circuits with timing violations
4. Choose appropriate floorplanning, power planning and clock distribution strategies
under design constraints
5. Demonstrate the use of EDA tools for entire ASIC Design flow

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 1 2 3 1
CO2 3 1 2 3 2
CO3 2 1 3 3 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 1
CO5 3 2 3 2 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4052 ANALOG IC DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite
Co-requisite
Preferable
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the fundamentals of MOS device physics and building blocks of analog
integrated circuit design. This course focuses on the frequency response of the amplifiers.
Nanometer design concepts and their effects have been introduced in this course
1. To understand the construction, operation and mathematical models of MOSFETs.

2. To analyze and design single stage and multistage amplifiers at low frequencies.
3. To study and analyze different current mirrors used to bias IC amplifiers.
4. To understand the frequency response of amplifier designed in integrated circuits.
5. To understand the principles of operation of different feedback topologies.
6. To understand different specifications and topologies related to operational amplifiers
UNIT 1 Basic MOS Device Physics 8 hours
Basic MOS Device Physics: General considerations, MOSFET as a switch, MOSFET

structure, MOS symbols, MOS I/V characteristics, threshold voltage, derivation of I/V
characteristics, second-order effects, MOS device models, MOS device layout, MOS device
capacitances, MOS small-signal model, MOS SPICE models, NMOS versus PMOS devices,
long-channel versus short-channel devices
UNIT 2 Frequency Response of Amplifiers 9 hours
Single-Stage Amplifiers: Basic concepts, common-source stage, common-source stage

with resistive load, CS stage with diode-connected load, CS stage with current-source load,
CS stage with triode load, CS stage with source degeneration, source follower, common-
gate stage, cascade stage, folded cascode
UNIT 3 Stability and Frequency Compensation 9 hours
Differential Amplifiers: Single-ended and differential operation, basic differential pair,

qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, common-mode response, differential pair with

MOS loads, gilbert cell. Passive and Active Current Mirrors: Basic current mirrors, cascode
current mirrors, active current mirrors, large-signal analysis, small-signal analysis,
common-mode properties.
UNIT 4 Nanometer Design Studies 10 hours
Frequency Response of Amplifiers: General considerations, Miller effect, association of

poles with nodes, common-source stage, source followers, common-gate stage, cascode
stage, differential pair. CMOS Processing and Layout: CMOS Processing, Layout and Design
Rules, Layout of Transistors, Resistors, Capacitors
UNIT 5 Layout and Packaging 9 hours
Operational Amplifiers: General considerations, performance parameters, one-stage op

amps, two-stage op amps, gain boosting, comparison, common-mode feedback, input
range limitations, slew rate, power supply rejection. Stability and Frequency
Compensation: General considerations, multipole systems, phase margin, frequency
compensation, compensation of two-stage op amps.
List of Experiments
Experiments shall be carried out using Tanner/Mentor Graphics/Cadence Tools
1. Study of MOS Characteristics and Characterization
2. Design and Simulation of Single Stage Amplifiers (Common Source, Source Follower, Common
Gate Amplifier)
3. Design and Simulation of Single Stage Amplifiers (Cascode Amplifier, Folded Cascode Amplifier)
4. Design and Simulation of a Differential Amplifier (with Resistive Load, Current Source Biasing)
5. Design and Simulation of Basic Current Mirror, Cascode Current Mirror
6. Analysis of Frequency response of various amplifiers (Common Source, Source Follower,
Cascode, Differential Amplifier
7. Design/Simulation/Layout of Telescopic Operational Amplifier/ Folded Cascode Operational
Amplifier
Textbooks:
1. Behzad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, 2/e, Mc-Graw Hill
Education, 2017
2. Tony Carusone, Ken Martin, Analog Integrated Circuit Design, 2/e, Wiley Publications,
2016.
References:
1. P. R. Gray & R. G. Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, 5/e, John
Wiley, 2012
2. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, 10/e,
3. R. Jacob Baker, CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulations, 3/e, IEEE press, 2010
4. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Microelectronic Circuits, 7/e, Oxford University Press,
2012

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Analyze MOSFET based circuits using large signal and small signal models
2. Choose an appropriate amplifying topology and design single stage amplifiers
3. Design current sources and differential amplifiers for given specifications balancing speed,
area, power tradeoffs
4. Draw efficient layouts of transistors, resistors, capacitor with awareness on mismatch and
process variations
5. Choose an appropriate opamp topology and design for given specifications

L T P S J C
EECE3351 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite EECE1001: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Co-requisite None
Preferable SPICE
exposure
Course Description:
This course introduces the theoretical & circuit aspects of Opamp, which are the backbone for
the basics of linear and digital integrated circuits and to understand the various linear & non-
linear applications of opamp. Also to learn various digital ICs and circuits which are highly used
in day to day commercial and household devices
1. To understand the basic principles of integrated circuits

2. To analyze various types of operational amplifiers
3. To interpret the applications of phase lock loop
4. To illustrate the uses of special function ICs
5. To implement combinational and sequential logic using TTL logic
UNIT 1 Basics of Operational Amplifier 8 hours
Performance of an OpAmp: Introduction, input bias currents, input offset current, effect
of bias current on output voltage, effect of offset current on output voltage, input offset
voltage, input offset voltage for the adder circuit, nulling-out effect of offset voltage and
bias currents. AC performance of an OpAmp: Introduction, frequency response of an op
amp, amplifier gain and frequency response, slew rate and output voltage, noise in the
output voltage, loop gain.
UNIT 2 General Applications of an Opamp 10 hours
General Applications of OpAmp: Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, differential

amplifiers, summing, scaling and averaging amplifiers,integrators, differentiators,
logarithmic amplifiers, instrumentation amplifiers, voltage to current and current to
voltage converters, peak detectors
UNIT 3 Comparators and Multivibrators 8 hours

Comparators and Multivibrators: Comparators, schmitt trigger, multivibrators, waveform

generators (triangular and saw tooth), sample and hold circuits.
UNIT 4 Timers, PLLs and Regulators 10 hours
Integrated Circuit Timers: Introduction, operating modes of the 555 timer, terminals of
the 555 timer, free running mode and applications, monostable operation and
applications, timer/counter applications, switch programmable timer, phased locked loop,
fixed output and adjustable output voltage regulators.
UNIT 5 Data Converters 9 hours
Data Converters: Introduction, DAC characteristics, digital to analog conversion process,

voltage output DACs, multiplying DAC, 8-bit digital to analog converter DAC-08. Analog to
Digital Converters: ADC characteristics, integrating ADC, successive approximation ADC,
ADCs for microprocessors. Flash converters: Principle of operation, conversion time.
Textbooks:
1. D.Roy Choudhry, ShailJain,Linear Integrated Circuits,5th New Age International Pvt.

Ltd., 2018
2. Floyd, Jain, Digital Fundamentals, 8th edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2009
3. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, OP-AMP and Linear ICs, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall / Pearson
Education, 2015
4. S Salivahanan, V S Kanchana Bhaaskaran, Linear Integrated Circuits, McGraw-Hill,2012
References:
1. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, 4th
Edition, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2016
2. Robert F.Coughlin, Frederick F.Driscoll, ―Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated

Circuits‖, Sixth Edition, PHI, 2001
3. B.S.Sonde,System design using Integrated Circuits , 2nd Edition, New Age Pub, 2001
4. Gray and Meyer,Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley

International,5th Edition, 2009
Course Outcomes:
1. To introduce the basic building blocks of linear integrated circuits

2. To understand the linear and non-linear applications of operational amplifiers

3. To understand the significance of analog multipliers and PLL
4. To analyze the operation of wave form generator and special Ics
5. To implement digital circuits using Transistor Transistor Logic Ics
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO2 2 2 2 1 2 3
CO3 1 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO5 1 3 3 1 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4061 MODERN VLSI DEVICES
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course emphasis on device physics/operation, technologies and issues in modern VLSI
devices. It provides knowledge on high electron mobility transistor and high frequency resonent
devices. It also illutrates the different emerging nanoscale devices
1. To understand the parameters governing the performance of devices

2. To illustrate the throughput of VLSI devices based on the meterials
3. To interpret the operating principles of HEMT devices

4. To explore the types of resonant devices
5. To analyze nanowire and nano tube MOSFET
UNIT 1 Performance of devices and circuits 9 hours
Transit time of charge carriers, junction capacitances, ON-resistances and their

dependence on the device geometry and size, carrier mobility, doping concentration and
temperature; important parameters governing the high power performance of devices
and circuits: Break down voltage, resistances, device geometries, doping concentration
and temperature
UNIT 2 Metal Insulator Semiconductor and MOS devices 10 hours
Native oxides of Compound semiconductors for MOS devices and the interface state
density related issues, Metal semiconductor contacts, Schottky barrier diode, Metal
semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MESFETs), Pinch off voltage and threshold voltage
of MESFETs, D.C. characteristics and analysis of drain current, Velocity overshoot effects
and the related advantages of GaAs, InP and GaN based devices for high speed operation,
Sub threshold characteristics, short channel effects and the performance of scaled down
devices
UNIT 3 High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMT) 10 hours

Hetero-junction devices, The generic Modulation Doped FET(MODFET) structure for high
electron mobility realization, Principle of operation and the unique features of HEMT,
InGaAs/InP HEMT structures, Hetero junction Bipolar transistors (HBTs), Principle of
operation and the benefits of hetero junction BJT for high speed applications, GaAs and
InP based HBT device structure and the surface passivation for stable high gain high
frequency performance, SiGe HBTs and the concept of strained layer devices
UNIT 4 High Frequency resonant devices 8 hours
Resonant-tunnelling hot electron transistors, Direct Coupled Field Effect Transistor Logic
(DCFL), Schottky Diode FET Logic (SDFL), Buffered FET Logic(BFL), GaAs FET Amplifiers,
Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits(MMICs)
UNIT 5 Emerging nanoscale devices 8 hours
Si and hetero-structure nanowire MOSFETs, carbon nanotube MOSFETs, Tunnel FET,

quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots, Single electron transistors, resonant
tunneling devices
Textbooks:
1. Yuan Taur, TakH.Ning, Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices, Cambridge University

Press, 2016
2. Sandip Kundu, Aswin Sreedhar, “Nanoscale CMOS VLSI Circuits: Design for
Manufacturability” McGraw Hill, 2010
3. C.Y. Chang, F. Kai, GaAs High-Speed Devices: Physics, Technology and Circuit
Applications, Wiley, 1994
4. Wong, B.P., Mittal, A., Cao Y. and Starr, G., “Nano-CMOS Circuit and Physical Design”,
Wiley, 2004
References:
1. G.A. Armstrong, C.K. Maiti, TCAD for Si, SiGe and GaAs Integrated Circuits, The
Institution of Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom, 2007
2. Ruediger Quay, Gallium Nitride Electronics, Springer 2008
3. Cheng T. Wang, Ed., Introduction to Semiconductor Technology: GaAs and Related

Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, 1990

Course Outcomes:
• To understand the geometry and performance of devices and circuits
• To analyze the characteristics and operation of MIS and MOS devices
• To interpret the working and structure of high mobility transistor
• To analyze the operating principle of high frequency resonant devices
• To analyze the nanoscale VLSI devices
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 2 3 2 3 2
CO3 1 3 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4072 C-BASED VLSI DESIGN
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite CSEN1011: Problem Solving and Programming with C
Co-requisite None
Preferable
EECE3341: FPGA System Design
exposure
Course Description:
This course emphasis High-level Synthesis (HLS) process of generating effecient hardware at
register transfer level (RTL) from the input C-code (high-level code). HLS is an active domain of
research in recent times in the domain of electronic Design Automation (EDA) of VLSI.
1. To acquaint the overall C to RTL synthesis flow

2. To expose the student to different scheduling, allocation and binding algorithms
3. To write a C-code for efficient hardware generation
4. To design software compiler optimizations techniques to improve the circuit performance
5. To expose the student to different optimization techniques in high level synthesis
UNIT 1 Electronic design flow and High level synthesis 6 hours
Introduction to Electronic Design Automation, Introduction to C-based VLSI Design:

Background, Introduction to C-based VLSI Design: HLS Flow. HLS Design Examples, Control
and Data Flow Graph, Data Dependency Graph, Sequence Graphs
UNIT 2 Scheduling Algorithms for High Level Synthesis 8 hours
Scheduling: Introduction to Scheduling, ILP Formulation of Scheduling, ILP formulation of

MLRC and MRLC scheduling. Multiprocessor Scheduling, Hu’s algorithm for multiprocessor
scheduling. List based scheduling of MLRC and MRLC problems, Force Directed Scheduling,
Force Directed Scheduling of MLRC and MRLC problems.
UNIT 3 Allocation, Binding, Datapath and Control path generation 9 hours

Algorithms
Allocation and Binding Problem Formulation, Left Edge Algorithm, ILP Formulation of
Allocation and Binding, Allocation and Binding for Hierarchical Graph. Register Allocation
and Binding, Multi-port Binding Problem, Datapath and Controller Synthesis

UNIT 4 HLS Directives and Optimizations 10 hours
Introduction to HLS, HLS for Arrays, HLS for Loops, HLS for Loop – pipeline, Hardware
Efficient C Coding, Hardware Efficient C Coding part II, Dataflow Optimization in HLS
UNIT 5 HLS Case Studies 8 hours
Matrix Multiplication, Merge Sort, FIR Filter Design, CORDIC, DFT and FFT Designs
This course shall involve the below High-Level Synthesis assignments (but not limited to)
on Vivado HLS/ Vitis HLS / Catapult HLS
1. Introduction to Vivado HLS, Interface definition, constraints, array partitioning

and loop unrolling and design analysis.
2. Exporting IP and FPGA Implementation of 8-bit adder and GCD Processor designs
3. Study of Rolled Implementation, Loop Unrolling, Loop Pipelining and Array
Partitioning. Of Vector Addition and Matrix-Vector Multiplication Designs
4. Use of Arbitrary Precision Data Types
5. Exploration of how function arguments like variables, pointers, arrays etc are
translated into appropriate IO ports during high level synthesis. Use of different
compiler directives for synthesizing block level and port level IO protocols.
6. Design Projects including FIR filter design, CORDIC, Discrete Fourier Transform
and Fast Fourier Transform
Text Books:
1. G. De Micheli, Synthesis and optimization of digital circuits, McGraw Hill, India

Edition, 2003
2. Ryan Kastner, Janarbek Matai and Stephen Neuendorffer, Parallel Programming for
FPGAs, Kastner Research Group,2018
3. J. P. Elliot, Understanding Behavioural Synthesis: A Practical guide to high-level
Synthesis, Springer, 2nd edition, 2000
4. Steve Kilts, Advanced FPGA Design, Wiley, 2007
References:
1. M. Huth and M. Ryan, Logic in Computer Science: Modelling and Reasoning about
Systems, 2nd Ed, Cambridge University Press, 2004
2. K. Parhi, VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems: Design and Implementation,
Wiley,1999
3. D. D. Gajski, N. D. Dutt, A.C.-H. Wu and S.Y.-L. Lin, High-Level Synthesis: Introduction
to Chip and System Design, Springer, 1st edition, 1992
4. Mike Fingeroff, High-Level Synthesis Blue Book, Mentor Graphics Corporation, 2010
Course Outcomes:

• To understand the overall C to RTL synthesis flow and how to convert to its equivalent
hardware
• To design a C-Code for improving the efficiency of the VLSI design
• To understand compiler for performance optimizations
• To analyze the Machine Learning Algorithm techniques
• To implement the equivalence checking between C and RTL
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 2 2 2

APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3361 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
3 0 0 0 0 3
Co-requisite None
Preferable EECE3332: Hardware Modeling with HDLs

exposure
Course Description:
The emphasis of this course is on the design of digital systems and the use of a hardware
description language VHDL in the design process. Modeling the combinational and sequential
logic circuits using basic features of VHDL is discussed and basics of the Programmable logic
devices such as SPLDs, CPLDs and FPGAs are introduced in this course. This course also deals
with the hardware implementation of the digital systems using programmable logic devices.
1. To provide an understanding of the basic concepts of designing combinational and

sequential circuits and the possible hazards in the design.
2. To model combinational and sequential circuits using VHDL.
3. To design and model digital circuits using different modelling techniques and also
design Finite State Machines.
4. To study the various programmable logic devices like SPLDs, CPLDs and FPGA.
5. To familiarize how to implement functions in FPGAs
UNIT 1 Review of Logic Design Fundamentals 8 hours
Combinational logic, Boolean algebra and algebraic simplification, Karnaugh maps,

hazards in combinational circuits, flip-flops and latches, Mealy sequential circuit design,
design of a Moore sequential circuit, sequential circuit timing.
UNIT 2 Introduction to VHDL 8 hours
Computer-Aided design, hardware description languages, VHDL description of

combinational circuits, VHDL modules, sequential statements and VHDL processes,
modeling flip-flops using VHDL processes, processes using wait statements, transport and
inertial delays, VHDL data types and operators, VHDL libraries.
UNIT 3 Design Examples for Digital Circuits 8 hours

Multiplexers, BCD to 7-segmentdisplay decoder, BCD adder, 32-Bit adders, shift-and-add

multiplier, array multiplier, modeling registers and counters using VHDL processes.
UNIT 4 Introduction to Programmable Logic Devices 8 hours
Brief overview of programmable logic devices, simple programmable logic devices (SPLDs),
complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs),
state machine charts, derivation of SM charts.
UNIT 5 Designing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays 8 hours
Implementing functions in FPGAs, implementing functions using Shannon’s

decomposition, carry chains in FPGAs, cascade chains in FPGAs, FPGAs and one-hot state
assignment, FPGA capacity: Maximum gates versus usable gates, design translation
(Synthesis), mapping, placement, routing.
Textbooks:
1. Charles H. Roth Jr., Lizy Kurian John, Digital System Design using VHDL, 2/e, Cengage
Learning, 2008.
References:
1. Stephen Brown and ZvonkoVranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design,
3/e, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2008.
2. S.Trimberger, Field Programmable Gate Array Technology, 1/e, Kluwer Academic

Publications, 1994.
3. J. Bhasker, A VHDL Primer, 3/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
Course Outcomes:
• Design combinational and sequential logic circuits with the helpof K-maps using
NAND/NOR/Universal gates (L4).
• Design Mealy and Moore state machines for the given specifications (L5).
• Explain the basics of VHDL and describe a digital circuit at different levels such as
behavioural, dataflow and structural (L2).
• Develop VHDL models of combinational and sequential logic circuits (L3).
• Distinguish between different programmable logic devices and develop the state
machine charts for a given digital data processing (L3).
• Implement Boolean functions in FPGA devices using cascade chains, one-hot

assignment etc. (L5).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 1
CO5 2 2 3 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

EECE3372 DATA STRUCTURES WITH PYTHON L T P S J C
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The study of data structures, a fundamental component of a computer science education,

serves as the foundation upon which many other computer science applications are built
knowledge of data structures is a must for students who wish to work in design,
implementation, testing or maintenance of any software system. Organization of data in an
efficient way for application, is the major focus of the course
1. Introduce object-oriented concepts.

2. Introduction to sort and search methods.
3. Familiarize with linear data structures and operations on them.
4. Demonstrate the organization of data as trees and various operations on trees.
5. Teach various graph representations.
6. Enable to perform graph traversal and find shortest path and minimal spanning tree
for a graph.
7. Expose common sorting techniques and their complexities
UNIT 1 Object Oriented Programming 8 hours
Object-oriented concepts in Python: Creating a class, objects, methods, constructor,

encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism, operator overloading.
UNIT 2 Searching and Sorting 8 hours
Searching: Sequential Search,binary search. Sorting: Insertion sort, selection sort, bubble
sort. Linked lists: Single linked list, double linked list, circular linked list.
UNIT 3 Stacks and Queues 8 hours
Stacks: Definition, operations: array implementation, linked implementation. queues:

Definition, operations:arrayimplementation, linkedlistimplementationand applications,
Priority Queue, Double-Ended Queues

UNIT 4 Trees 8 hours
Trees: Definition, Tree properties, Binary trees: properties, implementation, tree

traversals, Heap tree, Heap sort, binary search tree and operations
UNIT 5 Graph Algorithms 8 hours
Graphs: ADT, data structure for graphs, properties of graphs, types of graphs, graph
representations, graph traversals, directed acyclic graph, shortest path algorithms,
spanning trees and min spanning tree.
List of Assignments:
1. Write a program to create
• Student class with data members student rollno, name,address, course.

Include a constructor to initialize data members. Add a method to print the
student details.
● Book class with data members book_id,name,cost and publisher. Include
constructor and a method to display the book details. Create 3 objects and
display their details.
• Account class with data members acc_no,name,balance. Include a constructor
and methods to perform deposit and withdraw operations on account. Create
account object perform some operations and display the account details.
• Product class with data members product_id, product_name, price,

expiry_date. Include constructor to initialize data members and a method to
print products details.
• Complex_Number with data members real_part and imaginary_part. Include

constructor to initialize complex number. Add a method which adds two
complex numbers.
• Employee class with data members eno,ename,sal,designation. Include

constructor to initialize employee details and count the number of employee
objects created.
2. Create a class called Distance. A person has to travel a certain distace and he used two
cars.
Now create two objects “cardist1” and “cardist2” for the class Distance. Add
the two objects distances and put the total distance in the third object of class
Distance “totaldist”. Take one data member, which will accept the distance
input in km. Take two functions, for accepting the distance and the other for
displaying. Display the total distance in meters.
3. Develop a program to Perform Python Multi-Level and multiple inheritances.
4. Design a program to overload “+” operator for

• Concatenating two strings
• Adding two complex numbers
5. Develop a program to overload “area” method to calculate area of different polygon

shapes.
Write a program to
• Implement Method Overriding
• Perform Linear Search on an array.
• Perform Binary Search on a list stored in an array.
6. Develop a program to implement various sorting techniques
• Insertion sort
• Selection Sort
• Bubble Sort
7. Design a program to create a singly linked list for the following operations
• Insert a Node at Beginning, at Ending and at a given Position

• Delete a Node at Beginning, at Ending and at a given Position
• Search, Count the Number of Nodes and Display
8. Design a program to create a doubly linked list for the following operations
• Insert a Node at Beginning, at Ending and at a given Position
• Delete a Node at Beginning, at Ending and at a given Position
• Search, Count the Number of Nodes and Display
9. Create a Circular singly linked list for adding and deleting a Node.
10. Create a stack and perform various operations on it.
11. Convert the infix expression into postfix form.
12.Perform String reversal using stack
13.Create a queue and perform various operations on it.
14.Construct a binary tree and perform various traversals.
15.Construct a binary search tree and perform search operation.

16.Implement Depth First Search, Breadth First Search traversals on a graph.
17.Implement Dijkstra’s Shortest Path Algorithm
Textbooks:
1. Michel T.Goodrich ,Roberto Tamassia, Michel H.Goldwasser, Data Structures and

Algorithms in Python, Willey March, 2013. ISBN:978-1-118-29027-9.
2. RanceD.Necaise, Data Structures and Algorithms using Python, John Willey & Sons,
India. 2011, ISBN 9788126562169.
References:
1. Wesly J. Chun, Core Python Programming, 2/e, Prenctice Hall, 2006
Course Outcomes:
• After Completion of this course, the student will be able to:
• Explain various ways of representing data in a computer (L2)
• Demonstrate operations on linear data structures (L2)
• Illustrate the mechanisms for creating, altering and traversing various types of trees
(L2)
• Explain the representations, traversals and applications of graphs (L2)
• Analyze common sorting algorithms (L4)
• Choose a data structure that gives the best performance for a given application(L6)

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 3 1 3 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 2 2 3 3 1
CO3 1 3 1 2 2 2 2
CO4 1 3 2 3 3 3 1
CO5 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
MACHINE LEARNING FOR AUDIO,
EECE4081
IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYSIS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable CSEN1021: Programming with Python, EECE3381: Machine Learning

exposure Techniques, EECE3001: Digital Signal Processing
UNIT 1 Audio Acquisition, Representation and Storage 8 hours
Sound Physics, Production and Perception, Audio Acquisition, Audio Encoding and Storage
Formats, Time-Domain Audio
UNIT 2 Image and Video Acquisition, Representation and Storage 8 hours
Human Eye Physiology, Image Acquisition Devices, Color Representation, Image Formats,
Video Principles, MPEG Standard.
UNIT 3 Speech and Handwriting Recognition 8 hours
Introduction, General , The Front , HMM Training, Recognition and Performance

Measures , Recognition Experiments, Speech Recognition Results, Applications
UNIT 4 Automatic Face Recognition 8 hours
Face Recognition: General Approach, Face Detection and Localization, Lighting

Normalization, Feature Extraction, Classification, Performance Assessment, Experiments.
UNIT 5 Video Segmentation and Keyframe Extraction 8 hours
Applications of Video Segmentation, Shot Boundary Detection, Shot Boundary Detection

with Torchvision, Keyframe Extraction, Keyframe Extraction with Torchvision and Torch
Text Books:
1. Francesco Camastra, Alessandro Vinciarelli, Machine Learning for Audio, Image and
Video Analysis: Theory and Applications, Springer Publications, 2008.

References:
1. A.V. Oppenheim and R.W. Schafer. Discrete-Time Signal Processing. Prentice- Hall,
1989.
2. T. Painter and A. Spanias. Perceptual coding of digital audio. Proceedings of IEEE,

88(4):451–513, 2000.
3. T. Acharaya and A. K. Ray. Image Processing: Principles and Applications. John Wiley
and Sons, 2005.
4. D. Le Gall. MPEG: a video compression standard for multimedia applications.

Communications of the ACM, 34(4):46–58, 1991.
Course Outcomes:
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 1
CO2 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO3 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4091 MACHINE LEARNING FOR ANTENNA
ARRAY APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable CSEN1021: Programming with Python, EECE3381: Machine Learning

exposure Techniques, EECE3021: Antenna Analysis and Synthesis
UNIT 1 Review of Linear Support Vector Machines 8 hours
Review of Linear Support Vector Machines, Linear Gaussian Processes, Kernels for Signal
and Array Processing
UNIT 2 Fundamental Concepts of Deep Learning 8 hours
Fundamental Concepts of Deep Learning, Deep Learning Structures
UNIT 3 Direction of Arrival Estimation 8 hours
Fundamentals of DOA Estimation, Conventional DOA Estimation, Statistical Learning

Methods, Neural Networks for Direction of Arrival
UNIT 4 Beamforming 8 hours
Fundamentals of Beamforming, Conventional Beamforming, Support Vector Machine

Beamformer, Beamforming with Kernels, RBF NN Beamformer
UNIT 5 Reconfigurable Antennas and Cognitive Radio 8 hours
Introduction, Basic Cognitive Radio Architecture, Reconfiguration Mechanisms in

Reconfigurable Antennas, Examples, Machine Learning Implementation on Hardware
Textbooks:
1. Manel Martínez-Ramón, Arjun Gupta, José Luis Rojo-Álvarez, Christos Christodoulou,

Machine Learning Applications in Electromagnetics and Antenna Array Processing,
Artech House, 2021
References:
1. VanTrees, H. L., Optimum Array Processing: Part IV of Detection, Estimation, and

Modulation Theory. Detection, Estimation, and Modulation Theory, New York:Wiley,
2004.

2. Bkassiny, M., Y. Li, and S. K. Jayaweera, “A survey on machine-learning techniques in

cognitive radios,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, Vol. 15, No. 3, 2012, pp.
1136–1159.
Course Outcomes:
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 2
CO2 1 1 3 2 2 3 2 1
CO3 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 1 3 1 1 2 3 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE4082 BIG DATA ANALYTICS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
The course is designed which largely involves collecting data from different sources, manage it
in a way that it becomes available to be consumed by analysts and finally deliver data products
useful to the organization business.The process of converting large amounts of unstructured
raw data, retrieved from different sources to a data product useful for organizations forms the
core of Big Data Analytics
1. Optimize business decisions and create competitive advantage with Big Data
analytics.
2. Introducing Java concepts required for developing map reduce programs.
3. Derive business benefit from unstructured data.
4. Imparting the architectural concepts of Hadoop and introducing map reduce
paradigm.
5. To introduce programming tools Hbase& HIVE in Hadoop echo system.
UNIT 1 Big data 8 hours
What is big data, why big data, convergence of key trends, unstructured data, industry
examples of big data, web analytics, big data and marketing, fraud and big data, risk and
big data, credit risk management, big data and algorithmic trading, big data and
healthcare, big data in medicine, advertising and big data, big data technologies,
introduction to Hadoop, open source technologies, cloud and big data, mobile business
intelligence, Crowd sourcing analytics, inter and trans firewall analytics
UNIT 2 Introduction to NoSQL 8 hours
Introduction to NoSQL, aggregate data models, aggregates, key-value and document data
models, relationships, graph databases, schemaless databases, materialized views,
distribution models, sharding, master-slave replication, peer peer replication, sharding
and replication, consistency, relaxing consistency, version stamps, map-reduce,
partitioning and combining, composing map-reduce calculations
UNIT 3 Data format 8 hours

Data format, analyzing data with Hadoop, scaling out, Hadoop streaming, Hadoop pipes,
design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS), HDFS concepts, Java interface, data flow,
Hadoop I/O, data integrity, compression, serialization, Avro, file-based data structures.
UNIT 4 MapReduce workflows 8 hours
MapReduce workflows, Unit tests with MRUnit, test data and local tests, anatomy of
MapReduce job run, classic Map-reduce, YARN, failures in classic Map-reduce and YARN,
job scheduling, shuffle and sort, task execution, MapReduce types, input formats, output
formats.
UNIT 5 HBASE 8 hours
Hbase, data model and implementations, Hbase clients, Hbaseexamples,praxis.Cassandra,

Cassandra data model, Cassandra examples Cassandra clients,Hadoop integration. Hive,
data types and file formats, HiveQL data definition, HiveQL data manipulation,HiveQL
queries.
Textbooks:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and Ambiga Dhiraj, "Big Data, Big
Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's
Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
2. P. J. Sadalage, M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging

World of Polyglot Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2014.
References:
1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", 3/e,4/e O'Reilly, 2015.
Course Outcomes:
After completing this Course, the student should be able to:
• Demonstrate the big data concepts for real world data analysis(L1).
• Develop Map Reduce concepts through Java (L2).
• Analyze the configuring of Hadoop clusters effectively (L3).
• Illustrate Hadoop API for Map reduce framework (L4).
• Develop basic programs of map reduce framework particularly driver code, mapper
code, reducer code (L5).
• Building a complete business data analytic solution and apply structure of

Hadoop data with Hive (L6).

CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 2 3
CO3 3 3 1 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 1 2 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2101 OPTICAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite
Co-requisite
Preferable
exposure
UNIT 1 8 hours
Introduction to Geometrical Optics: Introduction, Rays, Snell’s Laws,

Optical System Design in Optic Studio: Introduction to Optic studio, Lenses in Optic studio,
Configurations & Optimization,Design a Lens with Optic Studio
UNIT 2 8 hours
First Order Ray Tracing: Graphical Ray Tracing, Lens Equation: Mirrors and Lenses, Thick
Optics and Mirrors: Lens Maker’s Equation, Thick Lenses, First Order Ray Tracing of
Multi-Element Systems: Tabular First-Order Ray Tracing, ABCD Matrices
UNIT 3 8 hours
Geometrical Optics for Gaussian Beams: Introduction to Optical Efficiency and

Resolution, Introduction to Gaussian Beams, Imaging with Gaussian Beams, Lagrange
Invariant, Maxwell's equations: Mathematical Background, Waves, Impulse Responses
and Transfer Functions: Fourier transforms and Lenses, Impulse Responses, Transfer
Functions, Finite Aperture Optics: Stops, Effects of stops on imaging, Optical Invariant,
Radiometry: Introduction to Radiometry and Sources, Applying Radiometry
UNIT 4 8 hours
Chromatic Aberrations: Introduction to Design of High-Performance Optical systems,

Abbe Number and its uses, Achromatic Doublet, Ray Aberrations: Non-Paraxial Optics,
Introduction to Aberrations, Defocus, Magnification & Spherical Aberration, Coma &
Astigmatism, Field Curvature and Distortion: Petzal or Field Curvature, Distortion,
Summary of 3rd Order Ray Aberrations, Seidel Aberration Coefficients
UNIT 5 HBASE 8 hours
Techniques for Reduction of Aberrations: Field Curvature and Field Lenses, Conic
Mirrors
Optical Components: Prisms, Gradient Index Lenses, Diffraction Gratings, Fresnel
Lenses, Introduction to the Eye, Optical Design for the Eye
References:
1) Coursera Course: First Order Optical System Design, University of Colorado Boulder

2) Coursera Course: Optical Efficiency and Resolution, University of Colorado Boulder

3) Coursera Course: Design of High Performance Optical Systems, University of Colorado
Boulder
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3 2
CO3 1 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 2 2
CO5 1 3 3 3
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE2091 EMBEDDED SENSORS AND MOTORS-1
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Introduction: Embedded systems incorporate different types of sensors (for

monitoring) and motors (for actuation). This course introduces the different types of sensors
and their working principles used in embedded processing systems.
Course Objectives
● To introduce the role of sensors and their characteristics and impart the
selection criteria
● To impart the working principles of mechanical and electromechanical sensors
● To acquaint the knowledge of interfacing different types of sensors with
embedded processors
● To impart the working principles of DC motor and stepper motors
● To expose the use of smart sensors in electric vehicles and medical appliances
UNIT 1 8 hours
Sensors Fundamentals and Applications: Basic sensor technology, sensor

systems, sensor classification, sensor characteristics, system characteristics,
instrument selection, data acquisition and readout.
UNIT 2 8 hours
Mechanical and Electromechanical Sensors: Potentiometer, strain gauges, inductive sensors-

ferromagnetic type, transformer type, electromagnetic, capacitive sensors, parallel plate,
variable permittivity, electrostatic, piezoelectric.
UNIT 3 8 hours
Sensor Interfacing: Introduction to microcontrollers, microprocessors and SOCs, and their

Interfacing, Introduction to Sensor Interfacing using TinkerCAD.
UNIT 4 8 hours
DC Motor Control and Stepper Motors: Basic principles of DC motor, tepper

motor control, stepper motor specs, operation and commercial driver chips
and packages.

UNIT 5 8 hours
Advanced Smart Sensors: Radar level transmitters work, components and design issues for
LIDAR systems used in self driving vehicles, sensors for medical applications, mini project
Textbook(s)
1. Jon S. Wilson, Sensor Technology Handbook, 1/e, Elsevier Publications, 2005.
2. E.O. Doeblin, Measurement Systems, Application and Design, 1/e, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishers, 2004.
References:
1. A. K. Sawhney, Puneet Sawhney, A Course in Mechanical Measurements
and Instrumentation, 1/e, Dhanpat Rai and Company, 2001.
2. D. V. S. Murthy, Transducers and Instrumentation, 1/e, Prentice Hall of
India, 1995.
3. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 1/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
4. D. Patranabis, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, 1/e, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2010.
Course Outcomes
Upon Successful completion of the course, students will be able to
● Classify sensors based on their characteristics and choose a sensor for a specific
application (L3)
● list the design criteria involved in design of mechanical sensors and elaborate the
design aspects (L4)
● choose the appropriate method for interfacing sensors with embedded
processors (L3)
● list the basic principles of dc/stepper motor and elaborate the design issues (L4)
● describe the role of smart sensors and describe design issues for applications
like self-driving vehicles, medical appliances
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO2 1 3 3 3 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 1
CO4 1 2 3 2 1 3 3 1
CO5 1 2 3 2 2 3 3 1
APPROVED IN:

SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
EECE3661 NEURAL NETWORKS
3 0 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable CSEN1021: Programming with Python

exposure
Course Description:
Neural Networks can assist in the analysis, interpretation, and utilization of large amounts of
highly complex structured and unstructured data. Neural Network based decision support
systems have been deployed in agricultural, biomedical, biometric, economic, and legal
applications. Neural Networks can be utilized as components of advanced robots and control
systems for industrial automation. Neural Networks can also be utilized in engineering design.
1. Introduce a variety of Neural Network architectures

2. Evaluate merits and demerits of learning models used by Artificial Neural Networks
3. Describe the algorithms for training of Neural Networks
4. Explain the effect of choice of parameters on training efficiency
UNIT 1 Introduction to Neural Networks 8 hours
Architecture based classification of Neural Networks. Classification of Neural Networks

based on learning methods. Activation functions and Loss functions. Factors to be
considered for choice of type of Neural Network. Introduction to hardware requirements
for implementation of Neural Networks.
UNIT 2 Rosenblatt's perceptron model 8 hours
Rosenblatt's perceptron convergence theorem. Back Propagation Method. Back

propagation learning algorithm for multilayer feed forward Neural Network. Factors
affecting back propagation-based training of a Neural Network.
UNIT 3 Radial basis function networks 8 hours
Generalized regularization theory. Neural Network models with Hebbian learning.

Introduction to Hopfield networks. Recurrent Neural Network models. Universal
approximation theorem. Backpropagation through time. Real time recurrent learning.
Long short-term memory.

UNIT 4 Convolutional Neural Networks 8 hours
Variants of the basic convolution function. Convolution algorithms. Recursive Neural

Networks. Greedy layer-wise pretraining. Transfer learning. Structured probabilistic
models for deep learning. Convolutional Boltzmann machines.
UNIT 5 Model based calculation of reward in Reinforcement 8 hours

learning
Markov decision process. Bellman's optimality criteria. Policy iteration. Value iteration. Q-
learning. Model free Reinforcement learning. Deep reinforcement learning. Generative
adversarial networks.
Textbooks:
1. S.O.Haykin. Neural Networks & Learning Machines. 3rd Ed. Pearson. 2019
References:
1. S.J.Russell and P. Norvig. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. 3rd Ed. Pearson.
2016.
2. Charu C. Aggarwal. Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook. Springer. 2018.
3. I.Goodfellow, Y.Bengio, A.Courville, F.Bach. Deep Learning (Adaptive Computation and

Machine Learning series). MIT Press. 2016
4. S.O.Haykin. Neural Networks: A comprehensive foundation. 2nd Ed. Pearson. 1997
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course the student should be able to:
• Describe major types of Neural Networks (L1)
• Classify Neural Networks based on type of architecture and learning method (L2)
• Apply Neural Networks to solve simple problems (L3)
• Analyze a problem and identify optimal Neural Network type for its solution (L4)
• Evaluate a problem description and predict optimal training algorithm and training
parameters for its solution (L5)
CO-PO Mapping:

CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
CO4 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO5 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1
APPROVED IN:
SDG Justification:

L T P S J C
CSEN3011 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable
None
exposure
Course Description:
Artificial Neural Networks to be more precise, represent a technology that is rooted in many
disciplines: neurosciences, mathematics, statistics, physics, computer science and engineering.
ANN find applications in such diverse fields as modelling, time series analysis, pattern
recognition, signal processing and control by virtue of an important property: the ability to learn
from input data with or without a teacher.
● To understand the architecture, learning algorithm and issues of various neural

networks.
● Analyse ANN learning, Error correction learning, Memory-based learning,
Competitive learning and Boltzmann learning
● To adopt gradient - descent techniques in real time applications
● Provide knowledge on Generalization and function approximation and various
architectures of building an ANN
● Implement and learn the applications of Self-organization Map
UNIT 1 Introduction to Neural Networks 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Introduction, The Basic Architecture of Neural Networks, Training a Neural Network with
Backpropagation, Practical Issues in Neural Network Training, Common Neural Architectures.
UNIT 2 Shallow Neural Networks 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Neural Architectures for Binary Classification Models, Neural Architectures for Multiclass
Models, Autoencoder: Basic Principles, Neural embedding with continuous bag of words,
Simple neural architectures for graph embeddings

UNIT 3 Deep Neural Networks 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Introduction, Backpropagation, Setup and Initialization Issues, Gradient-Descent strategies,

the bias-variance trade-off, Generalization Issues in Model Tuning and Evaluation, Ensemble
Methods
UNIT 4 Attractor Neural Networks 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Associative Learning, Attractor Associative Memory, Linear Associative memory, Hopfield

Network, application of Hopfield Network, Brain State in a Box neural Network, Simulated
Annealing, Boltzmann Machine, Bidirectional Associative Memory.
UNIT 5 Self-organization Feature Map 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Maximal Eigenvector Filtering, Extracting Principal Components, Generalized Learning Laws,

Vector Quantization, Self-organization Feature Maps, Application of SOM.
List of Lab experiments:
1. Write a program to construct a Neural network with hidden layers

2. Write a program to train the Neural Network on labeled training data
3. Write a program to train a Neural Network with Back propagation method
4. Write a program to understand Neural network architecture for Multiclass Models
(such as 3 class, 4 class and so on..)
5. Write a program to implement Neural network embedding with continuous bag of
words
6. Write a program to implement Gradient-Descent strategies to train Neural Networks
(like Batch, Stochastic Gradient Descent, Mini-Batch Gradient Descent)
7. Write a program to design generalized Brain State in a Box of Neural Network
8. Write a program to implement Simulated Annealing for neural network
9. Write a program to implement Maximal Eigenvector Filtering
10. Write a program to implement Principal Components extraction to represent a
multivariate data table as smaller set of variables
11. Write a program to implement Vector Quantization
12. Write a program to implement Self-organization Feature Maps to mimic the actions
of a small class of biological neural networks
Lab Infrastructure:
1. Python or PROLOG on Windows or Linux
2. Python packages such as neural net, TensorFlow, PyTorch.

Textbooks:
1. Neural Networks and Deep Learning - Charu C. Aggarwal, Springer International Publishing
AG, part of Springer Nature 2018 (Chapters 1, 2, 3)
2. Neural Networks A Classroom Approach– Satish Kumar, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt.
Ltd, Second Edition. (Chapters 4, 5)
References:
1. Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation - Simon Haykin PHI, 2nd Edition 2005.
2. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems-J.M. Zurada, Jaico Publications 1994.
3. Artificial Neural Networks-B. Yegnanarayana, PHI, New Delhi 1998.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Understand the origin, ideological basics, Learning process and various Neural
Architectures of ANN.
2. Understand the concepts and techniques of Shallow neural networks through the study of
important neural network models.
3. Training Deep Neural Networks and Teaching Deep Learners to Generalize.
4. Apply Attractor neural networks to particular application.
5. Design a self-organizing system that are capable of extracting useful information from the
environment within which they operate.
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 3
APPROVED IN:

SDGs: 3, 9
SDG:3 Good Health and Well-being
SDG Justification:
Statement: Artificial Neural Networks can be applied across all levels of health care
organizational decision-making. Influenced by advancements in the field, decision-makers are
taking advantage of hybrid models of neural networks in efforts to tailor solutions to a given
problem and well-being.
SDG:9 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure
Statement: The holistic understanding of Artificial Neural Networks has lead to develop various
new models like CNN, RNN, RCNN, and GANs for achieving outstanding results on several
complex cognitive tasks, matching or even beating those provided by human performance

L T P S J C
CSEN3081 DEEP LEARNING
2 1 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Linear Algebra, Artificial Neural Networks
Co-requisite None
Preferable None
exposure
Course Description:
This course is designed to introduce modern techniques of neural networks and deep learning,
which have revolutionized machine learning and artificial intelligence practice to graduate
students. Deep Learning continues to fascinate us with its endless possibilities in self-driving
cars and virtual assistants like Alexa, Siri, and Google Assistant. This course aims to cover the
basics of Deep Learning and some of the underlying theory with a particular focus on supervised
Deep Learning along with a good coverage of unsupervised methods.
● To summarize neural networks and regularization techniques.

● To familiarize Convolution Neural Networks and its architecture.
● To learn Recurrent Neural network architecture and its effectiveness
● To illustrate deep unsupervised learning techniques
● To inspect Deep neural network architecture in real time applications
UNIT 1 Deep Feed Forward Networks, Gradient descent, Back 9 hours

propagation, Regularization techniques
Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm penalties as constrained optimization.
UNIT 2 Convolution Network 9 hours
Architectures, Convolution operations, Pooling layer, Variants of the basic Convolution

Function, Efficient Convolution algorithms, Random and unsupervised features, Neuro
Scientific Basis for Convolutional Networks
UNIT 3 Sequence Modelling 9 hours

RNN, Encoder and decoder archerites, DRN, Recursive Neural Networks, LSTM and other Gated
RNN, GRU
UNIT 4 Auto encoders and Deep generative models 9 hours
Auto encoders: Under complete auto encoders, regularized encoders, stochastic encoders
and decoders
Deep generative models: Boltzmann Machines, restricted Boltzmann machines, Deep Belief
networks, Deep Boltzmann machines for real world data
UNIT 5 Applications of Deep Learning 9 hours
Large scale Deep learning, Computer vision, speech recognition, NLP, other applications.
Introduction to Generative Adversarial Networks(GANs) and its applications
Textbooks:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016
2. Michael Nielsen, Neural Networks and Deep Learning, Determination Press,2015.
Additional Reading
Reference Books:
1. Amlan Chakrabarti Amit Kumar Das, Saptarsi Goswami, Pabitra Mitra, Deep Learning, First Edition,
Pearson
2. Sandro Skansi, Introduction to Deep Learning, Springer
Coursera Courses:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/neural-networks-deep-learning/home/welcome
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-deep-learning-with-keras
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/convolutional-neural-networks
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/nlp-sequence-models?specialization=deep-learning (Week-
1)
Course Outcomes: After successful completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. Illustrate the role of neural networks and its various applications.
2. Design the architecture of CNN
3. Apply the RNN architecture and its effectiveness for a real world applications
4. Investigate auto encoders techniques in deep learning.

5. Analyse the applications of Deep Learning
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 1 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 1 1
CO5 1 1 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDGs: 3, 9
SDG Justification:
Statement: The potential of Deep Learning for better equity, access, and the development of

real-time public health solutions. It allow everyone and everywhere access to personalized
medicine which is effective, respects the biological, cultural and behavioral differences between
people, respects privacy & other ethical requirements and affordable
SDG:9 Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure
Statement: The holistic understanding of Deep Learning has led to develop various new models
like CNN, RNN, RCNN, and GANs for achieving outstanding results on several complex
cognitive tasks, matching or even beating those provided by human performance

MACHINE LEARNING AND ITS L T P S J C

CSEN3261
APPLICATIONS 3 0 2 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None
Co-requisite None
Preferable
None
exposure
Course Description:
Machine Learning is a flourishing subject in Computer Science which devises models that can
automatically learn from data and detect patterns from data. The applications of machine
learning are diverse ranging from self- driven cars to disaster management systems. With easy
availability of data from different devices and measurements, machine learning techniques
become imperative in analysing trends hidden in the data. This course focuses on the major
tasks of machine learning that can robustly address data that is non-linear, noisy as well as
high-dimensional in nature.
● To introduce various key paradigms of machine learning approaches

● To familiarize with mathematical relationships across various machine learning
algorithms
● To understand various key approaches in supervised learning
● To understand various key approaches in unsupervised learning
● To illustrate the concept of the neural network
UNIT 1 Machine Learning Fundamentals 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Machine Learning Fundamentals: Use of Machine Learning, Types of machine learning

systems, Machine learning challenges, Testing and validating, working with real data,
Obtaining the data, Visualizing the data, Data preparation, Training and fine tuning the
model.
UNIT 2 Supervised Learning 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Supervised Learning: Classification, training a binary classifier, performance measures,

multiclass classification, error analysis, multi label classification, multi output classification.
Linear Regression, Gradient Descent, Polynomial Regression, learning curves, regularized
linear models, logistic regression.

UNIT 3 Unsupervised Learning 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Unsupervised Learning: Clustering, K-Means, using clustering for image segmentation, Semi-
supervised learning, DBSCAN, other clustering algorithms.
Gaussian Mixtures, anomaly detection, selecting number of clusters, Bayesian Gaussian

Mixture Models, anomaly and novelty detection algorithms.
UNIT 4 Dimensionality Reduction& Ensemble Learning 9 hours, P - 6 hours
Dimensionality Reduction: The curse of dimensionality, main approaches for dimensionality
reduction, PCA, Non Negative Matrix Factorization.
Ensemble Learning: voting classifiers, bagging, random patches and random spaces, random
forests, boosting, stacking.
UNIT 5 Neural Networks & Deep Neural Networks 9 hours,P - 6 hours
Neural Networks: From biological to artificial neurons, implementing MLPs with Keras, fine
tuning neural network hyper parameters.
Deep Neural Networks: Vanishing/Exploding Gradients Problem, avoiding overfitting

through regularization, Dropout Regularization.
1. Write a python program to characterize the density functions
2. Write a python program to model statistically the feature space using distribution functions
3. Write a python program to understand the distribution functions (Normal, Binomial,

Poissonetc)
4. Write a python program to estimate co variance matrix and its properties
5. Write a python program to visualize the changes of distribution as changes in parameters
(mean vector, covariance matrix)
6. Write a python program for perceptron learning and test the linear separability
7. Write a python program for Bayesian classification and analyze the decision boundaries by
varying the means and covariance matrices

8. Write a python program to classify the given data using maximum likelihood
Estimation. Write a program to solve Robot traversal problem (Understanding Means End
Analysis)
9. Write a phyton program to understand Morkov Chians and Monto Calro methods. Write a
program to implement Hangman game
10. Write a python program to Decision trees
11. Write a python program to build a Bayesian network for given data set
12. Write a python program to understand Kernel methods.
13. Write a program to implement a linear regression problem
14. Write a program to implement kNN neighbour problem
15. Write a program to implement logistic regression
TextBooks:
1. Aurelion Geron, Hands-on Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and Tensor Flow:
Concepts, Tools and Techniques to build Intelligent Systems, 2/e, O’Reilly Media,
2019.(Chapters 1,3,4,5)
2. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep learning, MIT press, 2016 (Chapter2)
References:
1. Tom M. Mitchell, “Machine Learning” First Edition by Tata McGraw- Hill Education.
2. Ethem Alpaydin,”Introduction to Machine Learning ” 2nd Edition, The MIT Press, 2009
3. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning” By Springer, 2007.
4. Mevi P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective” by The MIT Press, 2012.
5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/uol-machine-learning-for-all
6. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-machine-learning-supervised-learning
7. https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine-learning-with-python? (Clustering Week -4))
8. coursera.org/learn/mixture-models?specialization=bayesian-statistics (GMM & Bayesian
GMM)
9. 5.https://www.coursera.org/learn/ibm-unsupervised-machine-learning( Curse
Dimensionality, PCA)
10. https://www.coursera.org/learn/supervised-machine-learning-classification
11. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-to-deep-learning-with-keras(Week1
&Week 2Part-1)
12. https://www.coursera.org/learn/deep-neural-network(Week 1- part 2)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the student will be able to:
1. To formulate the different machine learning problems
2. Apply various learning approaches on real time problems using Classification
3. Apply various learning approaches on real time problems using Regression
4. Apply various learning approaches on real time problems using Clustering
5. Construct the neural networks for classification problems
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO4 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 2
APPROVED IN:
SDGs: 3, 6, 11

SDG Justification:
Statement: Machine Learning has the potential to personalize healthcare monitoring, diagnosis
and treatment for the individual in the community and at home. It puts consumers in control of
health and well-being.
SDG:6 Clean Water and Sanitation
Statement: Machine Learning will help to resolve challenges related to clean water and
sanitation. It is helping utilities and municipalities to better manage their water and wastewater
systems to ensure a clean and sanitized water supply.
SDG:11 Sustainable Cities and Communities
Statement:Machine Learning enable smart urban solutions brings multiple benefits, including
more efficient energy, water and waste management, reduced pollution, noise and traffic
congestions

GITAM School of Technology
GITAM (Deemed to be Universtiy)
Visakhapatnam | Hyderabad | Bengaluru

B.Tech ECE 2023 24

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B.Tech ECE 2023 24

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B.Tech ECE 2023 24

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GANDHI INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (GITAM)

Accredited by NAAC with A++ Grade

GITAM School of Technology

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABUS

4 Year Undergraduate Programme

w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

VISION AND MISSION OF THE SCHOOL

To become a global leader in holistic engineering education and research

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

UEECE01: B.Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Mapping of the Mission of the School with the PEOs

PEO1 PEO2 PEO3 PEO4

H – High, M – Medium, L – Low

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

UNIVERSITY CORE (UC)

Course code Level Course title L T P S J C

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Soft skills courses 5 and 6

Club Activity Courses

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Community Service courses

FACULTY CORE (FC)

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Programme Core (PC)

Programme Elective (PE)

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

EECE3181 3 EMI - EMC Systems 3 0 0 0 0 3

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Category Credits % of Program (in credits)

• Theory: A student attending classroom lecture/ tutorial/ skill development activity of 50

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Course Code Course Name PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

• To enable the learner, the skill in preparing technical documents of professional

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

SDG No. & Statement: 4 Quality Education

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Course Educational Objectives:

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

3 Social Media: Creating a blog, use of messaging applications, creating 2

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

Note: 1 - Low Correlation 2 - Medium Correlation 3 - High Correlation

SDG No. & Statement:4

B Tech. Electronics and Communication Engineering w.e.f. 2023-24 admitted batch

LEADERSHIP SKILLS & QUANTITATIVE L T P S J C

Course Educational Objectives: